WO2018061340A1 - Tire fitting and removal device - Google Patents

Tire fitting and removal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018061340A1
WO2018061340A1 PCT/JP2017/022601 JP2017022601W WO2018061340A1 WO 2018061340 A1 WO2018061340 A1 WO 2018061340A1 JP 2017022601 W JP2017022601 W JP 2017022601W WO 2018061340 A1 WO2018061340 A1 WO 2018061340A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tire
wheel
bead
guide
axis
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/022601
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
三村　義雄
Original Assignee
小野谷機工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 小野谷機工株式会社 filed Critical 小野谷機工株式会社
Publication of WO2018061340A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018061340A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60C—VEHICLE TYRES; TYRE INFLATION; TYRE CHANGING; CONNECTING VALVES TO INFLATABLE ELASTIC BODIES IN GENERAL; DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO TYRES
    • B60C25/00—Apparatus or tools adapted for mounting, removing or inspecting tyres
    • B60C25/01—Apparatus or tools adapted for mounting, removing or inspecting tyres for removing tyres from or mounting tyres on wheels
    • B60C25/05—Machines
    • B60C25/132—Machines for removing and mounting tyres

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a tire attaching / detaching device that attaches to a wheel in a state where an automobile tire is raised, and attaches and removes the tire attached to the wheel from the wheel.
  • the wheel has a large outer diameter of 17.5 inches to 22.5 inches. Therefore, a tire attaching / detaching device called a tire changer that attaches a car tire to a wheel and removes the tire attached to the wheel from the wheel has been conventionally used. It is used.
  • a stud is erected on one side of a base having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view when installed on the floor, and a chuck device is provided on the other side of the base.
  • a tire pushing device that pushes a tire that has not been fitted with a wheel that is not fitted with a wheel against the wheel, and a tire bead portion of the tire once fitted into the wheel
  • a tire rotation assist device that rotates together with the tire while pressing the side portion of the tire is provided so that the elastic recovery force of the tire does not separate the wheel again.
  • a main shaft that is rotationally driven around a horizontal rotation axis is provided at the upper portion of the main body, and a grip portion called a chuck that holds a wheel is provided at the tip of the main shaft.
  • the base is also provided with a pair of guide shafts extending between both side portions of the base, and each guide shaft is provided with a moving base that is guided by each guide shaft and moves.
  • the moving base is provided with a pair of bead rollers provided at an interval at which a tire can be fitted, and a cradle that is a tire support device that supports a tire or a wheel on which the tire is mounted, and the cradle. And a lifting device for driving up and down.
  • the cradle on which the wheel is placed is raised by the lifting device and is on the rotation axis of the main shaft and the fixture.
  • the cradle is positioned in the height direction so that the center axis of the wheel is disposed on the wheel.
  • the wheel is held on the main shaft by moving the moving base to the main body side until the tip of the fixture is fitted to the wheel, and expanding the fixture.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device presses the tire bead portion from the side by one bead roller arranged on the chuck device side while rotating the main shaft in one direction around the rotation axis when removing the tire. Thus, the tire is detached from the wheel.
  • the first bead portion which is also called the first bead or the primary bead of the tire by the operator, is lifted by the tire being mounted on the cradle with only the wheel held by the grip portion.
  • the upper part of the tire is hooked on the wheel, and the side part of the tire connected to the second bead part that is separated from the wheel is pressed by one bead roller and partially fitted into the wheel, and then pressed by one bead roller.
  • the second bead portion which is pressed by the tire rotation auxiliary device and is partially fitted into the wheel by one bead roller, is not separated from the wheel by the elastic recovery force of the tire. Rotate the wheel while holding it down.
  • the first and second bead portions are fitted into the wheel over the entire circumference so that the tire can be attached to the wheel (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a tire attaching / detaching device capable of reducing the time required for attaching a tire to a wheel and removing a tire from the wheel by reducing the labor of an operator.
  • the present invention carries in a state where a wheel has not been attached to a wheel and a wheel already attached tire in which a tire is attached to the wheel in a state where the wheel can be rolled up, and the wheel not attached tire is attached to the wheel.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device for removing the wheel-attached tire from the wheel, (A) a base installed on a predetermined horizontal installation surface; (B) a chuck device mounted on a base, (B1) a gripping part for gripping the wheel in a posture in which the center axis is horizontal; (B2) a chuck device having a main shaft that is driven to rotate about a horizontal rotation axis and the grip portion is provided coaxially at a tip portion; (C) A guide press disposed on one side of the base so as to face the chuck device in a direction parallel to the rotation axis and having a first axis on a first virtual vertical plane including the rotation axis.
  • a device On the virtual circle centered on the intersection of the second virtual vertical plane perpendicular to the first axis and the first axis, and above the virtual horizontal plane including the first axis, the first A pair of guide press rollers provided symmetrically with respect to the virtual vertical plane;
  • C2 Two of the two components that are tilted in a direction away from the second virtual vertical surface toward the chuck device as they go radially outward from the intersection above the virtual horizontal plane, and are symmetrical with respect to the first virtual vertical surface
  • a roller holder that rotatably holds each of the guide press rollers around the tilt axis;
  • C3 a guide press device having a guide press drive unit that moves the roller holder along the rotation axis in a direction approaching the chuck device and a direction away from the chuck device;
  • D Arranged between the chuck device on the base and the guide press device, and the wheel untired tire or the wheel already tired is erected so that its axis is parallel to the rotation axis
  • a bead press device capable of angular displacement about a second axis parallel to the rotational axis;
  • a tire diameter measuring device for measuring a diameter of a tire supported by the tire supporting device, (J1) a tilting arm whose base end is provided on the movable frame main body so as to be angularly displaceable about a third axis parallel to the rotation axis; (J2) a contact member that is provided at a tip of the tilt arm and is movable in a direction approaching the tire supported by the tire support device from above and a direction separating upward from the tire; (J3) a tire diameter measuring device having an angle measuring unit that measures an angle of the tilting arm around the third axis; (K) Based on the diameter measured by the tire diameter measuring device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire supporting device and the base of the rotation axis of the main shaft A control device that calculates a difference from a height distance from the table and controls the tire support device drive unit
  • control device includes: A storage unit storing indentation position information representing an indentation position by the guide press device, the bead press device, and the bead press device; An input unit that is input to select one of the plurality of wheel information, It is preferable to control a push position by the guide press device, the bead press device, and the bead press device based on the push position information corresponding to one wheel information selected by the input operation of the input unit.
  • the moving frame main body is provided with a lubricant injection device having an injection nozzle for injecting a lubricant toward a tire bead portion of the wheel-attached tire held by the holding portion. .
  • the roller holder is A first holding member that rotatably holds one end of the guide press roller by a spherical bearing; A second holding member for holding the other end of the guide press roller; A third holding member fixed to the guide press drive unit and movably connected to the second holding member,
  • the second holding member is a guide slot extending in a direction in which an inclination angle of the tilt axis with respect to the second virtual vertical plane changes on a virtual tilt plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the tilt axis.
  • a guide shaft that passes through the guide long hole is fixed to the third holding member.
  • a chuck device, a tire support device, a pair of guide shafts, a moving frame body, and a tire support device are provided on a base, and a guide press device is provided on one side of the base, and the moving frame is provided.
  • the main body is provided with a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device.
  • the control device based on the angle measured by the tire diameter measurement device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire support device, and the rotation axis of the main shaft from the base The difference between the distance and the height distance is calculated, and the tire support device drive unit is controlled so that the tire support device moves by the amount of movement corresponding to the calculated difference.
  • the wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device is placed at a position where the central axis thereof is substantially aligned with the rotation axis of the main shaft of the chuck device.
  • the moving frame main body moves along the guide shaft in the direction approaching the chuck device, so that the wheel-attached tire is positioned at the grip position by the grip portion of the chuck device and is gripped by the grip portion.
  • the wheel-attached tire gripped by the gripping portion is configured such that when the guide press device side is the outside and the chuck device side is the inside, the shoulder portion on the outer side of the tire is pressed toward the chuck device side by a pair of guide press rollers, and The tire bead portion on the inner side of the lower portion of the tire is pressed by the bead roller on the chuck device side to the side opposite to the pressing direction of each guide press roller, that is, the outer side.
  • the inner tire bead portion is dropped into the drop portion of the wheel, and the moving frame body moves on the guide shaft in a direction away from the chuck device.
  • the bead roller on the chuck device side further presses the inner tire bead portion away from the chuck device, and the tire is removed from the wheel.
  • the tire support device When a tire is mounted on a tire support device by an operator, the tire support device rises to a height distance when the wheel mounted tire is moved to the gripping portion of the chuck device. It is arranged at the mounting position on the wheel already gripped by the gripping part. The tire that is not attached to the wheel placed in the mounting position is pressed against the wheel by the guide press roller so that the upper part of the tire bead inside the tire that is not attached to the wheel is pressed and fitted to the drop part of the wheel from above. It can be hooked diagonally.
  • each guide press roller is the type of tire. If the shoulder part outside the tire without a wheel is pushed to an appropriate press position according to the position, and the moving frame main body is moved along the guide shafts in the direction approaching the chuck device, one bead roller is moved to the tire without the wheel.
  • the tire bead tire is not attached to the wheel by pressing the outer tire bead portion and rotating the gripper together with the main shaft around the rotation axis in this state.
  • the wheel can be automatically controlled or manually operated by a control device. It is possible to remove the existing tire from the wheel and attach the wheel non-attached tire to the wheel, so it is possible to reduce the labor of the tire replacement worker, and to attach the tire to the wheel and to remove the tire from the wheel. Can be shortened.
  • the control device when the operator selects wheel information by an input operation of the input unit, the control device reads the push position information corresponding to the selected wheel information from the storage unit, and the read push position information
  • the press position by the guide press device and the bead press device is controlled based on the above, so that insufficient tire push and excessive push are prevented, and the operator adjusts the push amount while watching the tire push state.
  • the burden on the operator can be reduced, and the efficiency of the work of attaching the tire to the wheel and the work of removing the tire from the wheel can be significantly improved.
  • the lubricant injection device is provided in the moving frame body, the slippage of the tire bead portion with respect to the wheel is improved, and the tire bead portion that is in close contact with the rim portion of the wheel is separated from the rim portion of the wheel. It can be easily peeled off, reduces the load due to the pressing force of the tire bead portion from the guide press roller, bead roller and bead press device, and prevents the tire reinforcing material made of metal wire, carbon fiber, etc. from being cut and the tire surface from being damaged. be able to.
  • the roller holder has the first to third holding members, the guide hole is provided in the second holding member, and the guide shaft is provided in the third holding member.
  • the mounting angle of the roller to the roller holder can be changed in the direction in which the guide elongated hole extends, whereby the pressing position of the tire by the guide press roller can be changed over a wide range, and tires such as standard tires, snow tires, etc.
  • the tire can be pressed at an appropriate pressing position and angle, and the tire can be deformed or displaced to facilitate and smooth the attaching / detaching operation of the tire to / from the wheel.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2.
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2.
  • FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration of a base 22.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing a fixed frame main body 130.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing a tire support device 6.
  • FIG. It is a side view of the tire lifting body 465. It is a top view of the tire elevating body 465.
  • FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a moving frame main body 27.
  • FIG. It is a rear view of the column part 433. It is a top view of the support
  • FIG. It is a right side view of the column part 433. It is a left side view of the column part 433.
  • 3 is a plan view of a tool moving table 401.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of a tool moving table 401.
  • FIG. It is sectional drawing of the tool movement stand. It is sectional drawing which notched a part which looked at the tool movement stand 401 from the left of FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support base 468 provided in the tire support device 6 with a part thereof cut away from above. It is sectional drawing of the tire support stand 468 seen from the downward direction of FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 as viewed from the right side of FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing a tilting plate 472 of a tire support 4680. It is the bottom view which looked at the tilting board 472 from the downward direction of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the guide press apparatus 700.
  • FIG. It is a front view showing a fixed frame main body 701 of the guide press device 700.
  • 3 is a plan view of a fixed frame main body 701.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of a fixed frame main body 701.
  • FIG. It is the front view to which the roller holding body 741 of the guide press apparatus 700 was expanded.
  • 7 is a rear view of a roller holder 741.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of a roller holder 741.
  • FIG. It is sectional drawing which looked at the 2nd movable table 740 from the front side. It is a top view of the 2nd movable table 740.
  • FIG. It is a front view which shows the 1st movable table 703.
  • FIG. It is the side view which looked at the 1st movable table 703 from the left of FIG. It is a top view of the 1st movable table 703.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a bead press device 800.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view of a frame body 801.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of a frame body 801.
  • FIG. 42 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the section line AA of FIG. 41. It is the one part side view seen from the left of FIG. It is the one part side view seen from the right side of FIG. It is a left side view of bead press arm 802. 4 is a rear view of a bead press arm 802.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a bead press device 800.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view of a frame body 801.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of a frame body 801.
  • FIG. 42 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the section line AA of FIG. 41. It is the one part side view seen from the left of FIG. It is the one part side view seen from the right side of FIG. It is a left
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a bead pressing member 817.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view of a bead pressing member 817.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing an arm part 200 of the chuck device 300.
  • FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a chuck portion 301.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of a moving arm 203.
  • FIG. 3 is a left side view of a moving arm 203.
  • FIG. 4 is a right side view of a moving arm 203.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of a moving arm 203.
  • FIG. 6 is a bottom view of a moving arm 203.
  • FIG. It is a top view of the rail part 202.
  • FIG. It is a front view of the rail part 202.
  • FIG. It is a left view of the rail part 202.
  • FIG. It is a right view of the rail part 202.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view of a rail sliding member 260.
  • FIG. FIG. 62 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the rail sliding member 260 as seen from a cutting plane line BB in FIG. 61.
  • 3 is a cross-sectional view of a chuck portion 301.
  • FIG. 64 is an enlarged cross-sectional view seen from a section line CC in FIG. 63.
  • 3 is a front view of a divider 327.
  • FIG. FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view taken along section line DD of FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of a chuck flange 312.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of a chuck flange 312.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck flange 312 as viewed from a cutting plane line EE.
  • 3 is a cross-sectional view of a slip ring 333.
  • FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333 as viewed from a cutting plane line FF in FIG. 69.
  • 3 is a side view of a roller 309.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of a roller 309.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a roller guide plate 307. 6 is a front view of a roller guide plate 307.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a roller receiving member 308.
  • FIG. FIG. 6 is a front view of a roller receiving member 308. It is a front view of the connection board 302.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of a chuck claw 305.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of a chuck claw 305.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view of a chuck claw 304.
  • FIG. FIG. 85 is a plan view of the cylinder case 318, showing a cross section taken along the section line HH in FIG. It is the side view which looked at the cylinder case 318 from the left side of FIG. It is the side view which looked at the cylinder case 318 from the right side of FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration of a hydraulic unit U.
  • FIG. 2 is a hydraulic circuit diagram showing a configuration of a hydraulic system to which a hydraulic unit U is connected.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the position detector 790 with which the guide press apparatus 700 is equipped.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of an operation unit 19.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of an operation unit 19.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2;
  • 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2;
  • 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2;
  • It is a figure for demonstrating operation
  • 2 is a plan view of a tire support device 6.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of the tire support device 6.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support device 6.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram for explaining an electrical configuration of the tire attaching / detaching device 2.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; It is a figure for demonstrating the
  • FIG. 1 is a front view showing a tire attaching / detaching device 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2.
  • the predetermined installation surface refers to a surface on which the tire attaching / detaching device 2 can be stably installed, such as a floor of an automobile repair shop or a floor of a loading platform of a tire repair work vehicle also called a service car.
  • the term “horizontal” means a level in the strict sense perpendicular to the vertical line, and also includes errors in the operating environment such as the inclination of the floor of an automobile repair shop, the inclination of the loading platform of a tire repair work vehicle, etc. It shall mean horizontal in a typical sense.
  • the wheel 5 is a large-diameter and heavy-weight wheel that is mounted on a large vehicle such as a bus, a truck, and a large special automobile, and has an outer diameter of 22.5 inches, 19.5 inches, and 17.5 inches.
  • 4 is a wheel-mounted tire in which the tire 3 is mounted.
  • a wheel already-installed tire and a wheel-uninstalled tire on which no wheel is mounted may be simply referred to as a “tire”.
  • the wheel-attached tire may be a pneumatic tire in which the tire 3 is reinforced with a carcass around the bead core of the bead portion, for example, from the tread portion to the sidewall portion.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 is used for an operator to roll and carry in a state where a wheel non-wearing tire is raised, to attach the wheel non-wearing tire to the wheel, or to remove the wheel wearing tire from the wheel. .
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes a base 22 installed on a floor 21 that is a predetermined horizontal installation surface, a chuck device 300 mounted on the base 22, and a chuck device on one side of the base 22.
  • 300 a guide press device 700 that is disposed in a direction parallel to the horizontal rotation axis L0 and has a first axis L1 on a first virtual vertical plane including the rotation axis L0, and a chuck device on the base 22
  • a tire support device 6 that is disposed between 300 and the guide press device 700 and supports the wheel non-attached tire or the wheel attached tire in an upright posture so that the central axis thereof is horizontal;
  • a pair of guide shafts 26a and 26b provided on the base 22 adjacent to the chuck device 300 and the guide press device 700 and extending in parallel with the rotation axis L0 and movable to the pair of guide shafts 26a and 26b.
  • a moving frame main body 27 mounted thereon.
  • the base 22 has a substantially horizontally long rectangular shape in plan view shown in FIG. 2 and is made of a steel panel-like structure.
  • the moving frame body 27 is disposed in a concave shape along the three sides of the base 22. With such a configuration, a work space in which the wheel-attached tire, the wheel-not-attached tire, and the wheel can be carried in or out between the chuck device 300 and the guide press device 700 and immediately before the tire support device 6.
  • a small tire attaching and detaching device 2 that realizes a small amount of movement of the worker as much as possible.
  • Such a tire attaching / detaching device 2 requires only a small area for installation in a tire repair work vehicle such as an automobile repair shop, a gas station, or a service car, and can save space.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 is provided on the moving frame main body 27, and has a tire supporting device driving unit 17 that raises and lowers the tire supporting device 6 and an angle around the third axis L3 parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • a pair of bead rollers 28a and 28b that are provided so as to be displaceable and press a tire bead portion of a wheel unattached tire or a wheel already attached tire that is partially fitted to the wheel 4 held by the holding portion 44;
  • a bead press device 800 that can be angularly displaced about the axis L2 and a tire diameter that measures the diameter of the tire supported by the tire support device 6 Based on the tire diameter measured by the fixing device 1 and the tire diameter measuring device 1, the height distance from the base 22 of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire supporting device 6 and the rotation axis L 0 of the main shaft 43.
  • a control device 16 that calculates a difference from the height distance from the base 22 and controls the tire support device drive unit 17 so that the tire support device 6 moves by a movement amount corresponding to the calculated difference. In addition.
  • the chuck device 300 includes a gripping portion 44 that grips a wheel in a posture in which a central axis thereof is parallel to the rotation axis L0, and a main shaft 43 that is driven to rotate around the rotation axis L0 and that has a gripping portion 44 coaxially provided at a tip portion. And have.
  • the guide press device 700 has a center point at the intersection of the second virtual vertical plane perpendicular to the first axis L1 and the first axis L1, and a virtual one arc line above the virtual horizontal plane including the first axis L1.
  • a pair of guide press rollers 24a and 24b provided symmetrically with respect to the first virtual vertical plane, and a direction above the virtual horizontal plane and away from the second virtual vertical plane toward the chuck device 300 as it goes radially outward from the intersection.
  • the tire diameter measuring device 1 includes a tilting arm 11 whose base end portion is provided on the moving frame main body 27 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3 parallel to the rotation axis L0, and a tip end portion of the tilting arm 11.
  • An abutting member 8 capable of moving in a direction approaching the tire 3 supported by the support device 6 and a direction away from the tire 3 from above, and an angle for measuring an angle around the third axis L3 of the tilting arm 11
  • a measuring device 485 (see FIG. 6).
  • the angle measuring device 485 is realized by a rotary encoder.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the base 22.
  • the base 22 is laminated along a rectangular substrate 101 in plan view, a top surface plate 103 having a concave shape in plan view, and a peripheral edge of the top plate 103 in parallel with the substrate 101.
  • a frame member 104 made of a section steel such as an angle steel and a channel steel.
  • the substrate 101 and the upper surface plate 103 are made of steel plates, and are joined to the frame member 104 in parallel by welding.
  • the surface facing the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 and the surface exposed upward from the upper surface plate 103 and the frame member 104 of the substrate 101 have a height difference ⁇ L corresponding to the width of the frame member 104 and descend to the lower limit position.
  • the lower portion of the tire support device 6 can be fitted.
  • a shooter 102 having a triangular prism shape is provided separately.
  • the inclined surface 102a of the shooter 102 is interposed between the tire support device 6 lowered to the lower limit position and the installation surface 21, and the operator rolls the tire in an upright state so that the tire
  • the support device 6 can be easily carried in or the tire can be carried out of the tire support device 6.
  • a first cylinder constituting a part of the tire support device drive unit 17 for moving the moving frame main body 27 in the direction A1 approaching the chuck device 300 and the direction A2 away from the chuck device 300.
  • C1 a proximity sensor 118, a cable stand 128, and the like are provided.
  • the center axis of the first cylinder C1 is disposed in parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • the first cylinder C1 is realized by a double-acting hydraulic cylinder.
  • the proximity sensor 118 is installed as a detector for detecting that the piston rod of the first cylinder C1 extends and the tire support device 6 is positioned at a central position between the chuck device 300 and a fixed frame body 130 described later. Is done.
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view showing the fixed frame main body 130.
  • the fixed frame main body 130 includes a cover frame 137, a top plate 138, a left side cover 139, a right side upper cover 140, a right side lower cover 141, a front cover 142, and a front door 145 and a front cover 143 that block the opening of the front cover 142.
  • a box-shaped accessory case recessed portion 146 provided inside the opening is configured.
  • the front door 145 has one side connected to a side edge facing the opening of the front cover 142 by a hinge 147 so as to be angularly displaceable about the vertical axis, and can open and close the opening.
  • a signal lamp 148 electrically connected to the control device 16 is mounted on the top plate 138 and is turned on when an excess current or an excessive torque of the control system of the control device 16 is generated to notify an alarm. Configured to be able to.
  • the top plate 138, the left side cover 139, the right side upper cover 140, and the right side lower cover 141 are fixed to the cover frame 137 with a plurality of screw members such as screws, and a guide press device 700, a bead press device 800, and the like are provided therein. Is formed. Between the right side upper cover 140 and the right side lower cover 141, an opening 14 through which the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800 are partially inserted is formed.
  • FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view showing the tire support device 6,
  • FIG. 7 is a side view of the tire lifting body 465
  • FIG. 8 is a plan view of the tire lifting body 465
  • FIG. 9 is a lower portion of the tire lifting body 465.
  • FIG. 10 is an enlarged cross-sectional view as seen from the left in FIG. 7, and FIG. 10 is a rear view of the tire lifting body 465.
  • the tire support device 6 includes a tool moving base 401 (see FIG. 11), a pair of tool moving base guide shafts 26a and 26b, a tire lifting body 465, and a tire support base 468. First, the tire elevating body 465 will be described.
  • the tire elevating body 465 is a substantially L-shaped structure in a side view, and has a vertical column 420 and a base end that extends horizontally from the lower end of the column 420 and is joined to the lower end of the column 420.
  • a first arm portion 421 having a first portion, a free end portion of the first arm portion 421, and an upper surface portion 422a that is inclined downward as it is separated from the first arm portion 421.
  • the arm portion 422 includes a third arm portion 423 that is connected to the free end portion of the second arm portion 421, extends horizontally from the second arm portion 422, and has an upper surface portion 423a having a rectangular shape in plan view.
  • a tire support base 468 is mounted on the upper surface 423a of the third arm part 423, and when the tire support device 6 is lowered to the lower limit position, the upper surface of the tire support base 468 is substantially the same as the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 of the base 22. Coplanar.
  • the tire diameter measuring device 1 is disposed on the upper end surface of the column 420.
  • the tire diameter measuring apparatus 1 includes a bracket 430 that is fixed to the upper end surface of a column 420 by a screw member such as a bolt, and a tilt that is connected to the bracket 430 by a pin 431 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3. Arm 11.
  • FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view showing the movable frame main body 27,
  • FIG. 12 is a rear view of the column portion 433
  • FIG. 13 is a plan view of the column portion 433
  • FIG. 14 is a right side view of the column portion 433.
  • FIG. 15 is a left side view of the column portion 433.
  • the moving frame body 27 has a lower end fixed to a tool moving table 401, a pair of tool moving table guide shafts 26 a and 26 b that are horizontally inserted through the tool moving table 401, and one side portion behind the tool moving table 401. And a supporting column part 433.
  • the pair of bead rollers 28a and 28b have the same configuration, for ease of illustration, only one bead roller 28a is shown, and the other bead roller 28b is omitted.
  • the support column part 433 includes a pair of vertical frame members 440 extending in the vertical direction, and a lower frame member 441 that is connected to the lower end of each vertical frame member 440 and extends horizontally.
  • an inverted U-shaped hanging bracket 442 is provided to engage a hanging tool such as a crane hook when the tire support device 6 is installed or moved.
  • FIG. 16 is a plan view of the tool moving table 401
  • FIG. 17 is a side view of the tool moving table 401
  • FIG. 18 is a sectional view of the tool moving table 401
  • FIG. 19 shows the tool moving table 401 in FIG. It is sectional drawing which notched a part seen from the left.
  • the tool moving base 401 includes a pair of cylindrical members 402 that are spaced apart from each other and parallel to the rotation axis L0, and one end plate 403 that is joined to one end face of each cylindrical member 402 by welding.
  • the other end plate 404 joined to the other end face of each tubular member 402 by welding, the one upper face plate 405 joined to the upper surface of one end portion of each tubular member 402 by welding, and each tubular shape
  • the other upper surface plate 406 joined by welding to the upper surface of the other end portion of the member 402, and the support plate 407 joined by welding perpendicularly to one side portion of the long sides of the upper surface plates 405 and 406 that are close to each other. 408.
  • One end plate 403 is formed of a rectangular plate-like body having a pair of insertion holes 409 through which the guide shafts 26a and 26b are inserted, and a wall portion 403a joined to one end face of each cylindrical member 402, And a pin receiving portion 403b formed with a pin hole 410 through which a pin 431a pivotally supporting one bead roller 28a is formed.
  • the other end plate 404 is formed of a rectangular plate-like body having a pair of insertion holes 411 through which the guide shafts 26a and 26b are inserted, and a wall portion 404a joined to the other end surface of each cylindrical member 402, And a pin receiving portion 404b formed with a pin hole 412 that protrudes from the upper portion of the wall portion 404a and through which a pin 431b that pivotally supports the other bead roller 28b is inserted.
  • One bead roller 28a includes a truncated cone-shaped roller body 28a1 and a double-acting cylinder 28a2 having a piston rod 28a3 that pivotally supports the roller body 28a1 and extends / retracts.
  • the base end portion of the double acting cylinder 28a2 is pivotally supported by the pin receiving portion 403b and the support plate 407 by the pin 431a.
  • the other bead roller 28b has a frustoconical roller body 28b1 and a double-acting cylinder 28b2 having a piston rod 28b3 that supports the roller body 28b1 and extends / retracts.
  • the base end portion of the double acting cylinder 28b2 is pivotally supported by the pin receiving portion 404b and the support plate 408 by the pin 431b.
  • the left bead roller 28a in FIG. 1 When attaching a non-wheel tire to the wheel, the left bead roller 28a in FIG. 1 is used, and when removing the tire, the right bead roller 28b is used.
  • the tire 3 can be attached and detached by these bead rollers 28a and 28b.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes the guide press device 700, the tire side surface is pressed by the other bead roller 28 b and the opposite side is pressed by the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b, and the bead portion of the tire 3 is pressed by the wheel 4.
  • the tire 3 can be removed from the wheel 4 easily and without damaging the tire 3 by dropping it into the drop portion.
  • the side wall portion of the tire 3 is pressed by one bead roller 28 a and the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b of the guide press device 700 are pressed against the side surface of the tire 3.
  • one bead portion can be fitted into the wheel 4.
  • the other bead portion is fitted into the wheel 4, it can be mounted by pressing the bead pressing member 817 of the bead press device 800 against the side of the tire and rotating the tire.
  • the bead portion once fitted into the wheel 4 by the bead roller 28b is prevented from being detached from the wheel 4 even when the bead roller 28b is retracted.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes the tire supporting device 6, the height distance between the tire 3 and the wheel 4 mounted on the tire lifting body 465 is determined, and the distance for lifting the tire lifting body 465 is calculated. Therefore, the wheel 4 can be easily attached to the chuck device 300, and the tire 3 can be easily attached.
  • the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4, and the tire 3 is removed from the wheel 4, the wheel 4 chucked by the gripping portion 44, as described later,
  • the tire 3 or the wheel 4 is gripped so that the tire 3 or the wheel 4 is arranged approximately at the center between the bead rollers 28 a and 28 b because it is mounted in any direction of front-out, front-end, back-out, or back-end. It is comprised so that the position of the part 44 can be adjusted.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support base 468 provided in the tire support device 6 as seen from above, with a part cut away.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 as seen from below in FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 viewed from the right side of FIG. 20,
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing the tilt plate 472 of the tire support base 468, and
  • FIG. 24 shows the tilt plate 472 from below in FIG. It is the bottom view seen.
  • the tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 471a and 471b, a box-shaped housing 473 in which the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are accommodated, and both longitudinal ends of the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are fixed.
  • Each fixed support plate 471a, 471b is disposed to extend in parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • the tilting plate 472 is formed with a discharge hole 475 for discharging foreign matter such as earth and sand and pebbles that have fallen from the tire from the tilting plate 472, and the foreign matter bites between the tilting plate 472 and the fixed support plates 471a and 471b. It is configured not to be included.
  • a proximity sensor 476 is provided on one side wall of the housing 473 for detecting that the tilting plate 472 is tilted due to the mounting of the tire.
  • a shaft 477 is joined to one long side portion of the tilting plate 472 by welding. Since the tire support device 6 of this embodiment is similar to the tire support device 6A of other embodiments shown in FIGS. 100 to 103 described later, the corresponding parts are denoted by the same reference numerals and overlapped. The description to be omitted is omitted.
  • FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the guide press device 700.
  • the guide press device 700 includes a fixed frame main body 701, a double acting cylinder 704 that is mounted on the fixed frame main body 701, and includes a piston rod 702 that extends / retracts, and a first movable that connects the piston rod 702 of the double acting cylinder 704.
  • a second movable table 740 having three guide shafts 739 through which the vertical movement is guided, guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and a roller holder 741.
  • FIG. 26 is a front view showing the fixed frame main body 701
  • FIG. 27 is a plan view of the fixed frame main body 701
  • FIG. 28 is a side view of the fixed frame main body 701.
  • the fixed frame main body 701 includes a pair of support legs 711 and 712, a connecting member 713 that vertically connects the support legs 711 and 712 at the middle part in the longitudinal direction, and a ceiling that is vertically joined to the upper ends of the support legs. Plate 714.
  • the bottom plates 715 and 716 are joined to the lower ends of the support legs 711 and 712 by welding perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the support legs 711 and 712.
  • Each of the bottom plates 715 and 716 is long in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and is configured to resist the horizontal reaction force from the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800.
  • FIG. 29 is an enlarged front view of the roller holder 741 of the guide press apparatus 700
  • FIG. 30 is a rear view of the roller holder 741
  • FIG. 31 is a plan view of the roller holder 741.
  • the roller holder 741 includes a first holding member 720 that rotatably holds one end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b by spherical bearings, and a second holding member 721 that holds the other end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b.
  • a third holding member 723 that is fixed to a movable shaft body 722 that constitutes a part of the guide press drive unit and to which the second holding member 721 is movably connected.
  • the second holding member 721 is a direction in which the inclination angles ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 11 of the inclination axes L10 and L11 with respect to the second virtual vertical plane change on a virtual inclination plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the inclination axes L10 and L11. And a guide slot 734 extending in the direction.
  • a bolt 743 that is a guide shaft through which the guide long hole 734 is inserted is detachably fixed to the third holding member 723, and the third holding member 723 is positioned on the second holding member 721 at a position corresponding to the inclination angles ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 11. Fixed.
  • Each of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b is mounted on the roller holder 741 as described above, and is a shoulder for a large tire having a different size that is mounted to an outer diameter of the wheel of 17.5 inches to 22.5 inches. Can be pressed, and the shoulder portion of a wide range of large tires can be pressed.
  • FIG. 32 is a sectional view of the second movable table 740 as viewed from the front side
  • FIG. 33 is a plan view of the second movable table 740.
  • the second movable table 740 is fixed to the three guide shafts 739, the top plate 738 vertically joined to one end portion of each guide shaft 739 by a bolt, and the above-mentioned movable shaft body 722 is inserted. And a shaft guide 742.
  • the top plate 738 is a rectangular plate-like body whose plan view is long in the direction of the rotation axis L0.
  • FIG. 34 is a front view showing the first movable table 703
  • FIG. 35 is a side view of the first movable table 703 as viewed from the left in FIG. 34
  • FIG. 36 is a plan view of the first movable table 703.
  • FIG. 37 is a rear view of the first movable table 703.
  • the first movable table 703 includes a front plate 703a, a left side plate 703b, a right side plate 703c, and an upper plate 703d.
  • the upper surface plate 703d is a rectangular plate-like body whose plan view is long in the direction of the rotation axis L0.
  • the left side plate 703b is provided with two shaft guides 705a and 705b on the outer side (left side in FIG. 34) and two shaft guides 705c and 705d on the inner side (right side in FIG. 34).
  • One shaft guide 705e is provided inside the right side plate 703c.
  • a support block 706 for a double acting cylinder 729 is provided on the upper surface plate 703d.
  • Each of the shaft guides 705a to 705e has an axis parallel to the rotation axis L0 and is similarly configured.
  • FIG. 38 is a sectional view of the shaft guide 727
  • FIG. 39 is a plan view of the shaft guide 727.
  • the shaft guide 727 includes a header portion 727b to which the slide bearing 727a is fitted, a bottom portion 727c fixed by a bolt to the top plate 738 of the second movable table 740, and the header portion 727b and the bottom portion 727c on the same axis. It has a cylindrical case portion 727d to be connected.
  • Three such shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 703d of the first movable table 703, and each guide shaft 739 of the second movable table 740 is inserted and guided in the vertical direction.
  • Three such shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 738 of the first movable table 703, the guide shafts 703d of the second movable table 740 are respectively inserted, guided in the vertical direction, and the guide press device 700.
  • the second movable table 740 equipped with can be moved in the vertical direction while maintaining the horizontal without rotating.
  • the position detection moving member 750 is fixed to the movable shaft body 722 in parallel by a joining member such as a bolt.
  • a plate-like detection piece 751 is fixed to the tip of the position detection moving member 750 perpendicular to the axis of the rod-like position detection moving member 750.
  • a stay 752 is fixed to the top plate 739 of the second movable table 740 by a joining member such as a bolt.
  • the detection pieces 751 are detected by a plurality of detection elements 753 that are aligned with the stay 752 in a straight line and provided at equal intervals.
  • Each detection element 753 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor, and when the detected piece 753 approaches, the switching mode changes to detect the position of each guide press roller 24a, 24b in the direction parallel to the rotation axis L0. Composed.
  • FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the bead press device 800
  • FIG. 41 is a front view of the frame main body 801
  • FIG. 42 is a plan view of the frame main body 801
  • FIG. 43 is a cut line AA in FIG. 44 is an enlarged cross-sectional view seen from FIG. 44.
  • FIG. 44 is a partial side view seen from the left side of FIG. 41
  • FIG. 45 is a partial side view seen from the right side of FIG.
  • the rear configuration is omitted for easy illustration.
  • the bead press device 800 includes a frame main body 801, a bead press arm 802, a double acting cylinder 803 including a piston rod 803a extending / retracting in parallel with the rotation axis L0, a bead press position detector 804, and a rod-like position detection.
  • Moving member 805, detected piece 806 fixed to position detecting moving member 805 perpendicularly to the axis of position detecting moving member 805, and double acting cylinder 807 for rotating bead press arm 802, Have
  • the frame main body 801 has a rectangular substrate 808 whose front view is vertically long in FIG. 41, and a pair of plate-like support members 809 that are vertically fixed to both sides in the width direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the substrate 808.
  • 41 fixed to one side of the substrate 808, and the shape of the front view is a rectangular plate-shaped attachment member 810 that is long in the left and right in FIG. 41, and the end of the attachment member 810 in the longitudinal direction opposite to the substrate 808.
  • a plate-like clamping member 811 fixed vertically.
  • a support shaft 812 is erected vertically at the center of the substrate 808 when viewed from the front.
  • Each support member 809 is formed with an insertion hole 813 through which each support member 809 is inserted in the thickness direction.
  • the clamping member 811 has a fixed piece 811a fixed to the mounting member 810, and a pressing piece 811b fixed to the fixed piece 811a by a joining member such as a bolt.
  • the fixing piece 811a and the holding piece 811b are formed with semi-cylindrical fitting holes penetrating in the thickness direction, and a double acting cylinder 807 is fitted into these fitting holes.
  • the double-acting cylinder 807 is pressed against the fixed piece 811a by the presser piece 811b and fixed with a large strength.
  • a rod-shaped rack 814 is inserted into the insertion hole 813 of each support member 809.
  • a tooth portion 815 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral portion of the rack 814 along the axial direction of the rack 814.
  • One end of the rack 814 in the axial direction is coaxially fixed to the piston rod 807a of the double acting cylinder 807, and the rack 814 moves in the same direction when the piston rod 807a extends / retracts.
  • the pinion 816 has an annular shape, and the support shaft 812 is inserted through the center hole thereof.
  • the bead press arm 802 is supported so as to be rotatable about the axis of the support shaft 812.
  • the axis of the support shaft 812 is parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • FIG. 46 is a left side view of the bead press arm 802
  • FIG. 47 is a rear view of the bead press arm 802
  • FIG. 48 is an enlarged sectional view of the bead press member 817
  • FIG. 49 is a front view of the bead press member 817.
  • FIG. The bead press arm 801 includes a first arm portion 801a extending perpendicularly to the axis from a base portion to which the pinion 816 is fixed, a first arm portion 801a, and a substrate 808 extending radially outward from the first arm portion 801a.
  • the second arm portion 801b is inclined in a direction away from the second arm portion 801b, and the third arm portion 801c is connected to the second arm portion 801b and extends radially outward from the second arm portion 801b.
  • a bead pressing member 817 is fixed to the third arm portion 801c on the surface opposite to the substrate 808.
  • the bead pressing member 817 is made of synthetic rubber that is harder than the tire. For example, butyl rubber is used as the synthetic rubber.
  • the bead pressing member 817 includes a rectangular parallelepiped first block portion 817a whose cross section is thin, a rectangular parallelepiped second block portion 817b having a thickness larger than that of the first block portion 817a, and a first block portion 817a.
  • the third block portion 817c is connected to the second block portion 817b and has a thickness larger than that of the second block portion 817b.
  • the first block portion 817a is formed with a bolt insertion hole 818b inserted in the thickness direction
  • the third block portion 817c is formed with a bolt insertion hole 819 inserted in the thickness direction.
  • the first to third block portions 817a to 817c are used to press the bead portion of the tire 3 corresponding to each size of the wheel 4 of 17.5 inches, 19.5 inches, and 22.5 inches.
  • FIG. 50 is an exploded perspective view showing the arm portion 200 of the chuck device 300
  • FIG. 51 is an exploded perspective view showing the chuck portion 301
  • FIG. 52 is a front view of the moving arm 203
  • FIG. 54 is a right side view of the moving arm 203
  • FIG. 55 is a plan view of the moving arm 203
  • FIG. 56 is a bottom view of the moving arm 203.
  • the arm unit 200 includes a rail unit 202, a moving arm 203, a hydraulic motor 204, a square cylindrical frame main body 205, a top plate 206 provided so as to close an upper end opening of the frame main body 205, and a frame main body. And a rail fitting portion 207 provided at the lower end portion of 205.
  • the frame main body 205 has four side walls 212a to 212d, and insertion holes 203a and 203c into which the chuck portion 301 is inserted are formed in upper portions of the two side walls 212a and 212c arranged perpendicular to the rotation axis L0. Is done.
  • the rail fitting portion 207 includes a bottom plate 218 joined to the lower end surface of the frame body 203 by welding, two metal cases 219a and 219b fixed in parallel to both side portions of the bottom plate 218, and each metal case of the bottom plate 218.
  • FIG. 57 is a plan view of the rail portion 202
  • FIG. 58 is a front view of the rail portion 202
  • FIG. 59 is a left side view of the rail portion 202
  • FIG. 60 is a right side view of the rail portion 202.
  • 61 is a front view of the rail sliding member 260
  • FIG. 62 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the rail sliding member 260 as seen from the section line BB in FIG.
  • the rail portion 202 includes a pair of rail members 260a and 260b, a pair of rail support members 262a and 262b to which the rail members are fixed by a plurality of bolts 265a and 265b, and a plate to which the rail support members 262a and 262b are fixed. And a pair of brackets 263a and 263b that are welded and joined to one end face of each rail support member 262a and 262b.
  • Each rail member 260a, 260b is formed with a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b at intervals in the longitudinal direction, and each rail support member 262a, 262b has a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b at the same pitch as each other. Screw holes 267a and 267b are formed.
  • the rail members 260a and 260b are fixed to the rail support members 262a and 262b by attaching the bolts 265a and 265b to the bolt holes 266a and 266b and screwing them into the screw holes 267a and 267b, respectively.
  • the double acting cylinder 209 has a piston rod 209a.
  • the tip of the piston rod 209a is pin-coupled to the brackets 220a and 202b of the rail fitting portion 207 by the connecting pin 210.
  • the cylinder case of the double acting cylinder 209 is pin-coupled to the brackets 263 a and 262 b of the rail portion 201 by trunnion pins 211.
  • the double acting cylinder 209 is a hydraulic cylinder.
  • FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck portion 301
  • FIG. 64 is a front view of the chuck portion 301 as viewed from the left of FIG. 63
  • FIG. 65 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the chuck portion 301 as viewed from the section line CC in FIG. It is.
  • the hydraulic motor 204 has an output shaft 215, and a sprocket wheel 216 is fixed to the output shaft 215.
  • a chain 217 is wound around the sprocket wheel 216.
  • the chain 217 is also wound around the sprocket wheel 335 of the chuck portion 301 and is stretched between the sprocket wheels 216 and 335.
  • the rotation of the output shaft 215 of the hydraulic motor 204 is transmitted from one sprocket wheel 216 to the main shaft 43 from the other sprocket wheel 335 via the chain 217.
  • FIG. 66 is a front view of the divider 327
  • FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view taken along the section line DD of FIG. 68
  • FIG. 69 is a side view of the chuck flange 31
  • FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck flange 312 as viewed from the cutting plane line EE.
  • 71 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333
  • FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333 as viewed from the cutting plane line FF in FIG. 73 is a side view of the roller 309
  • FIG. 74 is a side view of the roller 309.
  • FIG. 75 is a sectional view of the roller guide plate 307
  • FIG. 76 is a front view of the roller guide plate 307.
  • 77 is a cross-sectional view of the roller receiving member 308, and
  • FIG. 78 is a front view of the roller receiving member 308.
  • 77 shows a cross section viewed along the section line GG of FIG.
  • FIG. 83 is a sectional view of the cylinder case 318
  • FIG. 84 is a side view of the cylinder case 318 viewed from the left side of FIG. 83
  • FIG. 85 is a side view of the cylinder case 318 viewed from the right side of FIG. is there.
  • FIG. 83 shows a cross section taken along the section line HH of FIG.
  • a chuck portion 301 is provided at the tip of the main shaft 43.
  • the chuck portion 301 includes four pairs of connecting plates 302 and 303, a roller guide plate 307, a roller receiving member 308, a chuck flange 312, four link members 315, four chuck claws 305, a cylinder case 318, and a piston 322. And a divider 327, a slip ring 333 and a sprocket wheel 335.
  • the chuck flange 312 includes a disk-like base portion 314 and brackets 316 that protrude from the one annular surface of the base portion 314 at an angular interval of 90 ° in the circumferential direction.
  • Each bracket 316 includes a pair of plate-like portions 317, and one end portion of the link member 315 is pin-coupled to each plate-like portion 317 by a pin 319.
  • Each plate-like portion 317 is also pin-coupled with a pair of connecting plates 302 and 303 made of a substantially triangular plate-like body by pins 323.
  • the radially outer ends of the chuck claws 304 are pin-coupled to the distal ends of the connecting plates 302 and 303 forming a pair by pins 324.
  • a radially inner end of each chuck claw 305 is pin-coupled to the other end of the link member 315 by a pin 325.
  • the connecting plates 302 and 303, the link member 315, the chuck claw 305, and the bracket 316 constitute a parallelogram link by pins 319, 323, 324, and 325.
  • the radially inner ends of the connecting plates 302 and 303 are connected by a shaft 325, and a roller 309 is mounted on the shaft 325 between the connecting plates 302 and 303.
  • Each roller 309 is sandwiched between a roller guide plate 307 and a roller receiving member 308.
  • One end of the piston rod 328 in the axial direction is connected to the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308.
  • the other end in the axial direction of the piston rod 328 is fixed to the piston 322.
  • the intermediate portion of the piston 322 is inserted through the chuck flange 312 in the thickness direction.
  • the axis of such a piston 322 is parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • the space in the cylinder case 318 is partitioned by the piston 322 into two piston chambers 329a and 329b.
  • One piston chamber 329 a communicates with a first flow path 330 a formed in the cylinder case 318, and the first flow path 330 a communicates with a second flow path 330 b formed in the divider 327.
  • a third flow path 330c formed in the divider 327 communicates with the other piston chamber 329b.
  • the second and third flow paths 330b and 330c of the divider 327 communicate with the ports 331a and 331b of the slip ring 333 to which the sprocket wheel 335 is fixed.
  • FIG. 86 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 is opened
  • FIG. 87 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 is closed
  • FIG. 88 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 grips the wheel 4a
  • 89 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 holds the wheel 4b.
  • the hydraulic oil supplied to one port 331a is supplied to the other piston chamber 329b via the third flow path 330c, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized.
  • the hydraulic oil in one piston chamber 329a is pressurized by the piston 322, discharged from the other port 331b through the first flow path 330a and the second flow path 330b, and the piston rod 328 extends.
  • the hydraulic oil supplied to the other port 331b is supplied to one piston chamber 329a through the second flow path 330b and the first flow path 330a, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing one piston chamber 322 has a pressure receiving surface. Pressurized. As a result, the hydraulic oil in the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized by the piston 322, is discharged from the one port 331a via the third flow path 330c, and the piston rod 328 is degenerated.
  • each roller 309 between the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308 is driven to move forward, that is, in a direction close to the fixed frame main body 130 (left side in FIG. 86).
  • the wheel can be gripped by moving 305 away from each other.
  • each roller 309 between the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308 is driven to move rearward, that is, in a direction away from the fixed frame main body 170 (rightward in FIG. 87).
  • the gripping state of the wheel can be released by moving the 305 in directions close to each other.
  • FIG. 90 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the hydraulic unit U
  • FIG. 91 is a hydraulic circuit diagram showing the configuration of the hydraulic system to which the hydraulic unit U is connected.
  • the hydraulic unit U includes a tank 501 in which hydraulic oil is stored, a motor 502, a pump 503, a drain cooler 516, a strainer 505, electromagnetic valves V1 and V2, and a manifold 506.
  • the motor 502 is an electric motor
  • the pump 503 is a piston pump.
  • the tank 501 includes a tank main body 507, an upper plate 508 mounted on the tank main body 507, and a unit cover 509 attached to the tank main body 507 so as to cover the upper plate 508 on the tank main body 507.
  • the pump 503 sucks the hydraulic oil in the tank 501 from the suction port via the strainer 505 and the hydraulic hose 511, and from the discharge port, the hydraulic hose 510, the manifold 506, the hydraulic hose 512, a plurality of It is supplied to a plurality of hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 through electromagnetic valves V1 to V7 and a plurality of check valves V11 to V17.
  • the hydraulic oil discharged from the hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 is returned to the tank 501 through the check valves V11 to V17, the electromagnetic valves V1 to V7, the hydraulic hose 513, the manifold 506, and the hydraulic hose 514.
  • a part of the hydraulic oil of the pump 503 is supplied from the tube 515 to the drain cooler 516 and cooled, and then returned from the tube 517 to the tank 501 so that the temperature of the hydraulic oil is controlled to maintain an appropriate temperature.
  • FIG. 92 is a diagram showing a configuration of a guide press position detector 790 provided in the guide press apparatus 700.
  • the guide press position detector 790 includes a detection piece 751 fixed to the tip of the rod-shaped position detection moving member 750, a stay 752 fixed to the top plate 739 of the second movable table 740, and a straight line to the stay 752. And a plurality of detection elements 753 arranged at equal intervals in a line.
  • the detected piece 751 is realized by, for example, a bolt, and each detection element 753 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor.
  • the detected piece 751 and each detection element 753 are spaced apart by about 3 to 4 mm.
  • a virtual line 753a is a detection position when the guide press apparatus 700 is not extended, and a virtual line 753b is a detection position when the guide press apparatus 700 is extended to the stroke end.
  • the switching mode of one detection element 753 that has detected the detection piece 751 changes, and is parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. The position in the direction can be detected.
  • FIG. 93 is a diagram showing a configuration of a bead press position detector 804 provided in the bead press apparatus 800.
  • the bead press position detector 804 includes a detection piece 806 fixed to a rod-shaped position detection moving member 805 and a plurality of detection elements 831 arranged in a straight line on the stay 830 at equal intervals. Is done.
  • the detected piece 806 is realized by, for example, a bolt, and each detection element 831 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor.
  • the detected piece 806 and each detection element 831 are arranged with a gap of about 3 to 4 mm.
  • the switching mode of one detection element 831 that has detected the detected piece 806 changes, and the pressing position of the tire bead portion of the bead pressing member 817 Can be detected.
  • FIG. 94 is a front view of the operation unit 19, and FIG. 95 is a side view of the operation unit 19.
  • the control device 16 is provided in a housing 71 that accommodates a part of the guide press device 700 and a part of the bead press device 800, and an operation unit 19 that constitutes an input unit is provided on the housing 71 on the front side (on the paper surface of FIG. 94). It is provided facing the vertical front side.
  • the operation unit 19 performs automatic / manual switching for switching between an automatic mode for automatically performing an assembling operation of a wheel non-attached tire to the wheel 4 and a removing operation of the already-attached tire from the wheel 4 and a manual mode manually operated individually.
  • Switch SW1 changeover switches SW2 to SW7 used in the automatic mode, changeover switches SW8 to SW19 used in the manual mode, and changeover switches SW21 to SW23 for switching the validity / invalidity of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode and the light point alignment mode
  • And indicator lights Lmp1 to Lmp3 that are turned on when the change-over switches SW21 to SW23 are effectively switched and are turned off when they are invalid.
  • the aforementioned switches SW1 to SW20 and the indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 are provided on the front panel 173, and the aforementioned switches SW21 to SW23 are provided on the side panel 174.
  • FIG. 99 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the tire diameter measuring device 1
  • FIG. 99 (2) shows a state in which the tilting arm 11 is brought into contact with the vicinity of the top 7 of the wheel 5
  • FIG. 99 (3) shows a state in which the wheel 5 is driven by the tire support device driving unit 17. This shows a state where the wheel 5 is raised to a height distance at which the center axis L5 of the shaft coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13.
  • the wheel 5 When the tire attaching / detaching operation of the wheel 5 is started, the wheel 5 is carried into the tire attaching / detaching device 2 by the operator, and is mounted on and supported by the tire supporting device 6 with the wheel 5 standing up. In this state, the tire support device 6 is disposed at a lowered position close to the base 22 by the tire support device drive unit 17, and the tilting arm 11 is separated from the tire 3 upward.
  • step s1 the control device 16 extends the tilt cylinder 52, and the tilt arm 11 moves upward from the top 7 of the tire 3 as shown in FIG. 99 (1).
  • the tilting arm 11 tilts from the separated position in a direction in which the angle ⁇ with respect to the horizontal decreases, and in step s 2, the control device 16 reads a signal representing the angle ⁇ from the angle measuring unit 14, and the contact member 8 of the tilting arm 11.
  • FIG. 99 (2) when the wheel 5 is in contact with the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3, a signal representing the angle ⁇ is input from the angle measuring unit 14 to the control device 16.
  • the moving distance H1 detected by the height distance detecting device 15 is input to the control device 16, and the moving distance H2 that is the amount of increase is calculated by the formulas 1 and 2 described later in step s3.
  • step s4 the control device 16 outputs the moving distance H2 as a command value for the elevating cylinder 50, whereby the elevating cylinder 50 is driven, and the wheel 5 matches the central axis L5 on the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13. As shown in FIG. 99 (3), the centering operation is finished up to the height distance.
  • step s5 When the center axis L5 of the wheel 5 is arranged at a height distance that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotation drive device 13 as described above, the process proceeds to step s5, and the control device 16 moves the moving frame body 27 to the rotation drive device 13. Then, in step s6, the control device 16 opens the gripping portion 44 so that the wheel 5 is gripped by the gripping portion 44. In step a7, the control device 16 moves the tilt cylinder. 55 is retracted, and the tilting arm 11 is moved back to the original position as shown in FIG. 99 (1).
  • the drive device 13, the guide press device 700, and the bead press device 800 operate according to a sequence preset in the storage unit M.
  • the storage unit M is realized by, for example, a RAM (Random Access Memory).
  • the storage unit M stores the chuck position for each wheel size as shown in Table 1 below, and stores the 1st bead removal position for each wheel size as shown in Table 2, as shown in Table 3.
  • the 1st bead assembling position is stored for each wheel size, as shown in Table 4, the 2nd bead assembling position is memorized, and as shown in Table 5, the 2nd bead removing position is memorized.
  • step s8 the control device 16 lowers the piston rod of the elevating cylinder 50 to the lower end position detected by the lower end sensor (not shown) of the elevating cylinder 50, and then step In s9, the rotation drive device 13 is driven to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44.
  • step s10 the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a to a predetermined pushing position.
  • step s11 the control device 16 operates the lubricant injection regulator 39.
  • step s12 the control device 16 is connected to the lubricant injection regulator 39. The lubricant is sprayed and attached to each sidewall portion and each tire bead portion of the tire 3 from the spray nozzle 40a.
  • step s13 the control device 16 reads out the predetermined pressing positions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b from the storage unit M, and determines whether the flat tire mode changeover switch SW21 is on or off in step s14. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, the process proceeds to step s15, and the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M.
  • step s16 where the guide press rollers 24a, 24b move to the above-described predetermined pushing position, guide the tire 3 to the drop portion, and in step s17, the control device 16 Then, the pushing position of the first bead portion of the bead roller 28b is read out, and it is determined in step s18 whether the changeover switch SW21 is on or off. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the first bead portion for the flat tire in step s19. If the changeover switch SW21 is off, the control device 16 turns the bead roller 28b on for the flat tire in step s20. The first bead portion is moved to the pushing position of the first bead portion, and the first bead portion is pushed out from the wheel 4.
  • the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the origin position in step s21, and reads the pushing position of the second bead portion of the bead roller 28b in step s22.
  • step s23 the control device 16 determines whether the flat tire changeover switch SW21 is on or off. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, in step s24, the control device 16 determines whether the second bead unit If the push-in position is read and the changeover switch SW21 is off, the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28b to the push-in position of the second bead unit in step s25.
  • step s26 the control device 16 raises the lifting cylinder 50 by the calculated moving distance H2, and in step s27, the control device 16 waits at the height position where the lifting cylinder 50 is raised by the moving distance H2, and in step s28, The bead roller 28b is moved until it reaches the pushing position of the second bead portion.
  • step s29 the control device 16 lifts the lifting frame by the lifting cylinder 50 and supports the tire 3 by the tire supporting device 6 after T seconds, which is a predetermined time after reaching the pushing position of the second bead portion. Thereafter, in step s30, the control device 16 controls the rotation driving device 13 to stop the rotation of the main shaft 43.
  • step s31 the control device 16 lowers the elevating cylinder 50 until the lower end sensor detects the tire support device 6, and in step s32, the control frame 16 moves the moving frame main body 27 to the origin position.
  • step s32 the control device 16 moves the moving frame main body 27 to the origin position.
  • step s34 the operator removes the tire 3 removed from the tire attaching / detaching device 2 and is already attached. The work of removing the tire from the wheel 4 is completed. The work of assembling the tire 3 into the wheel 4 will be described later.
  • An angle measurement unit 14 and a height distance detection device 15 are provided at the upper end of the elevating frame 51.
  • the angle measurement unit 14 and the height distance detection device 15 are realized by a rotary encoder.
  • the control device 16 is realized including, for example, a central processing unit (abbreviated as CPU), and inputs the inclination angle ⁇ detected by the angle measurement unit 14 and the height distance H1 detected by the height distance detection device 15. Based on the inclination angle ⁇ and the height distance H1, the movement distance H2 by the tire support device driving unit 17 is obtained as follows, and the movement distance H2 of the tire support device driving unit 17 by the tire support device driving unit 17 is obtained. Ascending amount is output to the lifting cylinder 50, the wheel 5 mounted on the tire support device 6 is raised, and the center axis of the wheel 5 coincides with the axis L2 which is the rotation center of the rotation drive device 13. It can be moved and centered.
  • a central processing unit abbreviated as CPU
  • the guide press device 700 is disposed so as to face a predetermined first region on one side portion of the tire mounted on the wheel 4 and is movable in the direction approaching / separating from the other side portion of the tire.
  • a pair of guide press rollers 24a and 24b and a pushing cylinder 24c for driving each guide press roller 24a and 24b in a direction approaching / separating from the other end of the tire are provided.
  • the pushing cylinder 24c is realized by a double-action pneumatic cylinder.
  • One bead roller 28b is disposed so as to face a second region different from the predetermined first region in the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 in the circumferential direction. It is configured to be movable to the side.
  • the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is provided by the rotary drive device 13.
  • the gripping portion 44 which is the gripping portion that grips the guide roller, around the horizontal rotation axis L2
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined pushing position, and then the bead roller 28a or 28b is moved. Move to a predetermined pushing position.
  • the control device 16 is connected to the storage unit M.
  • tire information that individually represents a plurality of types of tires having different outer diameters, cross-sectional heights, and cross-sectional widths, and first push-in positions that are predetermined by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in association with the tire information (
  • the indentation position information indicating simply “indentation position”
  • the indentation position indicating the predetermined second indentation position of the bead roller 28a or 28b
  • Position information is stored.
  • the change-over switches SW21 to SW23 described later function as an input unit that is input to select one of the plurality of wheel information.
  • the position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 73, and the position of the bead rollers 28a and 28b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 74.
  • These position detectors 73 and 74 are realized by linear encoders, and each detection value signal is input to the control device 16 and used for calculation of the indentation position.
  • the control device 16 reads the pushing position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pushing position information of the bead rollers 28a and 28b corresponding to one wheel information selected by the changeover switches SW2 to SW6 from the storage unit M, and controls the control device. 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press apparatus 700 to a predetermined push position based on the read push position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and reads the read bead rollers 28a and 28b. The bead rollers 28a and 28b are moved to the pushed position based on the pushed position information.
  • the control device 16 is realized by a CPU as a hardware resource, and performs the following calculation by a program that is a software resource executed by the CPU, so that the central axis of the wheel 5 is the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13. It is configured to be able to calculate the amount of increase necessary to match the above.
  • the distance from the axis L1 that is the rotation center of the tilt arm 11 to the contact 7a in the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3 of the wheel 5 is L11
  • the tire outer diameter that is the diameter of the wheel 5 is D
  • the tire support device 6 The moving distance from the support surface to the axis L1 of the tilting arm 11 in the vertical direction is H1
  • the moving distance from the tire support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L2 of the rotational drive device 13 is H3.
  • Moving distance H2 H3-D / 2 (2) Sought by.
  • the tire supporting device 6 By outputting a driving signal corresponding to such a moving distance H2 to the elevating cylinder 50, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the moving distance H2 by the tire supporting device driving unit 17, and the wheel 5 is rotated by the central axis L5. It can be raised to a height position that coincides with 13 axis lines L2.
  • the wheel 5 is automatically brought into contact with the vicinity of the top portion 7 of the tire 3 by bringing the wheel 5 into the tire support device 6 in the lowered position, for example, by rolling the wheel 5.
  • 5 can be positioned by moving the central axis L5 of the tire 5 to a height position that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13, and the labor and time required for the operator can be greatly reduced, so that the tire 3 can be mounted on the wheel 4.
  • the work of detaching the tire 3 from the wheel 4 can be performed in a short time.
  • the tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 31a and 31b, a movable support plate 31c disposed between the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and a plurality of movable support plates 31c.
  • a compression spring 61 a spring receiving piece 62 into which one end of each compression spring 61 is fitted, a sleeve 63 to which the movable support plate 31c is fixed, a fixed shaft 64 inserted through the sleeve 63, and the movable support plate 31c. It has a limit switch 65 as a tire detection device for detecting displacement, and a box-shaped housing 32.
  • the housing 32 has four side plates 66 to 69 and a bottom plate 70.
  • the side plates 66 to 69 and the bottom plate 70 are made of structural steel plates, and are welded together to form a box shape.
  • Such a housing 32 accommodates the above-described fixed support plates 31a and 31b, the movable support plate 31c, the compression spring 61, the spring receiving piece 62, the sleeve 63, and the fixed shaft 64.
  • the fixed support plates 31a and 31b and the movable support plate 31c are long plate-like bodies parallel to the axis L2 of the main shaft 43. Both ends of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b in the longitudinal direction are joined to the side plates 66 and 67 of the housing 32 by welding. The side portions of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b that are close to each other are inclined downward with respect to the horizontal, and the movable support plate 31c is partially fitted between the inclined side portions. It has a gap that can be
  • the movable support plate 31c has an inverted concave cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the sleeve 63 is fixed to one side, and the other side partially protrudes above the fixed support plates 31a and 31b. It is arranged. An intermediate portion between both side portions of the movable support plate 31c is supported by a compression spring 61 so as to be displaceable. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 9, in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted on the tire support device 6, the tire 3 is supported by the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and the movable support plate 31c is pushed down.
  • the operating piece 65a of the limit switch 65 is pressed by the movable support plate 31c, the switching mode of the limit switch 65 is switched from the on state to the off state (or from the off state to the on state), and the tire It is detected that the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is in contact with the support device 6.
  • Such a tire support device 6 is mounted on a bracket 33 having a substantially L-shape when viewed from the side, and is fixed to the bracket 33. Therefore, the tire support device 6 is driven up and down by the tire support device drive unit 17 in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted.
  • striped steel plates are used for the fixed support plates 31 a and 31 b so that a large frictional force is generated on the tire 3.
  • FIG. 104 is a block diagram for explaining the electrical configuration of the tire attaching / detaching device 2.
  • the control device 16 receives signals from the angle measurement unit 14, the height distance detection device 15, the change-over switches SW1 to SW19, SW21 to SW23, and the limit switch 65, respectively.
  • the operation of the elevating cylinder 50, the hydraulic motor 42, the rotation driving device 13, the guide press device 700, the bead press device 800, the elevating frame moving device 72, and each of the indicator lights Lmp1 to Lmp3 is controlled.
  • FIG. 112 is a diagram for explaining a separation operation when the tire 3 is a standard tire
  • FIG. 113 is a diagram for explaining a separation operation when the tire 3 is a flat tire
  • FIG. 114 is a tire diagram. It is a figure for demonstrating the detachment
  • FIG. 115 is a view showing a state in which the tire 3 is pushed by the guide press device 700 and the bead roller 28a during the hump crossing operation.
  • step a1 a power switch (not shown) of the tire attaching / detaching device 2 is turned on by the worker, and when the worker carries the tire 3 into the tire supporting device 6 at the lower limit position in step a2, the movable supporting of the tire supporting device 6 is performed.
  • the plate 31c is pressed by the tire 3 and is pressed down, whereby the limit switch 65 changes from on to off.
  • the switching state of the limit switch 65 is an ON state when the operating piece 65a is not pressed down (that is, the tire carrying out state), and the operating piece 65a is pressed down (that is, the tire). In the carry-in state), it is assumed that it is in the off state.
  • a detection signal indicating such on / off is output from the limit switch 65 to the control device 16, and the control device 16 determines whether or not the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is carried onto the tire support device 6.
  • step a3 the operator depresses the changeover switch SW3 to set the rim diameter of the wheel 4, depresses the changeover switch SW4 to set the rim width, and depresses the changeover switch SW6 to set the tire 3 with respect to the wheel 4. Set the removal direction.
  • step a4 with the wheel 5 being carried onto the tire support device 6, the operator depresses the changeover switch SW2, and any of tire de-operation, wheel de-operation, wheel wearing operation and tire wearing operation is selected. The operation is selected, and the selected operation mode is set in the control device 16.
  • the flat tire mode when the tire 3 is a flat tire, the tire 3 can be smoothly removed from the wheel 4 at the pushing position by the bead rollers 28a and 28b of the general road tire and the pushing position by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b.
  • the pushing position since the tire 3 may not be smoothly mounted on the wheel 4, the pushing position may be changed to an appropriate pushing position according to characteristics such as the size of the tire 3 (rim diameter, rim width, etc.) and rigidity. It is a function that can be.
  • an air valve is provided on the outer peripheral portion of the wheel 4, and a “hump” that protrudes radially outward in a region between one rim portion and the drop portion and extends over the entire circumferential direction.
  • a “hump” that protrudes radially outward in a region between one rim portion and the drop portion and extends over the entire circumferential direction.
  • one tire bead portion also called a primary bead, is directed from one rim portion on the upstream side in the pushing direction to the other rim portion on the downstream side in the pushing direction.
  • Move I is a function which can be changed to an appropriate push-in position which can exceed reliably hump.
  • a light spot alignment mode described later is performed in a state where the rotation of the tire 3 is prevented so that the position where the air valve of the wheel 4 is provided coincides with the rotation angle position in the circumferential direction of the light spot mark of the tire 3. This is a function to rotate only 4.
  • step a4 when the switch SW21 is pressed by the operator, the control device 16 is set to the flat tire mode, and then the switch SW1 is pressed in step a5.
  • the control device 16 When the tire wearing operation is pressed by the changeover switch SW2 in the next step a6, the control device 16 is set to the tire wearing operation mode, and in step a7, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the aforementioned moving distance H2, and the tire The center axis 3 is positioned so as to coincide with the axis L2.
  • the control device 16 reads the values set by the changeover switches SW3, SW4, SW5, and calculates the movement distance H2 based on the read values.
  • step a8 the control device 16 moves the moving frame main body 27 in the direction close to the wheel 4 that is previously attached to the grip portion 44 to the specified position corresponding to the tire and the wheel 4, and the tire 3 Is carried in until just before the gripping portion 44.
  • step a9 the control device 16 reads the specified positions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and determines in step a10 whether or not the flat tire mode has been set by the changeover switch SW21.
  • control device 16 determines that the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 reads the push position of the guide press roller 24a for the flat tire, and then the guide press roller 24a reaches the push position in step a12.
  • the tire 3 is held obliquely with the upper portion of one tire bead portion hooked on the other rib of the wheel from above, and in step a13, the control device 16 moves the tire support device 6 to the origin position. Lower.
  • step a14 the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28a.
  • step a15 the control device 16 determines whether or not the flat tire mode is set by the changeover switch SW21. If the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire, and proceeds to step a17.
  • step a17 where the bead roller 28b starts moving in the direction approaching the pushing position, and the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4.
  • the control device 16 rotates the rotary drive device 13 in step a18.
  • the bead roller 28b reaches the pushing position in step a19 as shown in FIG. 108, the primary pushing operation is completed.
  • step a20 the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the origin position, and in step a21, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28b, and whether or not the flat tire mode is set in step a22. Determine whether. If the flat tire mode is set, in step a23, the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M of the control device 16, and proceeds to the next step a24. When the flat tire mode is not set, the bead roller 28b starts moving to the above-described flat tire pushing position and pushes the tire 3 into the wheel 4 in step a24.
  • step a25 the control device 16 extends the bead press device 800 to the flat tire pressing position.
  • step a26 the control device 16 rotates the bead press device 800 together with the rotary drive device 13.
  • step a27 the bead press device 800 is rotated. And the rotation drive device 13 are stopped, and the secondary pushing is completed.
  • the tire 3 is a flat tire mounted on a normal tire wheel for driving on a general motorway.
  • the guide press roller is located against the strong side part of the flat tire at the upper guide press position. Insufficient pushing occurs due to 24a and 24b. Further, when the pushing position of the bead roller 28b (or 28a) for the flat tire is set to the pushing position for the normal tire, the pushing amount becomes excessive, and a large load acts on the tire bead portion.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 of the present embodiment is configured such that a flat tire is added to the control device 16 so that appropriate tire removal work and tire wearing work can be performed even during flat tire work. . That is, as described above, when the flat tire mode is enabled, the pressing position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pressing position of the bead roller 28b (or 28a) are positions suitable for the target flat tire.
  • the control device 16 is configured to execute a computer program configured to store individually set position data.
  • step a28 the control device 16 retracts the bead press device 800 to the origin position and reversely rotates it, and in step a29, moves the movable frame main body 27 to the specified position in the direction away from the grip portion 44. It will be in a standby state.
  • Step b1 to Step b10 are executed. If the changeover switch SW22 is not pressed in step a30, the process proceeds to the next step a31, and it is determined whether or not the light spot alignment mode is selected. When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 determines that the light spot alignment mode has been selected, and executes steps c1 to c10.
  • step b1 the control operation in the hump crossing mode is started, and in step b2, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44.
  • step b3 the control device 16 defines the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 from the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7 in FIG. Move to position.
  • step b4 the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a from the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in FIG. 111 to the pushing position indicated by the imaginary line L8, that is, the hump exceeding specified position.
  • step b5 the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the bead roller 28a described above have reached the specified positions beyond the humps by the pushing position detectors (not shown) provided in the drive cylinders of these rollers 24a and 24b;
  • the control device 16 stops each drive cylinder in response to the detection signal, and then in step b6, the rotary drive device 13 is rotated for a predetermined time, for example, 15 seconds, and in step b7, the guide press roller 24a and 24b are moved to the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7, and the bead roller 28a is moved to the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L9 in step b8.
  • step b9 the control device 16 stops the retraction operation of the rollers 24a, 24b: 28a by a retraction position detector (not shown) provided in each drive cylinder described above, and stops the control operation in the hump over mode in step b10.
  • the process returns to step a31 described above.
  • step a31 when the changeover switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 executes the light spot alignment mode.
  • the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44 in step c2.
  • step c3 the control device 16 holds a flag so that the vertical movement of the tire support device drive unit 17 can be manually performed.
  • step c4 the operator raises the fixed frame main body 130 and presses it against the bottom (that is, the lower end) of the tire 3, and only the wheel 4 is idling with respect to the tire 3 in step c5.
  • step c6 the operator predicts the timing so that the light spot mark 78 affixed to the tire 3 and the position of the valve 77 of the wheel 4 are coincident with each other, and in step c8, the both are predicted.
  • the changeover switch SW8 is operated at the coincidence timing to lower the fixed frame body 130 so that the wheel 4 does not rotate.
  • step c8 When the operator depresses the changeover switch SW7 in step c8, the control device 16 cancels the manual flag of the tire support device driving unit 17 in step c9, stops the rotation of the rotation driving device 13 in step c9, and in step c10. The control operation in the light spot alignment mode is stopped.
  • step a39 the operator carries the wheel 5 out of the tire attaching / detaching device 2, and in step a40, all operations are completed.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device 2 is the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and the rotation driving portion that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis.
  • the rotary drive device 13 having the main shaft 43 and the first drive region 13 that is mounted on the wheel 4 are arranged so as to face a predetermined first region of the tire 3 and are movable to the other side of the tire 3.
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 are disposed so as to face a second region that is different from a predetermined first region in the circumferential direction.
  • the bead roller 28b that can move to one side and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the wheel on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated by the rotary drive device 13. Rotate the Le 4 is provided and a control device 16 for moving to a second pushed-in position the predetermined the bead roller 28b.
  • the main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is hooked, and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are first pressed in advance.
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the other side of the first pushing position.
  • the bead roller 28a is further moved to the other side of the second pushing position so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4, and the main shaft 43 rotates the grip 44 at least once.
  • a device 16 is provided.
  • the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4 so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the hump of the wheel.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device that can be attached can be provided.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device includes a tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel 5 attached to the wheel 4, a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a grip portion
  • Rotation drive device 13 having a main shaft 43 that rotates 44 around a rotation axis, and a guide press roller disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side of tire 3 mounted on wheel 4 24a, 24b, a bead roller 28a disposed on the other side of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction, and a rotary drive device 13, the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated, and the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position. After moving to a pre-determined second pushed-in position the Dorora 28a, to a position where only the tire 3 is stopped with respect to the wheel 4 rotating, providing a controller 16 for
  • a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching a tire to a wheel so that a position where a light spot mark of the tire is attached coincides with a position where an air valve portion of the wheel is provided. it can.
  • the chuck device, the tire support device, the pair of guide shafts, the moving frame body, and the tire support device are provided on the base, and the guide press device is provided on one side of the base.
  • the moving frame main body is provided with a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device.
  • the control device based on the angle measured by the tire diameter measurement device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire support device, and the rotation axis of the main shaft from the base The difference between the distance and the height distance is calculated, and the tire support device drive unit is controlled so that the tire support device moves by the amount of movement corresponding to the calculated difference.
  • the wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device is placed at a position where the central axis thereof is substantially aligned with the rotation axis of the main shaft of the chuck device.
  • the moving frame main body moves along the guide shaft in the direction approaching the chuck device, so that the wheel-attached tire is positioned at the grip position by the grip portion of the chuck device and is gripped by the grip portion.
  • the wheel-attached tire gripped by the gripping portion is configured such that when the guide press device side is the outside and the chuck device side is the inside, the shoulder portion on the outer side of the tire is pressed toward the chuck device side by a pair of guide press rollers, and The tire bead portion on the inner side of the lower portion of the tire is pressed by the bead roller on the chuck device side to the side opposite to the pressing direction of each guide press roller, that is, the outer side.
  • the inner tire bead portion is dropped into the drop portion of the wheel, and the moving frame body moves on the guide shaft in a direction away from the chuck device.
  • the bead roller on the chuck device side further presses the inner tire bead portion away from the chuck device, and the tire is removed from the wheel.
  • the tire support device When a tire is mounted on a tire support device by an operator, the tire support device rises to a height distance when the wheel mounted tire is moved to the gripping portion of the chuck device. It is arranged at the mounting position on the wheel already gripped by the gripping part. The tire that is not attached to the wheel placed in the mounting position is pressed against the wheel by the guide press roller so that the upper part of the tire bead inside the tire that is not attached to the wheel is pressed and fitted to the drop part of the wheel from above. It can be hooked diagonally.
  • each guide press roller is the type of tire. If the shoulder part outside the tire without a wheel is pushed to an appropriate press position according to the position, and the moving frame main body is moved along the guide shafts in the direction approaching the chuck device, one bead roller is moved to the tire without the wheel.
  • the tire bead tire is not attached to the wheel by pressing the outer tire bead portion and rotating the gripper together with the main shaft around the rotation axis in this state.
  • the wheel can be automatically controlled or manually operated by a control device. It is possible to remove the existing tire from the wheel and attach the wheel non-attached tire to the wheel, so it is possible to reduce the labor of the tire replacement worker, and to attach the tire to the wheel and to remove the tire from the wheel. Can be shortened.
  • the control device reads the push position information corresponding to the selected wheel information from the storage unit M, and guides based on the read push position information. Controls the indentation position by the press device and bead press device, preventing the occurrence of insufficient and excessive tire indentation, compared to the case where the operator adjusts the indentation amount while watching the tire indentation state. The burden on the operator can be reduced, and the efficiency of the work of attaching the tire to the wheel and the work of removing the tire from the wheel can be significantly improved.
  • the lubricant injection device is provided on the moving frame body, the slippage of the tire bead portion with respect to the wheel can be improved, and the tire bead portion in close contact with the rim portion of the wheel can be easily peeled off from the rim portion of the wheel.
  • the load due to the pressing force of the tire bead portion from the guide press roller, the bead roller and the bead press device can be reduced, and the tire reinforcing material made of metal wire, carbon fiber, etc. can be cut and the tire surface can be prevented from being damaged.
  • the roller holder 741 has first to third holding members 720, 721, and 723, the second holding member 721 is provided with a guide long hole 734, and the third holding member 723 is provided with a guide shaft.
  • the mounting angle of the guide press roller to the roller holder 741 can be changed in the direction in which the guide long hole 734 extends, whereby the pressing position of the tire by the guide press roller can be changed over a wide range, Depending on the type of a tire such as a snow tire, the tire can be pressed at an appropriate pressing position and angle, and the tire can be deformed or displaced to facilitate and smooth the attaching / detaching operation of the tire to / from the wheel.
  • Table 6 shows parameters for specifying the position of a nozzle (not shown) for spraying and applying a liquid lubricant called bead cream to the bead portion of each size tire in a mist form.
  • Table 7 shows parameters for selecting and setting a gripping position by the gripping tool 45 of each size wheel.
  • Table 8 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 2nd bead incorporation position of each size tire.
  • Table 9 shows parameters for selecting and setting the first bead removal position of each size tire.
  • Table 10 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 1st bead incorporation position of each size tire.
  • Table 11 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 2nd bead removal position of each size tire.
  • Table 12 shows parameters for selecting and setting the hump excess position of the tire of each size.
  • Table 13 shows parameters for selecting and setting the bead press position of each size tire.
  • Table 14 shows parameters for selecting and setting the extension start position of the guide press device 800 when each size tire is mounted.
  • Table 15 shows parameters for selecting and setting the shift position of the tool moving table 401 for each size of tire.
  • Table 16 shows parameters for selecting and setting the lifting height distance by the lifting device 17 for each size of tire and wheel.
  • the control device 16 of the above-described embodiment has been described with respect to the configuration for performing the sequence control. , 790, 804, cylinders 24c, 28a2, 28b2, 50, 52, 55, 209, 704, 729, 803, 807, and other data as learning information, and information such as wear and wrinkles is obtained. It may be realized by a computer that estimates parameters optimized in accordance with various properties such as the shape, size, and material of the tire to be included, and calculates the optimum pressing position for attaching and detaching the tire by autonomous control.
  • the worker only needs to attach the wheel to the gripping tool 45 and carry the tire into and out of the tire support device 6.
  • the work burden can be significantly reduced.
  • a tire basic model in which a cross-sectional shape of a tire is modeled by a finite number of elements, an objective function that represents tire performance, and a constraint condition that restricts an allowable range of tire performance
  • a setting unit for setting a focus point parameter used to determine the positions of a plurality of focus points set in the tire basic model, and the numerical values in Tables 1 to 16 included in the focus point parameter. It may be configured to include a parameter determination unit that sequentially changes as a variable, determines a final parameter based on the design variable that satisfies the constraint condition and gives the optimum value of the objective function.
  • the tire support device 6 is configured to be driven up and down by mounting a wheel-attached tire or a wheel non-attached tire.
  • the front and rear It may be configured to be displaced in the direction.
  • the tires targeted by the tire attaching / detaching device of the present invention are tires equipped on large vehicles such as buses, trucks, large special automobiles, etc., and the shape of the shoulder portion and the sidewall portion depends on the tire diameter, hardness, degree of wear, etc.
  • the bead pressing member 25, the guide press rollers 24a, 24b, and the bead rollers 28a, 28b are so different from each other that the change in reaction force received from the rotating tire is canceled out.
  • the pressing force of the bead rollers 28a and 28b on the tire may be controlled by the control device 16.
  • a rotary drive device 13 having a grip 44 that grips a wheel on which a tire is mounted, and a main shaft that rotates the grip 44 around a horizontal rotation axis;
  • a bead roller disposed to face a predetermined first region on one side of a tire mounted on a wheel and movable to the other side of the tire;
  • a guide press roller disposed on the other side of the tire mounted on the wheel so as to face a second region different from the predetermined first region in the circumferential direction and movable toward one side of the tire
  • a control device is provided that moves each bead roller to a predetermined first pushing position, and rotates a wheel on which a tire is mounted by a rotary driving means to move the bead roller to a predetermined second pushing position.
  • the tire is attached to the wheel so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the hump of the wheel.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device that can be attached can be provided.
  • a tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel mounted on the wheel 4, a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a main shaft 43 that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a rotation axis.
  • a rotary drive device 13 having A guide press roller disposed so as to face a predetermined first region on one side of a tire mounted on a wheel; A bead roller disposed on the other side of the tire mounted on the wheel so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction with respect to the predetermined first region;
  • the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel on which the tire is mounted is rotated by the rotational driving device 13 to move the guide press roller to the predetermined first pushing position and to move one bead roller to the predetermined second pushing position.
  • a control device 16 for raising the tire support device 6 to a position where only the tire stops with respect to the rotating wheel is provided.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching the tire to the wheel so that the position where the light spot mark of the tire is attached matches the position where the air valve portion of the wheel is provided. be able to.
  • the base 22 is laminated on the substrate 101 having a rectangular shape in plan view, spaced apart in parallel with the substrate 101, and the upper surface plate 103 having a concave shape in plan view on the peripheral side of the upper surface plate 103.
  • a frame member 104 made of a section steel material such as an angle steel and a grooved steel, and a surface facing the upper side of the upper surface plate 103, and the upper surface plate 103 and the frame member 104 of the substrate 101.
  • the surface exposed to the upper side has a height difference ⁇ L corresponding to the width of the frame member 104, and the lower part of the tire support device 6 lowered to the lower limit position can be fitted.
  • the fixed frame main body 130 is a front surface that covers the openings of the cover frame 137, the top plate 138, the left side cover 139, the right side upper cover 140, the right side lower cover 141, the front cover 142, the back cover 143, and the front cover 142. It includes a box-shaped accessory case recess 146 provided inside the opening of the door 145 and the front cover 143, and the top panel 141 is equipped with a signal lamp 148 that lights up when excessive current or excessive torque is generated. An alarm can be notified.
  • the tire elevating body 465 is a substantially L-shaped structure in a side view, and extends horizontally from the vertical column 420 and the lower end of the column 420, and is joined to the lower end of the column 420.
  • a first arm portion 421 having a base end portion and a free end portion of the first arm portion 421, and an upper surface portion 422 a that is inclined downward as it is separated from the first arm portion 421.
  • the second arm portion 422, and a third arm portion 423 that is connected to the free end portion of the second arm portion 421, extends horizontally from the second arm portion 422, and has a top surface portion 423a that is square in plan view.
  • the upper surface of the tire support 468 is the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 of the base 22. Almost coplanar with It is.
  • the tire diameter measuring device 1 is disposed on the upper end surface of the column 420.
  • the tire diameter measuring apparatus 1 includes a bracket 430 that is fixed to the upper end surface of a column 420 by a screw member such as a bolt, and a tilt that is connected to the bracket 430 by a pin 431 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3. Arm 11.
  • the moving frame main body 27 includes a tool moving table 401, a pair of tool moving table guide shafts 26a and 26b that are horizontally inserted through the tool moving table 401, and a lower end portion on one side portion behind the tool moving table 401. And a support column 433 to which is fixed.
  • the column part 433 includes a pair of vertical frame members 440 extending in the vertical direction, and a lower frame member 441 that is connected to the lower end of each vertical frame member 440 and extends horizontally.
  • an inverted U-shaped hanging bracket 442 is provided for hooking a hanging tool such as a crane hook when the tire support device 6 is installed or moved.
  • the tool moving base 401 includes a pair of cylindrical members 402 disposed in parallel with the rotation axis L0 at an interval, and one end joined by welding to one end face of each cylindrical member 402.
  • the other upper surface plate 406 joined by welding to the upper surface of the other end portion of each cylindrical member 402 and the upper surface plates 405 and 406 are joined perpendicularly to one side portion of the long side adjacent to each other by welding.
  • the tire support device 6 accommodates a pair of fixed support plates 471a and 471b and the respective fixed support plates 471a and 471b, and a box-shaped housing in which both ends in the longitudinal direction of the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are fixed.
  • Each fixed support plate 471a, 471b is disposed to extend in parallel to the rotation axis L0.
  • two compression coil springs 474 that elastically support the tilt plate 472 from below are provided.
  • the tilting plate 472 is formed with a discharge hole 475 for discharging foreign matter such as earth and sand and pebbles that have fallen from the tire from the tilting plate 472, and the foreign matter bites between the tilting plate 472 and the fixed support plates 471a and 471b. It is configured not to be included.
  • the fixed frame main body 701 is vertically joined to a pair of support legs 711 and 712, a connecting member 713 that vertically connects the support legs 711 and 712 at the middle part in the longitudinal direction, and an upper end part of each support leg. And a top plate 714 to be used.
  • Bottom plates 715 and 716 are joined to the lower ends of the support legs 711 and 712 by welding in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the support legs 711 and 712.
  • Each of the bottom plates 715 and 716 is long in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and is configured to resist a horizontal reaction force from the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800.
  • the roller holder 741 has a first holding member 720 that rotatably holds one end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b by spherical bearings, and a second holding portion that holds the other end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. It has a holding member 721 and a third holding member 723 that is fixed to a movable shaft body 722 that constitutes a part of the guide press driving unit, and to which the second holding member 721 is movably connected.
  • the second holding member 721 is a direction in which the inclination angles ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 11 of the inclination axes L10 and L11 with respect to the second virtual vertical plane change on a virtual inclination plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the inclination axes L10 and L11. And a guide slot 734 extending in the direction.
  • a bolt 743 that is a guide shaft through which the guide long hole 734 is inserted is detachably fixed to the third holding member 723, and the third holding member 723 is positioned on the second holding member 721 at a position corresponding to the inclination angles ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 11. Fixed.
  • a bead pressing member 817 is fixed to the third arm portion 801c on the surface opposite to the substrate 808.
  • the bead pressing member 817 is made of synthetic rubber that is harder than the tire.
  • the bead pressing member 817 includes a rectangular parallelepiped first block portion 817a whose cross section is thin, a rectangular parallelepiped second block portion 817b having a thickness larger than that of the first block portion 817a, and a first block portion 817a.
  • the third block portion 817c is connected to the second block portion 817b and has a thickness larger than that of the second block portion 817b.
  • the rail portion 202 is fixed to a pair of rail members 260a and 260b, a pair of rail support members 262a and 262b to which the rail members are fixed by a plurality of bolts 265a and 265b, and the rail support members 262a and 262b. And a pair of brackets 263a and 263b which are welded and joined to one end face of each rail support member 262a and 262b.
  • Each rail member 260a, 260b is formed with a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b spaced apart in the longitudinal direction, and each rail support member 262a, 262b has the same pitch as each bolt hole 266a, 266b. Thus, a plurality of screw holes 267a and 267b are formed.
  • the rail members 260a and 260b are fixed to the rail support members 262a and 262b by attaching the bolts 265a and 265b to the bolt holes and screwing the bolts 265a and 265b into the screw holes 267a and 267b.
  • the space in the cylinder case 318 is partitioned by the piston 322 into two piston chambers 329a and 329b.
  • One piston chamber 329 a communicates with a first flow path 330 a formed in the cylinder case 318, and the first flow path 330 a communicates with a second flow path 330 b formed in the divider 327.
  • a third flow path 330c formed in the divider 327 communicates with the other piston chamber 329b.
  • the second and third flow paths 330b and 330c of the divider 327 communicate with the ports 331a and 331b of the slip ring 333 to which the wheel 335 is fixed.
  • the hydraulic oil supplied to one port 331a is supplied to the other piston chamber 329b via the third flow path 330c, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized.
  • the hydraulic oil in one piston chamber 329a is pressurized by the piston 322, discharged from the other port 331b through the first flow path 330a and the second flow path 330b, and the piston rod 328 extends.
  • the hydraulic oil supplied to the other port 331b is supplied to one piston chamber 329a via the second flow path 330b and the first flow path 330a, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing one piston chamber 329a is pressurized. Is done.
  • the hydraulic oil in the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized by the piston 322, is discharged from the one port 331a via the third flow path 330c, and the piston rod 328 is degenerated.
  • the pump 503 sucks the hydraulic oil in the tank 501 from the suction port via the strainer 505 and the hydraulic hose 511, and from the discharge port, the hydraulic hose 510, the manifold 505, and the hydraulic hose 512. Then, it is supplied to a plurality of hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 via a plurality of solenoid valves V1 to V7 and a plurality of check valves V11 to V17.
  • the hydraulic oil discharged from the hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 is returned to the tank 501 through the check valves V11 to V17, the electromagnetic valves V1 to V7, the hydraulic hose 513, the manifold 505, and the hydraulic hose 514.
  • a part of the hydraulic oil of the pump 503 is supplied from the tube 515 to the drain cooler 516 and cooled, and then returned from the tube 517 to the tank 501 so that the temperature of the hydraulic oil is controlled to maintain an appropriate temperature.
  • the operation unit 19 switches between an automatic mode in which the work for assembling the wheel non-attached tire 3 to the wheel 4 and the work for removing the already-attached tire from the wheel 4 are automatically performed, and a manual mode in which the manual operation is performed individually.
  • Automatic / manual changeover switch SW1 changeover switches SW2 to SW7 used in the automatic mode
  • changeover switches SW8 to SW19 used in the manual mode
  • Switches SW21 to SW23, and indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 that are turned on when each of the changeover switches SW21 to SW23 is effectively switched and are turned off when the switches are invalid.
  • the changeover switches SW1 to SW20 and the indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 are provided on the front panel 173, and the changeover switches SW21 to SW23 are provided on the side panel 174.
  • the chuck position is stored for each wheel size
  • the 1st bead removal position is stored for each wheel size
  • the 1st bead installation position is stored for each wheel size
  • the 2nd bead installation position Is stored is stored.
  • the control device 16 operates the lubricant injection regulator 39, and in step s12, each sidewall portion and each tire bead portion of the tire 3 from the injection nozzles 40a and 40b connected to the lubricant injection regulator 39. A lubricant is sprayed onto the surface to adhere.
  • the control device 16 raises the lifting frame by the lifting cylinder 50 and supports the tire 3 by the tire support device 6 after T seconds, which is a predetermined time after reaching the pushing position of the second bead portion. Thereafter, the rotation driving device 13 is controlled to stop the rotation of the main shaft 43.
  • control device 16 When the control device 16 is set to any one of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode, and the light spot alignment mode by operating the change-over switches SW21 to SW23 shown in FIG. After rotating the gripping portion 44, which is the gripping portion that grips the mounted wheel 4, around the horizontal rotation axis L2, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined pushing position, The bead roller 28a or 28b is moved to a predetermined pushing position.
  • the position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 73, and the position of the bead rollers 28a and 28b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 74.
  • These position detectors 73 and 74 are realized by linear encoders, and each detection value signal is input to the control device 16 and used for calculation of the indentation position.
  • the control device 16 reads from the storage unit M the pressing position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pressing position information of the bead rollers 28a and 28b corresponding to one wheel information selected by the changeover switches SW21 to SW23. Based on the read position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined push position, and the read bead roller 28a or 28b is pressed. Based on the position information, the bead rollers 28a and 28b are moved to their pushing positions.
  • the tire support device 6 includes a later-described limit switch 65 that detects that the tire 3 is pressed as a tire detection device, and the control device 16 indicates that the tire 3 is pressed by the limit switch 65. When detected, the lifting operation of the tire support device 6 is stopped.
  • the control device 16 sets the distance from the axis L1 serving as the rotation center of the tilt arm 11 to the contact 7a in the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3 of the wheel 5 as L11, and sets the tire outer diameter as the diameter of the wheel 5 to D.
  • H1 is a movement distance from the support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L1 of the tilting arm 11 in the vertical direction
  • H3 is a movement distance from the tire support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L2 of the rotation drive device 13.
  • the wheel 5 is automatically brought into contact with the vicinity of the top portion 7 of the tire 3 by bringing the wheel 5 into the tire support device 6 in the lowered position, for example, by rolling the wheel 5.
  • 5 can be positioned by moving the central axis L5 of the tire 5 to a height position that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13, and the labor and time required for the operator can be greatly reduced, so that the tire 3 can be mounted on the wheel 4.
  • the work of detaching the tire 3 from the wheel 4 can be performed in a short time.
  • the tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 31a and 31b, a movable support plate 31c disposed between the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and a plurality of compression springs that support the movable support plate 31c. 61, a spring receiving piece 62 into which one end of each compression spring 61 is fitted, a sleeve 63 to which the movable support plate 31c is fixed, a fixed shaft 64 inserted through the sleeve 63, and displacement of the movable support plate 31c. It has a limit switch 65 as a tire detection device to detect and a box-shaped housing 32.
  • the housing 32 has four side plates 66 to 69 and a bottom plate 70.
  • the side plates 66 to 69 and the bottom plate 70 are made of structural steel plates, and are welded together to form a box shape.
  • Such a housing 32 accommodates the above-described fixed support plates 31a and 31b, the movable support plate 31c, the compression spring 61, the spring receiving piece 62, the sleeve 63, and the fixed shaft 64.
  • the fixed support plates 31a and 31b and the movable support plate 31c are long plate-like bodies parallel to the axis L2 of the main shaft 43. Both ends of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b in the longitudinal direction are joined to the side plates 66 and 67 of the housing 32 by welding.
  • the side portions of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b that are close to each other are inclined downward with respect to the horizontal, and the movable support plate 31c is partially fitted between the inclined side portions. It has a gap that can be
  • the movable support plate 31c has an inverted concave cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the sleeve 63 is fixed to one side, and the other side partially protrudes above the fixed support plates 31a and 31b. It is arranged. An intermediate portion between both side portions of the movable support plate 31c is supported by a compression spring 61 so as to be displaceable.
  • the tire 3 in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted on the tire support device 6, the tire 3 is supported by the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and is movablely supported.
  • the plate 31c is pushed down.
  • the operating piece 65a of the limit switch 65 is pressed by the movable support plate 31c, the switching mode of the limit switch 65 is switched from the on state to the off state (or from the off state to the on state), and the tire It is detected that the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is in contact with the support device 6.
  • the movable support plate 31c of the tire support device 6 is pressed against the tire 3 and pushed down, whereby the limit switch 65 is turned off from on.
  • the switching state of the limit switch 65 is an ON state when the operating piece 65a is not pressed down (that is, the tire carrying out state), and the operating piece 65a is pressed down (that is, the tire). In the carry-in state), it is assumed that it is in the off state.
  • a detection signal indicating such on / off is output from the limit switch 65 to the control device 16, and the control device 16 determines whether or not the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is carried onto the tire support device 6.
  • the operator depresses the changeover switch SW2 to perform any one of the operation of tire removal, wheel removal, wheel wearing and tire wearing.
  • the selected operation mode is set in the control device 16.
  • the change-over switch SW2 sets the tire removal operation to the control device 16 as an operation mode
  • one of the change-over switches SW21, SW22, SW23 is depressed, and the flat tire mode, the hump-over mode, the light-point adjustment mode Set to one of the following.
  • the flat tire mode when the tire 3 is a flat tire, the tire 3 can be smoothly removed from the wheel 4 at the pushing position by the bead rollers 28a and 28b of the general road tire and the pushing position by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b.
  • the pushing position may be changed to an appropriate pushing position according to characteristics such as the size of the tire 3 (rim diameter, rim width, etc.) and rigidity. it can.
  • the control device 16 When the switch SW21 is pressed by the operator, the control device 16 is set to the flat tire mode, and then the switch SW1 is pressed in step a5.
  • the control device 16 When the tire wearing operation is pressed by the changeover switch SW2 in the next step a6, the control device 16 is set to the tire wearing operation mode, and in step a7, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the movement distance H2, and the tire 3 The center axis is positioned so as to coincide with the axis L2.
  • the control device 16 reads the value set by the changeover switches SW3, SW4, SW5, calculates the moving distance H2 based on the read value, and the control device 16 preliminarily moves the moving frame main body 27 in step a8.
  • the tire 3 is moved to a position corresponding to the tire and the wheel 4 in a direction close to the wheel 4 attached to the gripping portion 44, and the tire 3 is carried to just before the gripping portion 44.
  • step a13 the control device 16 causes the tire support device 6 to move. Lower to the origin position.
  • the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28a, determines whether or not the flat tire mode is set by the changeover switch SW21 in step a15, and if the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 Reads out the pushing position for the flat tire, and if not in the flat tire mode, the process proceeds to step a17, where the bead roller 28b starts moving in the direction approaching the pushing position, and the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4. In this state, the control device 16 rotates the rotary drive device 13 in step a18. When the bead roller 28b reaches the pushing position in step a19 as shown in FIG. 108, the primary pushing operation is completed.
  • step a20 the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the home position, and in step a21, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28b, and step In a22, it is determined whether or not the flat tire mode is set. If the flat tire mode is set, in step a23, the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M of the control device 16, and proceeds to the next step a24. When the flat tire mode is not set, the bead roller 28b starts moving to the above-described flat tire pushing position and pushes the tire 3 into the wheel 4 in step a24.
  • step a25 the control device 16 extends the bead press device 800 to the flat tire pressing position, and in step a26, rotates the bead press device 800 together with the rotary drive device 13, and in step a27, the bead press device The rotation of the press device 800 and the rotation drive device 13 is stopped, and the secondary pushing is completed.
  • Step b1 to b10 are executed. If the changeover switch SW22 is not pressed in step a30, the process proceeds to the next step a31, and it is determined whether or not the light spot alignment mode is selected. When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 determines that the light spot alignment mode has been selected, and executes steps c1 to c10.
  • step b1 the control operation in the hump crossing mode is started, and in step b2, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44.
  • step b3 the control device 16 defines the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 from the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7 in FIG. Move to position.
  • step b4 the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a from the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in FIG. 111 to the pushing position indicated by the imaginary line L8, that is, the hump exceeding specified position.
  • step b5 the above-mentioned guide press rollers 24a, 24b and bead roller 28a reach the specified positions beyond the humps by pushing-in position detectors (not shown) provided in the drive cylinders of these rollers 24a, 24b;
  • the control device 16 stops each drive cylinder in response to the detection signal, and then in step b6, the rotation drive device 13 is rotated for a predetermined time, for example, 15 seconds, and in step b7.
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L7, and the bead roller 28a is moved to the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in step b8.
  • step b9 the control device 16 stops the retraction operation of the rollers 24a, 24b: 28a by a retraction position detector (not shown) provided in each drive cylinder described above, and stops the control operation in the hump over mode in step b10.
  • the process returns to step a31 described above.
  • step a31 When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed in step a31, the control device 16 executes the light spot alignment mode.
  • the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44 in step c2.
  • step c3 the control device 16 holds a flag so that the vertical movement of the tire support device drive unit 17 can be manually performed.
  • step c4 the operator raises the fixed frame main body 130 and presses it against the bottom (that is, the lower end) of the tire 3, and only the wheel 4 is idle with respect to the tire 3 in step c5. To. Then, in step c6, the operator predicts the timing so that the light spot mark 78 affixed to the tire 3 and the position of the valve 77 of the wheel 4 are coincident with each other, and in step c8, the both are predicted.
  • the changeover switch SW8 is operated at the coincidence timing to lower the fixed frame body 130 so that the wheel 4 does not rotate.
  • step c10 the light spot matching mode control operation is stopped.
  • the tire attaching / detaching device includes a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and a main shaft 43 that is a rotation driving portion that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis. And a guide press roller that is disposed to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 and is movable to the other side of the tire 3 24a, 24b and one side portion of the tire 3 that is disposed so as to face a second region that differs from the predetermined first region in the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 in the circumferential direction.
  • the bead roller 28b movable to the side and the guide press rollers 24a, 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated by the rotary drive device 13. Is not provided and a control device 16 for moving to a second pushed-in position the predetermined the bead roller 28b.
  • the main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is latched, and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are first pressed in advance.
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the other side of the first pushing position.
  • the bead roller 28a is further moved to the other side of the second pushing position so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4 so that the main shaft 43 rotates the grip 44 at least once.
  • a control device 16 is provided.
  • the tire is mounted on the wheel so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the wheel hump.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device that can be provided can be provided.
  • the tire attachment / detachment device includes a tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel 5 attached to the wheel 4, a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a grip
  • the rotary drive device 13 having a main shaft 43 that rotates the portion 44 around the rotation axis, and a guide press disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4.
  • the device 13 rotates the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to a predetermined first pushing position. After moving to a pre-determined second pushed-in position the Dorora 28a, to a position where only the tire 3 is stopped with respect to the wheel 4 rotating, providing a controller 16 for raising the tire support device 6.
  • a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching the tire 3 to the wheel 4 so that the position where the light mark of the tire 3 is marked matches the position where the air valve portion of the wheel 4 is provided. Can be provided.
  • the tire attachment / detachment device includes a rotation drive device 13 having a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 and a main shaft 43 that rotates the grip portion 45 around a horizontal rotation axis.
  • Guide press rollers 24a and 24b that are disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 that is hooked on the wheel 4, and are movable to the other side of the tire, Arranged so as to face a second region different in the circumferential direction from a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 hooked on the wheel 4, and movable to the other side of the tire 3 Bead roller 28a,
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the bead roller 28a is moved to a predetermined second pushing position, and the rotary drive device 13 holds the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted.
  • a control device 16 for rotating the portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis.
  • the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b to the predetermined first pushing position, moves the bead roller 28 a to the predetermined second pushing position, and the wheel 4 is moved horizontally by the rotation driving device 13.
  • the outer diameter, the cross-sectional height, the cross-sectional width, etc. are different both when the tire 3 is detached from the wheel 4 and when the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4.
  • An appropriate first push position and second push position are set in the control measure 16 according to the type of tire, and the first and second push positions corresponding to the type of the tire 3 to be mounted on the wheel 4 are set.
  • the control device 16 can be controlled autonomously.
  • the tire 3 is not pushed sufficiently by the guide press rollers 24a, 24b and the bead roller 28a and the tire 3 is excessive. Can be avoided in advance, and the tire 3 is pushed to the appropriate first and second pushing positions according to the type of the tire 3 without applying an excessive tensile force to the bead portion. 3 can be attached to the wheel 4.
  • the tire attachment / detachment device relates to tire information that individually represents the types of the plurality of tires 3 having different outer diameters, cross-sectional heights, and cross-sectional widths, and the first pushing position in association with the tire information.
  • a storage unit M that stores first pushing position information that represents the second pushing position information that represents the second pushing position;
  • An operation unit 19 that is input to select one of a plurality of tire information;
  • a read-out unit that reads out from the storage unit M the first indentation position information and the second indentation position information corresponding to one piece of tire information selected by the input operation of the operation unit 19;
  • the control device 16 performs autonomous control based on the first pressing position information read from the reading unit, moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the first pressing position, and also reads the first pressing position read from the reading unit. Based on the 2 pushing position information, the bead roller 28a is moved to the 2nd pushing position.
  • the storage unit M stores the first and second pushing positions of the plurality of different tires 3, and the control device 16 selects the first pushing position of one tire selected by the operation unit 19.
  • the bead roller 28a is moved to the second push position, so that when the tire is mounted, the operator sets the first and second push positions for each of a plurality of different types of tires. This eliminates the need for repairs and improves work efficiency when mounting tires.
  • the tire attachment / detachment device includes a rotation drive device 13 including a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a main shaft 43 that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis.
  • a part of the bead portion is determined in advance on one side of the tire 3 to be mounted on the wheel 4 hung on the wheel 4 so as to cover a part of the rim portion of the wheel 4 gripped by the grip portion 44.
  • Guide press rollers 24, 24b that are arranged to face the first region and are movable to the other side of the tire 3,
  • the bead portion on one side of the tire 3 that is hooked on the wheel 4 is disposed so as to face a second region that is different from the predetermined first region in the circumferential direction.
  • a bead roller 28a movable to The main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is hooked, moves the bead press rollers 24a and 24b to a predetermined first pushing position, and moves the bead roller 28a to the guide press rollers 24a and 24a.
  • the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are further moved to the other side from the first pushing position, And a control device 16 that causes the bead roller 28a to move further to the other side than the second push-in position, and causes the gripping portion 44 to rotate at least once by the main shaft 43 so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4.
  • the tire 3 can be pushed in until the bead portion of the tire 3 exceeds the hump and the air valve portion of the wheel 4 and reliably contacts the rim, and air can be reliably filled.
  • the tire 3 is mounted in a state where the wheel-installed tire mounted on the wheel 4 is erected, and can rise while supporting the wheel-attached tire.
  • a main spindle that has a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 and a horizontal rotation axis on one vertical plane including the axis of the wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device 6 and rotates the gripping portion 44 around the rotation axis.
  • a rotational drive device 13 having Guide press rollers 24a and 24b that are arranged to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 mounted on the wheel 4 and are movable to the other side of the tire 3,
  • a bead roller disposed on the other side of the tire 3 mounted on the wheel 4 so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction and facing the second region in the circumferential direction, and is movable toward one side of the tire 3 28a
  • the tire support device 6 includes tire detection means for detecting that the tire 3 is being pressed, The control device 16 stops the ascending operation of the tire support device 6 when it is detected by the tire detection means that the tire 3 is being pressed.
  • Housing 72 Lifting frame moving device 101 Substrate 200 Arm portion 202 Rail portion 300 Chuck device 309 Roller 401 Tool moving stand 468 Tire support stand 700 Guide press device 703 First movable table 720 First holding member 721 Second holding member 740 Second Movable table 800 Bead press device 802 Bead press arm 817 Bead pressing member D Tire outer diameter H1 Distance H2 Travel distance L1 Axis L2 Rotation axis L3 Axis L5 Center axis SW1 to SW23 Changeover switch

Abstract

Provided is a tire fitting and removal device with which it is possible to reduce the labor on the part of a worker and reduce the time required to fit a tire to a wheel and remove a tire from a wheel. A chuck device (300) is installed on a horizontal installation surface (21), and a guide press device (700) is installed on one side of a pedestal (22). A tire support device (6) is provided between the guide press device (700) and the chuck device (22) on the pedestal, and a pair of guiding shafts (26a, 26b) are provided adjoining the guide press device (700) and the chuck device (300) above the pedestal (22). A moving frame body (27) is placed so as to be able to move on the pair of guiding shafts (26a, 26b), and a tire support device drive unit (17) that raises and lowers the tire support device (6), a pair of bead rollers (28a, 28b) that press the tire bead, and a tire diameter measurement device (1) that measures the diameter of a tire are fitted to the moving frame body (27). A control device (16) calculates the difference between the axial line of a tire supported on the tire support device (6) and the axis of rotation of the main shaft of the chuck device (300), on the basis of an angle measured by the tire diameter measurement device (1), and moves the tire support device (6) by a displacement corresponding to the calculated difference.

Description

タイヤ着脱装置Tire attachment / detachment device
　本発明は、自動車のタイヤを起立させた状態でホイールに装着し、ホイールに装着されたタイヤをそのホイールから装着および離脱させるタイヤ着脱装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a tire attaching / detaching device that attaches to a wheel in a state where an automobile tire is raised, and attaches and removes the tire attached to the wheel from the wheel.
　ホイールにタイヤが装着された車輪は、自動車がバス、トラック、大型特殊自動車などの大型車両の場合、ホイールの外径が１７．５インチ～２２．５インチと大きく、このようなホイールの外径に応じてタイヤ重量も大きく、人力による運搬が困難であるため、従来から、自動車のタイヤをホイールに装着し、ホイールに装着されたタイヤをそのホイールから離脱させる、タイヤチェンジャとも呼ばれるタイヤ着脱装置が用いられている。 If the vehicle is a large vehicle such as a bus, truck, or large special vehicle, the wheel has a large outer diameter of 17.5 inches to 22.5 inches. Therefore, a tire attaching / detaching device called a tire changer that attaches a car tire to a wheel and removes the tire attached to the wheel from the wheel has been conventionally used. It is used.
　このようなタイヤ着脱装置は、床に設置したときの平面視の形状が略長方形の基台の一側部に、スタッドが立設され、基台の他側部にはチャック装置が設けられる。スタッドの上端部には、タイヤが装着されていないホイールが装着されていないホイール未着タイヤを、ホイールに対して押圧して押込むタイヤ押込み装置と、ホイールに一旦嵌められたタイヤのタイヤビード部がそのタイヤの弾性回復力によって、再びホイールから離脱しないように、タイヤの側部を押圧した状態でタイヤとともに回転するタイヤ回転補助装置とが設けられる。本体の上部には、水平な回転軸線まわりに回転駆動される主軸が突出して設けられ、主軸の先端部には、ホイールを保持する、チャックとも呼ばれる把持部が設けられる。 In such a tire attaching / detaching device, a stud is erected on one side of a base having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view when installed on the floor, and a chuck device is provided on the other side of the base. At the upper end of the stud, a tire pushing device that pushes a tire that has not been fitted with a wheel that is not fitted with a wheel against the wheel, and a tire bead portion of the tire once fitted into the wheel A tire rotation assist device that rotates together with the tire while pressing the side portion of the tire is provided so that the elastic recovery force of the tire does not separate the wheel again. A main shaft that is rotationally driven around a horizontal rotation axis is provided at the upper portion of the main body, and a grip portion called a chuck that holds a wheel is provided at the tip of the main shaft.
　基台にはまた、該基台の両側部の間にわたって一対の案内軸が敷設され、各案内軸には、各案内軸によって案内されて移動する移動台が設けられる。移動台は、一対のビードローラが、タイヤが嵌り込むことができる間隔をあけて設けられ、タイヤまたはそのタイヤがホイールに装着された車輪を支持するタイヤ支持装置である受け台と、この受け台を昇降駆動するための昇降装置とを備える。 The base is also provided with a pair of guide shafts extending between both side portions of the base, and each guide shaft is provided with a moving base that is guided by each guide shaft and moves. The moving base is provided with a pair of bead rollers provided at an interval at which a tire can be fitted, and a cradle that is a tire support device that supports a tire or a wheel on which the tire is mounted, and the cradle. And a lifting device for driving up and down.
　受け台が下限位置に配置された状態で、車輪が人力によって受け台上に乗載されると、車輪が乗載された受け台は、昇降装置によって上昇され、主軸および取付け具の回転軸線上に車輪の中心軸線が配置されるように、受け台が高さ方向に位置決めされる。その後、取付け具の先端部がホイールに嵌合するまで移動台を本体側へ移動させ、取付け具を拡開させることによってホイールが主軸に保持される。 When the wheel is placed on the cradle by human power while the cradle is placed at the lower limit position, the cradle on which the wheel is placed is raised by the lifting device and is on the rotation axis of the main shaft and the fixture. The cradle is positioned in the height direction so that the center axis of the wheel is disposed on the wheel. Thereafter, the wheel is held on the main shaft by moving the moving base to the main body side until the tip of the fixture is fitted to the wheel, and expanding the fixture.
　前記従来技術のタイヤ着脱装置は、タイヤ取外し時においては、主軸をその回転軸線まわりに一方向に回転させながら、チャック装置側に配置される一方のビードローラによってタイヤビード部を側方から押圧することによって、タイヤがホイールから離脱される。 The tire attaching / detaching device according to the prior art presses the tire bead portion from the side by one bead roller arranged on the chuck device side while rotating the main shaft in one direction around the rotation axis when removing the tire. Thus, the tire is detached from the wheel.
　また、タイヤ装着時においては、ホイールだけが把持部に保持された状態で、タイヤが受け台に乗載されて上昇され、作業者によってタイヤの１ｓｔビードまたは１次側ビードとも呼ばれる第１ビード部の上部がホイールに掛け止められ、そのタイヤの、ホイールから外側へ離脱している第２ビード部に連なる側部を、一方のビードローラによって押圧して部分的にホイールに嵌め込み、一方のビードローラによる押圧位置よりも回転方向下流側近傍の部位を、タイヤ回転補助装置によって押圧し、一方のビードローラによってホイールに部分的に一旦嵌り込んだ第２ビード部が、タイヤの弾性回復力によってホイールから離脱しないように押さえながら車輪を回転駆動させる。これによって、第１および第２ビード部を全周にわたってホイールに嵌め込み、タイヤをホイールに装着することができるように構成されている（たとえば、特許文献１～３参照）。 In addition, when the tire is mounted, the first bead portion, which is also called the first bead or the primary bead of the tire by the operator, is lifted by the tire being mounted on the cradle with only the wheel held by the grip portion. The upper part of the tire is hooked on the wheel, and the side part of the tire connected to the second bead part that is separated from the wheel is pressed by one bead roller and partially fitted into the wheel, and then pressed by one bead roller. The second bead portion, which is pressed by the tire rotation auxiliary device and is partially fitted into the wheel by one bead roller, is not separated from the wheel by the elastic recovery force of the tire. Rotate the wheel while holding it down. Thus, the first and second bead portions are fitted into the wheel over the entire circumference so that the tire can be attached to the wheel (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
特開平９－３９５２７号公報JP-A-9-39527 特開２００６－３３５２１０号公報JP 2006-335210 A 特開２０１２－２０６５９号公報JP 2012-20659 A
　前述の特許文献１～３に記載される従来技術では、ホイール未着タイヤのホイールへ装着時およびホイール既着タイヤのホイールからの取外し時のいずれにおいても、タイヤの直径、幅、剛性などの特性が異なる場合に、作業者が目視でビードローラの押付け位置および押付け深さなどを確認し、タイヤを損傷しないように注意しながら、タイヤビード部がホイールに確実に嵌まり込み、あるいはタイヤビード部がホイールから確実に離脱するように、ビードローラの押付け位置および押付け深さを調整しなければならず、作業に多くの労力と時間とを要するという問題がある。 In the prior art described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 above, characteristics such as tire diameter, width, rigidity, etc., both when the wheel is not attached to the wheel and when the wheel is attached to the wheel are removed from the wheel. If the tire bead is different, the operator should visually check the pressing position and pressing depth of the bead roller, and be careful not to damage the tire. The pressing position and the pressing depth of the bead roller must be adjusted so as to surely separate from the wheel, and there is a problem that much work and time are required for the work.
　本発明の目的は、作業者の労力を削減して、タイヤのホイールへの装着作業およびホイールからのタイヤの取外し作業に要する時間を短縮することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a tire attaching / detaching device capable of reducing the time required for attaching a tire to a wheel and removing a tire from the wheel by reducing the labor of an operator.
課題を解決するための装置Device for solving the problem
　本発明は、ホイールが装着されていないホイール未着タイヤおよびホイールにタイヤが装着されたホイール既着タイヤを、転動可能な起立させた状態で搬入して、前記ホイール未着タイヤをホイールに装着し、かつホイール既着タイヤをホイールから取り外すためのタイヤ着脱装置であって、
（ａ）予め定める水平な設置面上に設置される基台と、
（ｂ）基台上に搭載されるチャック装置であって、
　（ｂ１）ホイールを、その中心軸線が水平となる姿勢で把持する把持部と、
　（ｂ２）水平な回転軸線まわりに回転駆動され、先端部に前記把持部が同軸に設けられる主軸と、を有するチャック装置と、
（ｃ）前記基台の一側部に、前記チャック装置と前記回転軸線に平行な方向に対向して配設され、前記回転軸線を含む第１仮想鉛直面上に第１軸線を有するガイドプレス装置であって、
　（ｃ１）前記第１軸線に垂直な第２仮想鉛直面と前記第１軸線との交点を中心点とする仮想円上で、かつ前記第１軸線を含む仮想水平面よりも上方に、前記第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称に設けられる一対のガイドプレスローラと、
　（ｃ２）前記仮想水平面よりも上方で、前記交点から半径方向外方に向かうにつれて第２仮想鉛直面から前記チャック装置側に離反する方向に傾斜し、かつ第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称な２つの傾斜軸線まわりに、ガイドプレスローラのそれぞれを回転自在に保持するローラ保持体と、
　（ｃ３）前記ローラ保持体を、前記回転軸線に沿って前記チャック装置に近接する方向および前記チャック装置から離反する方向に移動させるガイドプレス駆動部と、を有するガイドプレス装置と、
（ｄ）前記基台上の前記チャック装置と前記ガイドプレス装置との間に配設され、前記ホイール未着タイヤまたは前記ホイール既着タイヤを、その軸線が前記回転軸線と平行となるように起立させた姿勢で支持するタイヤ支持装置と、
（ｅ）前記基台上に前記チャック装置および前記ガイドプレス装置に隣接して設けられ、前記回転軸線と平行に延びる一対の案内軸と、
（ｆ）前記一対の案内軸に移動可能に上載される移動フレーム本体と、
（ｇ）前記移動フレーム本体に設けられ、前記タイヤ支持装置を上昇および下降させるタイヤ支持装置駆動部と、
（ｈ）前記移動フレーム本体に、前記回転軸線に平行な軸線まわりに角変位可能に設けられ、前記把持部に把持されたホイールに一部が嵌合した状態の前記ホイール未着タイヤまたは前記ホイール既着タイヤのタイヤビード部を押圧する一対のビードローラと、
（ｉ）前記基台の一側部に設けられ、前記仮想水平面よりも上方で、前記回転軸線と平行に、前記チャック装置に近接する方向および前記チャック装置から離反する方向に移動可能であって、かつ前記回転軸線と平行な第２軸線まわりに角変位可能なビードプレス装置と、
（ｊ）前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されたタイヤの直径を測定するタイヤ径測定装置であって、
　（ｊ１）基端部が前記移動フレーム本体に前記回転軸線に平行な第３軸線まわりに角変位可能に設けられる傾動アームと、
　（ｊ２）前記傾動アームの先端部に設けられ、前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されたタイヤに上方から近接する方向およびタイヤから上方に離反する方向に移動可能な接触部材と、
　（ｊ３）前記傾動アームの前記第３軸線まわりの角度を計測する角度計測部と、を有するタイヤ径測定装置と、
（ｋ）前記タイヤ径測定装置によって測定された直径に基づいて、前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されているタイヤの中心軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離と、前記主軸の前記回転軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離との差分を算出し、算出した差分に対応する移動量だけ前記タイヤ支持装置が移動するように、前記タイヤ支持装置駆動部を制御する制御装置と、を含むことを特徴とするタイヤ着脱装置である。 The present invention carries in a state where a wheel has not been attached to a wheel and a wheel already attached tire in which a tire is attached to the wheel in a state where the wheel can be rolled up, and the wheel not attached tire is attached to the wheel. And a tire attaching / detaching device for removing the wheel-attached tire from the wheel,
(A) a base installed on a predetermined horizontal installation surface;
(B) a chuck device mounted on a base,
(B1) a gripping part for gripping the wheel in a posture in which the center axis is horizontal;
(B2) a chuck device having a main shaft that is driven to rotate about a horizontal rotation axis and the grip portion is provided coaxially at a tip portion;
(C) A guide press disposed on one side of the base so as to face the chuck device in a direction parallel to the rotation axis and having a first axis on a first virtual vertical plane including the rotation axis. A device,
(C1) On the virtual circle centered on the intersection of the second virtual vertical plane perpendicular to the first axis and the first axis, and above the virtual horizontal plane including the first axis, the first A pair of guide press rollers provided symmetrically with respect to the virtual vertical plane;
(C2) Two of the two components that are tilted in a direction away from the second virtual vertical surface toward the chuck device as they go radially outward from the intersection above the virtual horizontal plane, and are symmetrical with respect to the first virtual vertical surface A roller holder that rotatably holds each of the guide press rollers around the tilt axis;
(C3) a guide press device having a guide press drive unit that moves the roller holder along the rotation axis in a direction approaching the chuck device and a direction away from the chuck device;
(D) Arranged between the chuck device on the base and the guide press device, and the wheel untired tire or the wheel already tired is erected so that its axis is parallel to the rotation axis A tire support device for supporting in a posture,
(E) a pair of guide shafts provided adjacent to the chuck device and the guide press device on the base and extending in parallel with the rotation axis;
(F) a moving frame main body movably mounted on the pair of guide shafts;
(G) a tire support device driving unit that is provided on the movable frame body and raises and lowers the tire support device;
(H) The wheel unattached tire or the wheel provided in the movable frame main body so as to be angularly displaceable about an axis parallel to the rotation axis and partially fitted to the wheel gripped by the gripping portion. A pair of bead rollers for pressing the tire bead portion of the already-attached tire;
(I) is provided on one side of the base, and is movable above the virtual horizontal plane, in parallel with the rotation axis, in a direction approaching the chuck device and in a direction away from the chuck device. And a bead press device capable of angular displacement about a second axis parallel to the rotational axis;
(J) A tire diameter measuring device for measuring a diameter of a tire supported by the tire supporting device,
(J1) a tilting arm whose base end is provided on the movable frame main body so as to be angularly displaceable about a third axis parallel to the rotation axis;
(J2) a contact member that is provided at a tip of the tilt arm and is movable in a direction approaching the tire supported by the tire support device from above and a direction separating upward from the tire;
(J3) a tire diameter measuring device having an angle measuring unit that measures an angle of the tilting arm around the third axis;
(K) Based on the diameter measured by the tire diameter measuring device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire supporting device and the base of the rotation axis of the main shaft A control device that calculates a difference from a height distance from the table and controls the tire support device drive unit so that the tire support device moves by a movement amount corresponding to the calculated difference. The tire attaching / detaching device.
　また本発明において、前記制御装置は、
　前記ガイドプレス装置、前記ビードプレス装置および前記ビードプレス装置による押込み位置を表す押込み位置情報が記憶された記憶部と、
　前記複数のホイール情報の１つを選択するために入力操作される入力部と、を含み、
　前記入力部の入力操作によって選択された１つのホイール情報に対応する前記押込み位置情報に基づいて、前記ガイドプレス装置、前記ビードプレス装置および前記ビードプレス装置による押込み位置を制御することが好ましい。 In the present invention, the control device includes:
A storage unit storing indentation position information representing an indentation position by the guide press device, the bead press device, and the bead press device;
An input unit that is input to select one of the plurality of wheel information,
It is preferable to control a push position by the guide press device, the bead press device, and the bead press device based on the push position information corresponding to one wheel information selected by the input operation of the input unit.
　また本発明において、前記移動フレーム本体には、前記把持部によって把持された前記ホイール既着タイヤのタイヤビード部に向かって潤滑剤を噴射する噴射ノズルを有する潤滑剤噴射装置が設けられることが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the moving frame main body is provided with a lubricant injection device having an injection nozzle for injecting a lubricant toward a tire bead portion of the wheel-attached tire held by the holding portion. .
　また本発明は、前記ローラ保持体は、
　前記ガイドプレスローラの一端部を球面軸受によって回動自在に保持する第１保持部材と、
　前記ガイドプレスローラの他端部を保持する第２保持部材と、
　前記ガイドプレス駆動部に固定され、前記第２保持部材が移動可能に連結される第３保持部材と、を有し、
　前記第２保持部材は、前記第２仮想鉛直面に垂直でかつ前記傾斜軸線を含む仮想傾斜平面上で、前記傾斜軸線の前記第２仮想鉛直面に対する傾斜角度が変化する方向に延びる案内長孔を有し、
　前記第３保持部材には、前記案内長孔を挿通する案内軸が固定されることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the roller holder is
A first holding member that rotatably holds one end of the guide press roller by a spherical bearing;
A second holding member for holding the other end of the guide press roller;
A third holding member fixed to the guide press drive unit and movably connected to the second holding member,
The second holding member is a guide slot extending in a direction in which an inclination angle of the tilt axis with respect to the second virtual vertical plane changes on a virtual tilt plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the tilt axis. Have
It is preferable that a guide shaft that passes through the guide long hole is fixed to the third holding member.
　本発明によれば、基台上に、チャック装置、タイヤ支持装置、一対の案内軸、移動フレーム本体およびタイヤ支持装置が設けられ、基台の一側部にガイドプレス装置が設けられ、移動フレーム本体には、一対のビードローラおよびタイヤ径測定装置が設けられる。制御装置は、タイヤ径測定装置によって計測された角度に基づいて、タイヤ支持装置に支持されているタイヤの中心軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離と、主軸の回転軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離との差分を算出し、算出した差分に対応する移動量だけタイヤ支持装置が移動するようにタイヤ支持装置駆動部を制御するので、ホイール既着タイヤをその回転軸線が水平となるように起立させた状態でタイヤ支持装置に上載することによって、タイヤ支持装置に支持されたホイール既着タイヤは、その中心軸線がチャック装置の主軸の回転軸線とほぼ一直線を成す位置に配置される。この状態で移動フレーム本体が案内軸に沿ってチャック装置に近接する方向へ移動することによって、ホイール既着タイヤをチャック装置の把持部による把持位置に位置させ、把持部によって把持される。 According to the present invention, a chuck device, a tire support device, a pair of guide shafts, a moving frame body, and a tire support device are provided on a base, and a guide press device is provided on one side of the base, and the moving frame is provided. The main body is provided with a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device. The control device, based on the angle measured by the tire diameter measurement device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire support device, and the rotation axis of the main shaft from the base The difference between the distance and the height distance is calculated, and the tire support device drive unit is controlled so that the tire support device moves by the amount of movement corresponding to the calculated difference. The wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device is placed at a position where the central axis thereof is substantially aligned with the rotation axis of the main shaft of the chuck device. In this state, the moving frame main body moves along the guide shaft in the direction approaching the chuck device, so that the wheel-attached tire is positioned at the grip position by the grip portion of the chuck device and is gripped by the grip portion.
　把持部に把持されたホイール既着タイヤは、ガイドプレス装置側を外側、チャック装置側を内側としたとき、一対のガイドプレスローラによってタイヤ上部の外側のショルダ部がチャック装置側へ押圧され、かつタイヤ下部の内側のタイヤビード部が、チャック装置側のビードローラによって、各ガイドプレスローラの押圧方向とは反対側、すなわち外側へ押圧される。この状態で、チャック装置の主軸が回転駆動されることによって、内側のタイヤビード部がホイールのドロップ部へ落とし込まれ、移動フレーム本体が案内軸上をチャック装置から離反する方向へ移動することによって、チャック装置側のビードローラが内側のタイヤビード部をさらにチャック装置から離反する方向へ押圧し、タイヤがホイールから取り外される。 The wheel-attached tire gripped by the gripping portion is configured such that when the guide press device side is the outside and the chuck device side is the inside, the shoulder portion on the outer side of the tire is pressed toward the chuck device side by a pair of guide press rollers, and The tire bead portion on the inner side of the lower portion of the tire is pressed by the bead roller on the chuck device side to the side opposite to the pressing direction of each guide press roller, that is, the outer side. In this state, when the main shaft of the chuck device is rotationally driven, the inner tire bead portion is dropped into the drop portion of the wheel, and the moving frame body moves on the guide shaft in a direction away from the chuck device. The bead roller on the chuck device side further presses the inner tire bead portion away from the chuck device, and the tire is removed from the wheel.
　作業者によってホイール未着タイヤがタイヤ支持装置に上載されると、タイヤ支持装置がホイール既着タイヤをチャック装置の把持部まで移動させたときの高さ距離まで上昇し、ホイール未着タイヤは、把持部に既に把持されているホイールへの装着位置に配置される。装着位置に配置されたホイール未着タイヤは、ガイドプレスローラによって、ホイール未着タイヤの内側のタイヤビード部の上部が押圧され、ホイールのドロップ部に上方から嵌合するように、ホイールに対して斜めに掛け止められる。 When a tire is mounted on a tire support device by an operator, the tire support device rises to a height distance when the wheel mounted tire is moved to the gripping portion of the chuck device. It is arranged at the mounting position on the wheel already gripped by the gripping part. The tire that is not attached to the wheel placed in the mounting position is pressed against the wheel by the guide press roller so that the upper part of the tire bead inside the tire that is not attached to the wheel is pressed and fitted to the drop part of the wheel from above. It can be hooked diagonally.
　ホイールに斜めに掛け止められたホイール未着タイヤは、ビードプレス装置によって、内側のタイヤビード部がホイールのドロップ部に嵌合した位置で押えた状態に保たれ、各ガイドプレスローラがタイヤの種類に応じて適切な押え位置までホイール未着タイヤの外側のショルダ部を押込み、さらに移動フレーム本体を各案内軸に沿ってチャック装置に近接する方向へ移動させると、一方のビードローラがホイール未着タイヤの外側のタイヤビード部を押圧し、この状態で、主軸とともに把持具が回転軸線まわりに回転駆動されることによって、ホイール未着タイヤがホイールに装着される。 The non-wheel tires that are slanted on the wheel are kept pressed by the bead press device at the position where the inner tire bead part is fitted to the drop part of the wheel, and each guide press roller is the type of tire. If the shoulder part outside the tire without a wheel is pushed to an appropriate press position according to the position, and the moving frame main body is moved along the guide shafts in the direction approaching the chuck device, one bead roller is moved to the tire without the wheel. The tire bead tire is not attached to the wheel by pressing the outer tire bead portion and rotating the gripper together with the main shaft around the rotation axis in this state.
　このように、チャック装置、タイヤ支持装置、一対の案内軸、移動フレーム本体、タイヤ支持装置、ガイドプレス装置一対のビードローラおよびタイヤ径測定装置を用いて、制御装置による自動制御またはマニュアル操作で、ホイール既着タイヤをホイールから取外し、ホイールにホイール未着タイヤを装着することができるので、タイヤ交換作業の作業者の労力を削減して、タイヤのホイールへの装着作業およびホイールからのタイヤの取外し作業に要する時間を短縮することができる。 Thus, using a chuck device, a tire support device, a pair of guide shafts, a moving frame main body, a tire support device, a guide press device, a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device, the wheel can be automatically controlled or manually operated by a control device. It is possible to remove the existing tire from the wheel and attach the wheel non-attached tire to the wheel, so it is possible to reduce the labor of the tire replacement worker, and to attach the tire to the wheel and to remove the tire from the wheel. Can be shortened.
　また、本発明によれば、作業者が入力部の入力操作によってホイール情報を選択すると、制御装置は記憶部から選択されたホイール情報に対応する押込み位置情報を読み出し、読み出された押込み位置情報に基づいて、ガイドプレス装置およびビードプレス装置による押込み位置を制御するので、タイヤの押込み不足および過剰な押込みの発生が防がれ、作業者がタイヤの押込み状態を見ながら押込み量を調整する場合に比べて、作業者への作業負担を軽減し、タイヤのホイールへの装着作業およびホイールからのタイヤの取外し作業の効率を格段に向上することができる。 Further, according to the present invention, when the operator selects wheel information by an input operation of the input unit, the control device reads the push position information corresponding to the selected wheel information from the storage unit, and the read push position information The press position by the guide press device and the bead press device is controlled based on the above, so that insufficient tire push and excessive push are prevented, and the operator adjusts the push amount while watching the tire push state. As compared with the above, the burden on the operator can be reduced, and the efficiency of the work of attaching the tire to the wheel and the work of removing the tire from the wheel can be significantly improved.
　また、本発明によれば、移動フレーム本体に潤滑剤噴射装置が設けられるので、タイヤビード部のホイールに対する滑り性を向上し、ホイールのリム部に密着したタイヤビード部を、ホイールのリム部から剥がれ易くすることができ、ガイドプレスローラ、ビードローラおよびビードプレス装置からのタイヤビード部の押圧力による負荷を低減し、金属ワイヤ、炭素繊維などから成るタイヤ補強材の切断およびタイヤ表面の損傷を防ぐことができる。 Further, according to the present invention, since the lubricant injection device is provided in the moving frame body, the slippage of the tire bead portion with respect to the wheel is improved, and the tire bead portion that is in close contact with the rim portion of the wheel is separated from the rim portion of the wheel. It can be easily peeled off, reduces the load due to the pressing force of the tire bead portion from the guide press roller, bead roller and bead press device, and prevents the tire reinforcing material made of metal wire, carbon fiber, etc. from being cut and the tire surface from being damaged. be able to.
　また、本発明によれば、ローラ保持体が第１～第３保持部材を有し、第２保持部材に案内長孔が設けられ、第３保持部材に案内軸が設けられるので、ガイドプレスローラのローラ保持体への取付け角度を案内長孔が延びる方向に変化させることができ、これによって、ガイドプレスローラによるタイヤの押圧位置を広範囲に変化させることができ、標準タイヤ、スノータイヤなどのタイヤの種類に応じて、適切な押圧位置および角度でタイヤを押圧し、タイヤを変形または変位させて、タイヤのホイールに対する着脱作業を容易化および円滑化することができる。 Further, according to the present invention, the roller holder has the first to third holding members, the guide hole is provided in the second holding member, and the guide shaft is provided in the third holding member. The mounting angle of the roller to the roller holder can be changed in the direction in which the guide elongated hole extends, whereby the pressing position of the tire by the guide press roller can be changed over a wide range, and tires such as standard tires, snow tires, etc. Depending on the type, the tire can be pressed at an appropriate pressing position and angle, and the tire can be deformed or displaced to facilitate and smooth the attaching / detaching operation of the tire to / from the wheel.
　本発明の目的、特色、および利点は、下記の詳細な説明と図面とからより明確になるであろう。
本発明の一実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置２を示す正面図である。 タイヤ着脱装置２の平面図である。 タイヤ着脱装置２の側面図である。 基台２２の構成を示す分解斜視図である。 固定フレーム本体１３０を示す分解斜視図である。 タイヤ支持装置６を示す分解斜視図である。 タイヤ昇降体４６５の側面図である。 タイヤ昇降体４６５の平面図である。 タイヤ昇降体４６５の下部を図７の左方から見た拡大断面図である。 タイヤ昇降体４６５の背面図である。 移動フレーム本体２７を示す分解斜視図である。 支柱部４３３の背面図である。 支柱部４３３の平面図である。 支柱部４３３の右側面図である。 支柱部４３３の左側面図である。 ツール移動台４０１の平面図である。 ツール移動台４０１の側面図である。 ツール移動台４０１の断面図である。 ツール移動台４０１を図１６の左方から見た一部を切欠いた断面図である。 タイヤ支持装置６に設けられるタイヤ支持台４６８を上方から見た一部を切欠いた断面図である。 図２０の下方から見たタイヤ支持台４６８の断面図である。 図２０の右方から見たタイヤ支持台４６８の断面図である。 タイヤ支持台４６８０の傾動板４７２を示す断面図である。 傾動板４７２を図２３の下方から見た底面図である。 ガイドプレス装置７００の分解斜視図である。 ガイドプレス装置７００の固定フレーム本体７０１を示す正面図である。 固定フレーム本体７０１の平面図である。 固定フレーム本体７０１の側面図である。 ガイドプレス装置７００のローラ保持体７４１を拡大した正面図である。 ローラ保持体７４１の背面図である。 ローラ保持体７４１の平面図である。 第２可動テーブル７４０を正面側から見た断面図である。 第２可動テーブル７４０の平面図である。 第１可動テーブル７０３を示す正面図である。 第１可動テーブル７０３を図３４の左方から見た側面図である。 第１可動テーブル７０３の平面図である。 第１可動テーブル７０３の背面図である。 軸案内具７２７の断面図である。 軸案内具７２７の平面図である。 ビードプレス装置８００の分解斜視図である。 フレーム本体８０１の正面図である。 フレーム本体８０１の平面図である。 図４１の切断面線Ａ－Ａから見た拡大断面図である。 図４１の左方から見た一部の側面図である。 図４１の右方から見た一部の側面図である。 ビードプレスアーム８０２の左側面図である。 ビードプレスアーム８０２の背面図である。 ビード押圧部材８１７の拡大断面図である。 ビード押圧部材８１７の正面図である。 チャック装置３００のアーム部２００を示す分解斜視図である。 チャック部３０１を示す分解斜視図である。 移動アーム２０３の正面図である。 移動アーム２０３の左側面図である。 移動アーム２０３の右側面図である。 移動アーム２０３の平面図である。 移動アーム２０３の底面図である。 レール部２０２の平面図である。 レール部２０２の正面図である。 レール部２０２の左側面図である。 レール部２０２の右側面図である。 レール摺動部材２６０の正面図である。 レール摺動部材２６０を図６１の切断面線Ｂ－Ｂから見た拡大断面図である。 チャック部３０１の断面図である。 チャック部３０１を図６３の左方から見た正面図である。 図６３の切断面線Ｃ－Ｃから見た拡大断面図である。 デバイダ３２７の正面図である。 図６６の切断面線Ｄ－Ｄから見た断面図である。 チャックフランジ３１２の正面図である。 チャックフランジ３１２の側面図である。 チャックフランジ３１２を切断面線Ｅ－Ｅから見た断面図である。 スリップリング３３３の断面図である。 スリップリング３３３を図６９の切断面線Ｆ－Ｆから見た断面図である。 ローラ３０９の側面図である。 ローラ３０９の側面図である。 ローラガイド板３０７の断面図である。 ローラガイド板３０７の正面図である。 ローラ受け部材３０８の断面図である。 ローラ受け部材３０８の正面図である。 連結板３０２の正面図である。 チャック爪３０５の側面図である。 チャック爪３０５の正面図である。 チャック爪３０４の平面図である。 シリンダケース３１８の平面図であり、図８４の切断面線Ｈ－Ｈから見た断面を示す。 シリンダケース３１８を図８３の左方から見た側面図である。 シリンダケース３１８を図８３の右方から見た側面図である。 チャック部３０１が開いた状態を示す図である。 チャック部３０１が閉じた状態を示す図である。 チャック部３０１がホイール４ａを把持した状態を示す図である。 チャック部３０１がホイール４ｂを把持した状態を示す図である。 油圧ユニットＵの構成を示す分解斜視図である。 油圧ユニットＵが接続された油圧系統の構成を示す油圧回路図である。 ガイドプレス装置７００に備えられる位置検出器７９０の構成を示す図である。 ビードプレス装置８００に備えられるビードプレス位置検出器８０４の構成を示す図である。 操作部１９の正面図である。 操作部１９の側面図である。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ径測定装置１の動作を説明するための図である。 タイヤ支持装置６の平面図である。 タイヤ支持装置６の側面図である。 タイヤ支持装置６の断面図である。 タイヤ支持装置６に車輪５が乗載された状態を示す断面図である。 タイヤ着脱装置２の電気的構成を説明するためのブロック図である。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。 タイヤ３が標準タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図である。 タイヤ３が扁平タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図である。 タイヤ３が扁平タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図である。 ハンプ越え動作中におけるガイドプレス装置７００およびビードローラ２８ａによるタイヤ３の押込み状態を示す図である。 Objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following detailed description and drawings.
It is a front view showing tire detaching device 2 of one embodiment of the present invention. 3 is a plan view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. FIG. 2 is a side view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration of a base 22. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing a fixed frame main body 130. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing a tire support device 6. FIG. It is a side view of the tire lifting body 465. It is a top view of the tire elevating body 465. It is the expanded sectional view which looked at the lower part of the tire raising / lowering body 465 from the left side of FIG. It is a rear view of the tire lifting body 465. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a moving frame main body 27. FIG. It is a rear view of the column part 433. It is a top view of the support | pillar part 433. FIG. It is a right side view of the column part 433. It is a left side view of the column part 433. 3 is a plan view of a tool moving table 401. FIG. 4 is a side view of a tool moving table 401. FIG. It is sectional drawing of the tool movement stand. It is sectional drawing which notched a part which looked at the tool movement stand 401 from the left of FIG. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support base 468 provided in the tire support device 6 with a part thereof cut away from above. It is sectional drawing of the tire support stand 468 seen from the downward direction of FIG. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 as viewed from the right side of FIG. 20. FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing a tilting plate 472 of a tire support 4680. It is the bottom view which looked at the tilting board 472 from the downward direction of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the guide press apparatus 700. FIG. It is a front view showing a fixed frame main body 701 of the guide press device 700. 3 is a plan view of a fixed frame main body 701. FIG. 4 is a side view of a fixed frame main body 701. FIG. It is the front view to which the roller holding body 741 of the guide press apparatus 700 was expanded. 7 is a rear view of a roller holder 741. FIG. 7 is a plan view of a roller holder 741. FIG. It is sectional drawing which looked at the 2nd movable table 740 from the front side. It is a top view of the 2nd movable table 740. FIG. It is a front view which shows the 1st movable table 703. FIG. It is the side view which looked at the 1st movable table 703 from the left of FIG. It is a top view of the 1st movable table 703. FIG. It is a rear view of the 1st movable table 703. It is sectional drawing of the shaft guide tool 727. FIG. 7 is a plan view of a shaft guide 727. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a bead press device 800. FIG. 2 is a front view of a frame body 801. FIG. 3 is a plan view of a frame body 801. FIG. FIG. 42 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the section line AA of FIG. 41. It is the one part side view seen from the left of FIG. It is the one part side view seen from the right side of FIG. It is a left side view of bead press arm 802. 4 is a rear view of a bead press arm 802. FIG. 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a bead pressing member 817. FIG. 10 is a front view of a bead pressing member 817. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing an arm part 200 of the chuck device 300. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view showing a chuck portion 301. FIG. 3 is a front view of a moving arm 203. FIG. 3 is a left side view of a moving arm 203. FIG. 4 is a right side view of a moving arm 203. FIG. 3 is a plan view of a moving arm 203. FIG. 6 is a bottom view of a moving arm 203. FIG. It is a top view of the rail part 202. FIG. It is a front view of the rail part 202. FIG. It is a left view of the rail part 202. FIG. It is a right view of the rail part 202. FIG. 6 is a front view of a rail sliding member 260. FIG. FIG. 62 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the rail sliding member 260 as seen from a cutting plane line BB in FIG. 61. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a chuck portion 301. FIG. It is the front view which looked at the chuck | zipper part 301 from the left of FIG. FIG. 64 is an enlarged cross-sectional view seen from a section line CC in FIG. 63. 3 is a front view of a divider 327. FIG. FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view taken along section line DD of FIG. 66. 3 is a front view of a chuck flange 312. FIG. 4 is a side view of a chuck flange 312. FIG. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck flange 312 as viewed from a cutting plane line EE. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a slip ring 333. FIG. FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333 as viewed from a cutting plane line FF in FIG. 69. 3 is a side view of a roller 309. FIG. 3 is a side view of a roller 309. FIG. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a roller guide plate 307. 6 is a front view of a roller guide plate 307. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a roller receiving member 308. FIG. FIG. 6 is a front view of a roller receiving member 308. It is a front view of the connection board 302. FIG. 3 is a side view of a chuck claw 305. FIG. 3 is a front view of a chuck claw 305. FIG. 3 is a plan view of a chuck claw 304. FIG. FIG. 85 is a plan view of the cylinder case 318, showing a cross section taken along the section line HH in FIG. It is the side view which looked at the cylinder case 318 from the left side of FIG. It is the side view which looked at the cylinder case 318 from the right side of FIG. It is a figure which shows the state which the chuck | zipper part 301 opened. It is a figure which shows the state which the chuck | zipper part 301 closed. It is a figure which shows the state which the chuck | zipper part 301 hold | gripped the wheel 4a. It is a figure which shows the state which the chuck | zipper part 301 hold | gripped the wheel 4b. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration of a hydraulic unit U. FIG. 2 is a hydraulic circuit diagram showing a configuration of a hydraulic system to which a hydraulic unit U is connected. FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the position detector 790 with which the guide press apparatus 700 is equipped. It is a figure which shows the structure of the bead press position detector 804 with which the bead press apparatus 800 is equipped. 3 is a front view of an operation unit 19. FIG. 3 is a side view of an operation unit 19. FIG. 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; It is a figure for demonstrating operation | movement of the tire diameter measuring apparatus. 2 is a plan view of a tire support device 6. FIG. 3 is a side view of the tire support device 6. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support device 6. FIG. It is sectional drawing which shows the state in which the wheel 5 was mounted in the tire support apparatus 6. FIG. 4 is a block diagram for explaining an electrical configuration of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. FIG. 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; 4 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2; It is a figure for demonstrating the detachment | leave operation | movement when the tire 3 is a standard tire. It is a figure for demonstrating the detachment | leave operation | movement when the tire 3 is a flat tire. It is a figure for demonstrating the detachment | leave operation | movement when the tire 3 is a flat tire. It is a figure which shows the pushing state of the tire 3 by the guide press apparatus 700 and the bead roller 28a during a hump crossing operation.
　図１は本発明の一実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置２を示す正面図であり、図２はタイヤ着脱装置２の平面図であり、図３はタイヤ着脱装置２の側面図である。自動車のタイヤ３がホイール４に装着された車輪５をその軸線が水平となるように起立させた状態で搬入して、タイヤ３をホイール４から取り外し、あるいはタイヤ３をホイール４に装着するために、本実施形態のタイヤ径測定装置１を備えるタイヤ着脱装置２が用いられる。 FIG. 1 is a front view showing a tire attaching / detaching device 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 2 is a plan view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2, and FIG. 3 is a side view of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. In order to carry in a state where the wheel 5 on which the tire 3 of the automobile is mounted on the wheel 4 is erected so that the axis thereof is horizontal and to remove the tire 3 from the wheel 4 or to mount the tire 3 on the wheel 4 A tire attaching / detaching device 2 including the tire diameter measuring device 1 of the present embodiment is used.
　本実施形態において、予め定める設置面とは、自動車修理工場の床、サービスカーとも呼ばれるタイヤ修理用作業車両の荷台の床などの、タイヤ着脱装置２を安定に設置可能な表面をいう。また水平とは、鉛直線に垂直な厳密な意味での水平に加えて、自動車修理工場の床などの傾き、タイヤ修理用作業車両の荷台の傾きなどの使用環境上の誤差をも含む、実質的な意味での水平をいうものとする。 In the present embodiment, the predetermined installation surface refers to a surface on which the tire attaching / detaching device 2 can be stably installed, such as a floor of an automobile repair shop or a floor of a loading platform of a tire repair work vehicle also called a service car. In addition, the term “horizontal” means a level in the strict sense perpendicular to the vertical line, and also includes errors in the operating environment such as the inclination of the floor of an automobile repair shop, the inclination of the loading platform of a tire repair work vehicle, etc. It shall mean horizontal in a typical sense.
　車輪５は、たとえばバス、トラック、大型特殊自動車などの大型車両に装着される大径でかつ重量の大きい車輪であり、外径が２２．５インチ、１９．５インチ、１７．５インチのホイール４にタイヤ３が装着されたホイール既着タイヤをいうものとする。以下の説明において、ホイール既着タイヤおよびホイールが装着されていないホイール未着タイヤを、単に「タイヤ」を称する場合がある。ホイール既着タイヤは、タイヤ３がたとえばトレッド部からサイドウォール部を経て、ビード部のビードコアの回りをカーカスで補強された空気入りタイヤであってもよい。 The wheel 5 is a large-diameter and heavy-weight wheel that is mounted on a large vehicle such as a bus, a truck, and a large special automobile, and has an outer diameter of 22.5 inches, 19.5 inches, and 17.5 inches. 4 is a wheel-mounted tire in which the tire 3 is mounted. In the following description, a wheel already-installed tire and a wheel-uninstalled tire on which no wheel is mounted may be simply referred to as a “tire”. The wheel-attached tire may be a pneumatic tire in which the tire 3 is reinforced with a carcass around the bead core of the bead portion, for example, from the tread portion to the sidewall portion.
　タイヤ着脱装置２は、ホイール未着タイヤを起立させた状態で作業者が転動させて搬入して、ホイール未着タイヤをホイールに装着し、またはホイール既着タイヤをホイールから取り外すために用いられる。 The tire attaching / detaching device 2 is used for an operator to roll and carry in a state where a wheel non-wearing tire is raised, to attach the wheel non-wearing tire to the wheel, or to remove the wheel wearing tire from the wheel. .
　タイヤ着脱装置２は、予め定める水平な設置面である床２１上に設置される基台２２と、基台２２上に搭載されるチャック装置３００と、基台２２の一側部に、チャック装置３００と水平な回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な方向に対向して配設され、回転軸線Ｌ０を含む第１仮想鉛直面上に第１軸線Ｌ１を有するガイドプレス装置７００と、基台２２上のチャック装置３００とガイドプレス装置７００との間に配設され、ホイール未着タイヤまたはホイール既着タイヤを、その中心軸線が水平となるように起立させた姿勢で上載して支持するタイヤ支持装置６と、基台２２上にチャック装置３００およびガイドプレス装置７００に隣接して設けられ、回転軸線Ｌ０と平行に延びる一対の案内軸２６ａ,２６ｂと、一対の案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂに移動可能に上載される移動フレーム本体２７とを含む。 The tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes a base 22 installed on a floor 21 that is a predetermined horizontal installation surface, a chuck device 300 mounted on the base 22, and a chuck device on one side of the base 22. 300, a guide press device 700 that is disposed in a direction parallel to the horizontal rotation axis L0 and has a first axis L1 on a first virtual vertical plane including the rotation axis L0, and a chuck device on the base 22 A tire support device 6 that is disposed between 300 and the guide press device 700 and supports the wheel non-attached tire or the wheel attached tire in an upright posture so that the central axis thereof is horizontal; A pair of guide shafts 26a and 26b provided on the base 22 adjacent to the chuck device 300 and the guide press device 700 and extending in parallel with the rotation axis L0 and movable to the pair of guide shafts 26a and 26b. And a moving frame main body 27 mounted thereon.
　基台２２は、図２に示す平面視において、大略的に横長の長方形であり、鋼鉄製のパネル状構造体から成り、前述のチャック装置３００と、ガイドプレス装置７００と、タイヤ支持装置６と、移動フレーム本体２７とが、基台２２の３辺に沿って凹状に配設されている。このような構成によって、チャック装置３００とガイドプレス装置７００との間でかつタイヤ支持装置６の直前に、ホイール既着タイヤ、ホイール未着タイヤおよびホイールを搬入し、または搬出することができる作業空間を確保し、作業者の移動量を可及的に少ない、小型のタイヤ着脱装置２を実現している。このようなタイヤ着脱装置２は、自動車修理工場および給油所、ならびにサービスカーなどのタイヤ修理用作業車両においては、設置に要する占有面積が少なくて済み、省スペース化を図ることができる。 The base 22 has a substantially horizontally long rectangular shape in plan view shown in FIG. 2 and is made of a steel panel-like structure. The chuck device 300, the guide press device 700, the tire support device 6, and the like described above. The moving frame body 27 is disposed in a concave shape along the three sides of the base 22. With such a configuration, a work space in which the wheel-attached tire, the wheel-not-attached tire, and the wheel can be carried in or out between the chuck device 300 and the guide press device 700 and immediately before the tire support device 6. And a small tire attaching and detaching device 2 that realizes a small amount of movement of the worker as much as possible. Such a tire attaching / detaching device 2 requires only a small area for installation in a tire repair work vehicle such as an automobile repair shop, a gas station, or a service car, and can save space.
　タイヤ着脱装置２は、移動フレーム本体２７に設けられ、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇および下降させるタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７と、移動フレーム本体２７に、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な第３軸線Ｌ３まわりに角変位可能に設けられ、把持部４４に把持されたホイール４に一部が嵌合した状態のホイール未着タイヤまたはホイール既着タイヤのタイヤビード部を押圧する一対のビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂと、第１軸線Ｌ１を含む仮想水平面よりも上方で、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行にチャック装置３００に近接する方向Ａ１およびチャック装置３００から離反する方向Ａ２に移動可能であって、かつ回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な第２軸線Ｌ２まわりに角変位可能なビードプレス装置８００と、タイヤ支持装置６に支持されたタイヤの直径を計測するタイヤ径測定装置１と、タイヤ径測定装置１によって測定されたタイヤ径に基づいて、タイヤ支持装置６に支持されているタイヤの中心軸線の基台２２からの高さ距離と、主軸４３の回転軸線Ｌ０の基台２２からの高さ距離との差分を算出し、算出した差分に対応する移動量だけタイヤ支持装置６が移動するように、タイヤ支持装置駆動部１７を制御する制御装置１６と、をさらに含む。 The tire attaching / detaching device 2 is provided on the moving frame main body 27, and has a tire supporting device driving unit 17 that raises and lowers the tire supporting device 6 and an angle around the third axis L3 parallel to the rotation axis L0. A pair of bead rollers 28a and 28b that are provided so as to be displaceable and press a tire bead portion of a wheel unattached tire or a wheel already attached tire that is partially fitted to the wheel 4 held by the holding portion 44; A second position parallel to the rotation axis L0 and parallel to the rotation axis L0 and movable in the direction A1 close to the chuck device 300 and the direction A2 away from the chuck device 300, and parallel to the rotation axis L0, above the virtual horizontal plane including the axis L1. A bead press device 800 that can be angularly displaced about the axis L2 and a tire diameter that measures the diameter of the tire supported by the tire support device 6 Based on the tire diameter measured by the fixing device 1 and the tire diameter measuring device 1, the height distance from the base 22 of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire supporting device 6 and the rotation axis L 0 of the main shaft 43. A control device 16 that calculates a difference from the height distance from the base 22 and controls the tire support device drive unit 17 so that the tire support device 6 moves by a movement amount corresponding to the calculated difference. In addition.
　チャック装置３００は、ホイールを、その中心軸線が回転軸線Ｌ０と平行となる姿勢で把持する把持部４４と、回転軸線Ｌ０まわりに回転駆動され、先端部に把持部４４が同軸に設けられる主軸４３とを有する。 The chuck device 300 includes a gripping portion 44 that grips a wheel in a posture in which a central axis thereof is parallel to the rotation axis L0, and a main shaft 43 that is driven to rotate around the rotation axis L0 and that has a gripping portion 44 coaxially provided at a tip portion. And have.
　ガイドプレス装置７００は、第１軸線Ｌ１に垂直な第２仮想鉛直面と第１軸線Ｌ１との交点を中心点とし、かつ第１軸線Ｌ１を含む仮想水平面よりも上方の仮想一円弧線上に、第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称に設けられる一対のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、仮想水平面よりも上方で、交点から半径方向外方に向かうにつれて第２仮想鉛直面からチャック装置３００側に離反する方向に傾斜し、かつ第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称な２つの傾斜軸線Ｌ３１，Ｌ３２のまわりに、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂのそれぞれを回転自在に保持するローラ保持体７４１と、ローラ保持体７４１を、回転軸線Ｌ０に沿ってチャック装置３００に近接する方向Ａ１およびチャック装置３００から離反する方向Ａ２に移動させるガイドプレス駆動部７４２とを有する。 The guide press device 700 has a center point at the intersection of the second virtual vertical plane perpendicular to the first axis L1 and the first axis L1, and a virtual one arc line above the virtual horizontal plane including the first axis L1. A pair of guide press rollers 24a and 24b provided symmetrically with respect to the first virtual vertical plane, and a direction above the virtual horizontal plane and away from the second virtual vertical plane toward the chuck device 300 as it goes radially outward from the intersection. A roller holder 741 and a roller holder 741 that rotatably hold the guide press rollers 24a and 24b around two inclined axes L31 and L32 that are inclined with respect to the first virtual vertical plane, A guide press drive that moves in the direction A1 close to the chuck device 300 and the direction A2 away from the chuck device 300 along the rotation axis L0. And a part 742.
　タイヤ径測定装置１は、基端部が移動フレーム本体２７に回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な第３軸線Ｌ３まわりに角変位可能に設けられる傾動アーム１１と、傾動アーム１１の先端部に設けられ、タイヤ支持装置６に支持されたタイヤ３に上方から近接する方向およびタイヤ３から上方に離反する方向に移動する可能な当接部材８と、傾動アーム１１の第３軸線Ｌ３まわりの角度を測定する角度測定器４８５（図６を参照）とを有する。角度測定器４８５は、ロータリエンコーダによって実現される。 The tire diameter measuring device 1 includes a tilting arm 11 whose base end portion is provided on the moving frame main body 27 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3 parallel to the rotation axis L0, and a tip end portion of the tilting arm 11. An abutting member 8 capable of moving in a direction approaching the tire 3 supported by the support device 6 and a direction away from the tire 3 from above, and an angle for measuring an angle around the third axis L3 of the tilting arm 11 And a measuring device 485 (see FIG. 6). The angle measuring device 485 is realized by a rotary encoder.
　図４は基台２２の構成を示す分解斜視図である。基台２２は、平面視の形状が長方形の基板１０１と、基板１０１と平行に間隔をあけて積層され、平面視の形状が凹状の上面板１０３と、上面板１０３の周縁辺に沿って配設され、山形鋼および溝形鋼などの形鋼材から成るフレーム部材１０４を有する。基板１０１および上面板１０３は、鋼板から成り、フレーム部材１０４に溶接によって平行に接合されている。 FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the base 22. The base 22 is laminated along a rectangular substrate 101 in plan view, a top surface plate 103 having a concave shape in plan view, and a peripheral edge of the top plate 103 in parallel with the substrate 101. And a frame member 104 made of a section steel such as an angle steel and a channel steel. The substrate 101 and the upper surface plate 103 are made of steel plates, and are joined to the frame member 104 in parallel by welding.
　上面板１０３の上方に臨む表面と、基板１０１の上面板１０３およびフレーム部材１０４から上方に露出する表面とは、フレーム部材１０４の幅に相当する高さの段差ΔＬを有し、下限位置に下降したタイヤ支持装置６の下部が嵌まり込むことができる。下限位置に配置したタイヤ支持装置６にタイヤを円滑に搬入し、あるいはタイヤ支持装置６から円滑にタイヤを搬出するために、外観が三角柱状のシュータ１０２が別体で設けられる。このようなシュータ１０２を用いることによって、下限位置に下降したタイヤ支持装置６と設置面２１との間にシュータ１０２の傾斜面１０２ａを介在させ、作業者がタイヤを起立状態で転動させてタイヤ支持装置６に容易に搬入し、またはタイヤをタイヤ支持装置６から搬出することができる。 The surface facing the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 and the surface exposed upward from the upper surface plate 103 and the frame member 104 of the substrate 101 have a height difference ΔL corresponding to the width of the frame member 104 and descend to the lower limit position. The lower portion of the tire support device 6 can be fitted. In order to smoothly carry in the tire to the tire support device 6 arranged at the lower limit position, or to smoothly carry out the tire from the tire support device 6, a shooter 102 having a triangular prism shape is provided separately. By using such a shooter 102, the inclined surface 102a of the shooter 102 is interposed between the tire support device 6 lowered to the lower limit position and the installation surface 21, and the operator rolls the tire in an upright state so that the tire The support device 6 can be easily carried in or the tire can be carried out of the tire support device 6.
　上面板１０３上には、移動フレーム本体２７をチャック装置３００に近接する方向Ａ１およびチャック装置３００から離反する方向Ａ２に移動するための、タイヤ支持装置駆動部１７の一部を構成する第１シリンダＣ１、近接センサ１１８およびケーブル台１２８などが設けられる。この第１シリンダＣ１は、その中心軸線が回転軸線Ｌ０に平行に配設される。第１シリンダＣ１は、複動油圧シリンダによって実現される。近接センサ１１８は、第１シリンダＣ１のピストン棒が伸長してタイヤ支持装置６がチャック装置３００と後述の固定フレーム本体１３０との間の中央位置に位置することを検出するための検出器として設置される。 On the upper surface plate 103, a first cylinder constituting a part of the tire support device drive unit 17 for moving the moving frame main body 27 in the direction A1 approaching the chuck device 300 and the direction A2 away from the chuck device 300. C1, a proximity sensor 118, a cable stand 128, and the like are provided. The center axis of the first cylinder C1 is disposed in parallel to the rotation axis L0. The first cylinder C1 is realized by a double-acting hydraulic cylinder. The proximity sensor 118 is installed as a detector for detecting that the piston rod of the first cylinder C1 extends and the tire support device 6 is positioned at a central position between the chuck device 300 and a fixed frame body 130 described later. Is done.
　図５は固定フレーム本体１３０を示す分解斜視図である。固定フレーム本体１３０は、カバー枠体１３７、天板１３８、左側面カバー１３９、右側面上部カバー１４０、右側面下部カバー１４１、正面カバー１４２および正面カバー１４２の開口を塞ぐ正面扉１４５および正面カバー１４３の開口の内方に設けられる箱状の小物入れ凹部１４６を含んで構成される。正面扉１４５は、その一側部が蝶番１４７によって正面カバー１４２の開口に臨む側縁部に鉛直軸線まわりに角変位可能に連結され、開口を開閉することができる。天板１３８には、制御装置１６に電気的に接続された信号灯１４８が搭載され、制御装置１６の制御系統の過剰電流または過剰トルクなどが発生したときに点灯して、警報を報知することができるように構成される。 FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view showing the fixed frame main body 130. The fixed frame main body 130 includes a cover frame 137, a top plate 138, a left side cover 139, a right side upper cover 140, a right side lower cover 141, a front cover 142, and a front door 145 and a front cover 143 that block the opening of the front cover 142. A box-shaped accessory case recessed portion 146 provided inside the opening is configured. The front door 145 has one side connected to a side edge facing the opening of the front cover 142 by a hinge 147 so as to be angularly displaceable about the vertical axis, and can open and close the opening. A signal lamp 148 electrically connected to the control device 16 is mounted on the top plate 138 and is turned on when an excess current or an excessive torque of the control system of the control device 16 is generated to notify an alarm. Configured to be able to.
　天板１３８、左側面カバー１３９、右側面上部カバー１４０および右側面下部カバー１４１は、カバー枠体１３７に複数のビスなどのねじ部材によって固定され、内部にガイドプレス装置７００およびビードプレス装置８００などが収容される収容空間が形成される。右側面上部カバー１４０と右側面下部カバー１４１との間には、ガイドプレス装置７００およびビードプレス装置８００が部分的に挿通する開口１４が形成される。 The top plate 138, the left side cover 139, the right side upper cover 140, and the right side lower cover 141 are fixed to the cover frame 137 with a plurality of screw members such as screws, and a guide press device 700, a bead press device 800, and the like are provided therein. Is formed. Between the right side upper cover 140 and the right side lower cover 141, an opening 14 through which the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800 are partially inserted is formed.
　図６はタイヤ支持装置６を示す分解斜視図であり、図７はタイヤ昇降体４６５の側面図であり、図８はタイヤ昇降体４６５の平面図であり、図９はタイヤ昇降体４６５の下部を図７の左方から見た拡大断面図であり、図１０はタイヤ昇降体４６５の背面図である。タイヤ支持装置６は、後述するように、ツール移動台４０１（図１１参照）、一対のツール移動台案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂ、タイヤ昇降体４６５およびタイヤ支持台４６８を含んで構成される。まず、タイヤ昇降体４６５について説明する。 6 is an exploded perspective view showing the tire support device 6, FIG. 7 is a side view of the tire lifting body 465, FIG. 8 is a plan view of the tire lifting body 465, and FIG. 9 is a lower portion of the tire lifting body 465. FIG. 10 is an enlarged cross-sectional view as seen from the left in FIG. 7, and FIG. 10 is a rear view of the tire lifting body 465. As will be described later, the tire support device 6 includes a tool moving base 401 (see FIG. 11), a pair of tool moving base guide shafts 26a and 26b, a tire lifting body 465, and a tire support base 468. First, the tire elevating body 465 will be described.
　タイヤ昇降体４６５は、側面視で略Ｌ字状の構造体であって、鉛直方向に長手の支柱４２０と、支柱４２０の下端部から水平に延び、支柱４２０の下端部に接合される基端部を有する第１アーム部４２１と、第１アーム部４２１の遊端部に連なり、第１アーム部４２１から離反するにつれて下方に傾斜する上面部４２２ａを有し、外観が略三角柱状の第２アーム部４２２と、第２アーム部４２１の遊端部に連なり、第２アーム部４２２から水平に延び、平面視の外観が四角形の上面部４２３ａを有する第３アーム部４２３とを有する。 The tire elevating body 465 is a substantially L-shaped structure in a side view, and has a vertical column 420 and a base end that extends horizontally from the lower end of the column 420 and is joined to the lower end of the column 420. A first arm portion 421 having a first portion, a free end portion of the first arm portion 421, and an upper surface portion 422a that is inclined downward as it is separated from the first arm portion 421. The arm portion 422 includes a third arm portion 423 that is connected to the free end portion of the second arm portion 421, extends horizontally from the second arm portion 422, and has an upper surface portion 423a having a rectangular shape in plan view.
　第３アーム部４２３の上面部４２３ａには、タイヤ支持台４６８が上載され、タイヤ支持装置６が下限位置に下降したとき、タイヤ支持台４６８の上面が基台２２の上面板１０３の上面とほぼ同一平面を成す。 A tire support base 468 is mounted on the upper surface 423a of the third arm part 423, and when the tire support device 6 is lowered to the lower limit position, the upper surface of the tire support base 468 is substantially the same as the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 of the base 22. Coplanar.
　支柱４２０の上端面には、タイヤ径測定装置１が配設される。タイヤ径測定装置１は、支柱４２０の上端面にボルトなどのねじ部材によって固定されるブラケット４３０と、ブラケット４３０にピン４３１によって基端部が第３軸線Ｌ３まわりに角変位可能に連結される傾動アーム１１とを有する。 The tire diameter measuring device 1 is disposed on the upper end surface of the column 420. The tire diameter measuring apparatus 1 includes a bracket 430 that is fixed to the upper end surface of a column 420 by a screw member such as a bolt, and a tilt that is connected to the bracket 430 by a pin 431 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3. Arm 11.
　図１１は移動フレーム本体２７を示す分解斜視図であり、図１２は支柱部４３３の背面図であり、図１３は支柱部４３３の平面図であり、図１４は支柱部４３３の右側面図であり、図１５は支柱部４３３の左側面図である。移動フレーム本体２７は、ツール移動台４０１と、ツール移動台４０１を水平に挿通する一対のツール移動台案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂと、ツール移動台４０１の背後側の一側部に下端部が固定される支柱部４３３とを有する。なお、図１１において、一対のビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂは同一の構成であるため、図解を容易にするため、一方のビードローラ２８ａだけを示し、他方のビードローラ２８ｂは省略されている。 11 is an exploded perspective view showing the movable frame main body 27, FIG. 12 is a rear view of the column portion 433, FIG. 13 is a plan view of the column portion 433, and FIG. 14 is a right side view of the column portion 433. FIG. 15 is a left side view of the column portion 433. The moving frame body 27 has a lower end fixed to a tool moving table 401, a pair of tool moving table guide shafts 26 a and 26 b that are horizontally inserted through the tool moving table 401, and one side portion behind the tool moving table 401. And a supporting column part 433. In FIG. 11, since the pair of bead rollers 28a and 28b have the same configuration, for ease of illustration, only one bead roller 28a is shown, and the other bead roller 28b is omitted.
　支柱部４３３は、鉛直方向に延びる一対の縦枠部材４４０と、各縦枠部材４４０の下端部に連結され、水平に延びる下枠部材４４１とを有する。一方の縦枠部材４４０の上端部には、タイヤ支持装置６の設置または移動する際にクレーンのフックなどの吊具を掛合するために、逆Ｕ字状の吊金具４４２が設けられている。 The support column part 433 includes a pair of vertical frame members 440 extending in the vertical direction, and a lower frame member 441 that is connected to the lower end of each vertical frame member 440 and extends horizontally. At the upper end of one of the vertical frame members 440, an inverted U-shaped hanging bracket 442 is provided to engage a hanging tool such as a crane hook when the tire support device 6 is installed or moved.
　図１６はツール移動台４０１の平面図であり、図１７はツール移動台４０１の側面図であり、図１８はツール移動台４０１の断面図であり、図１９はツール移動台４０１を図１６の左方から見た一部を切欠いた断面図である。ツール移動台４０１は、互いに間隔をあけて回転軸線Ｌ０と平行に配設される一対の筒状部材４０２と、各筒状部材４０２の一方の端面に溶接によって接合される一方の端板４０３と、各筒状部材４０２の他方の端面に溶接によって接合される他方の端板４０４と、各筒状部材４０２の一方端部の上面に溶接によって接合される一方の上面板４０５と、各筒状部材４０２の他方端部の上面に溶接によって接合される他方の上面板４０６と、各上面板４０５，４０６の互いに近接する長辺側の一側部に垂直に溶接によってそれぞれ接合される支持板４０７，４０８とを有する。 16 is a plan view of the tool moving table 401, FIG. 17 is a side view of the tool moving table 401, FIG. 18 is a sectional view of the tool moving table 401, and FIG. 19 shows the tool moving table 401 in FIG. It is sectional drawing which notched a part seen from the left. The tool moving base 401 includes a pair of cylindrical members 402 that are spaced apart from each other and parallel to the rotation axis L0, and one end plate 403 that is joined to one end face of each cylindrical member 402 by welding. The other end plate 404 joined to the other end face of each tubular member 402 by welding, the one upper face plate 405 joined to the upper surface of one end portion of each tubular member 402 by welding, and each tubular shape The other upper surface plate 406 joined by welding to the upper surface of the other end portion of the member 402, and the support plate 407 joined by welding perpendicularly to one side portion of the long sides of the upper surface plates 405 and 406 that are close to each other. 408.
　一方の端板４０３は、案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂがそれぞれ挿通する一対の挿通孔４０９が形成された長方形の板状体から成り、各筒状部材４０２の一方の端面に接合される壁部分４０３ａと、壁部分４０３ａの上部から突出し、一方のビードローラ２８ａを枢支するピン４３１ａが挿通するピン孔４１０が形成されたピン受け部分４０３ｂとを有する。 One end plate 403 is formed of a rectangular plate-like body having a pair of insertion holes 409 through which the guide shafts 26a and 26b are inserted, and a wall portion 403a joined to one end face of each cylindrical member 402, And a pin receiving portion 403b formed with a pin hole 410 through which a pin 431a pivotally supporting one bead roller 28a is formed.
　他方の端板４０４は、案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂがそれぞれ挿通する一対の挿通孔４１１が形成された長方形の板状体から成り、各筒状部材４０２の他方の端面に接合される壁部分４０４ａと、壁部分４０４ａの上部から突出し、他方のビードローラ２８ｂを枢支するピン４３１ｂが挿通するピン孔４１２が形成されたピン受け部分４０４ｂとを有する。 The other end plate 404 is formed of a rectangular plate-like body having a pair of insertion holes 411 through which the guide shafts 26a and 26b are inserted, and a wall portion 404a joined to the other end surface of each cylindrical member 402, And a pin receiving portion 404b formed with a pin hole 412 that protrudes from the upper portion of the wall portion 404a and through which a pin 431b that pivotally supports the other bead roller 28b is inserted.
　各支持板４０７，４０８には、ピン４３１ａ，４３１ｂがそれぞれ挿通するピン孔４０７ａ，４０８ａが形成される。一方のビードローラ２８ａは、円錐台状のローラ本体２８ａ１と、ローラ本体２８ａ１を軸支し、伸長／縮退するピストン棒２８ａ３を有する複動シリンダ２８ａ２とを有する。複動シリンダ２８ａ２の基端部は、ピン４３１ａによってピン受け部分４０３ｂおよび支持板４０７に枢支される。 In each of the support plates 407 and 408, pin holes 407a and 408a through which the pins 431a and 431b are inserted are formed. One bead roller 28a includes a truncated cone-shaped roller body 28a1 and a double-acting cylinder 28a2 having a piston rod 28a3 that pivotally supports the roller body 28a1 and extends / retracts. The base end portion of the double acting cylinder 28a2 is pivotally supported by the pin receiving portion 403b and the support plate 407 by the pin 431a.
　他方のビードローラ２８ｂは、円錐台状のローラ本体２８ｂ１と、ローラ本体２８ｂ１を軸支し、伸長／縮退するピストン棒２８ｂ３を有する複動シリンダ２８ｂ２とを有する。複動シリンダ２８ｂ２の基端部は、ピン４３１ｂによってピン受け部分４０４ｂおよび支持板４０８に枢支される。 The other bead roller 28b has a frustoconical roller body 28b1 and a double-acting cylinder 28b2 having a piston rod 28b3 that supports the roller body 28b1 and extends / retracts. The base end portion of the double acting cylinder 28b2 is pivotally supported by the pin receiving portion 404b and the support plate 408 by the pin 431b.
　ホイール未着タイヤをホイールに取付ける場合には、図１における左側のビードローラ２８ａを使用し、取外す場合には、右側のビードローラ２８ｂを用いる。基本的には、これらのビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂによってタイヤ３の着脱を可能とする。タイヤ着脱装置２は、ガイドプレス装置７００を備えているので、タイヤ側面を他方のビードローラ２８ｂによって押圧すると共に、対向側をガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂによって押圧し、タイヤ３のビード部をホイール４のドロップ部に落とし込むことによって、容易にかつタイヤ３を損傷することなしに、ホイール４からタイヤ３を取外すことができる。また、ホイール４にホイール未着タイヤを取付ける場合には、一方のビードローラ２８ａによってタイヤ３のサイドウォール部を押圧すると共に、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂをタイヤ３の側面に押当てることによって、片方のビード部をホイール４に嵌め込むことができる。他方のビード部をホイール４に嵌め込む場合には、ビードプレス装置８００のビード押圧部材８１７をタイヤ側面に押し当てて、タイヤを回転させることによって装着することができる。これによって、ビードローラ２８ｂによって一旦ホイール４に嵌り込んだビード部は、ビードローラ２８ｂが退避してもホイール４から離脱することが防がれる。 When attaching a non-wheel tire to the wheel, the left bead roller 28a in FIG. 1 is used, and when removing the tire, the right bead roller 28b is used. Basically, the tire 3 can be attached and detached by these bead rollers 28a and 28b. Since the tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes the guide press device 700, the tire side surface is pressed by the other bead roller 28 b and the opposite side is pressed by the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b, and the bead portion of the tire 3 is pressed by the wheel 4. The tire 3 can be removed from the wheel 4 easily and without damaging the tire 3 by dropping it into the drop portion. In addition, when attaching a non-wheel tire to the wheel 4, the side wall portion of the tire 3 is pressed by one bead roller 28 a and the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b of the guide press device 700 are pressed against the side surface of the tire 3. Thus, one bead portion can be fitted into the wheel 4. When the other bead portion is fitted into the wheel 4, it can be mounted by pressing the bead pressing member 817 of the bead press device 800 against the side of the tire and rotating the tire. As a result, the bead portion once fitted into the wheel 4 by the bead roller 28b is prevented from being detached from the wheel 4 even when the bead roller 28b is retracted.
　また、タイヤ着脱装置２には、タイヤ支持装置６が備えられるので、タイヤ昇降体４６５に載ったタイヤ３およびホイール４の高さ距離が定まって、タイヤ昇降体４６５を持ち上げる距離が算出される。従ってチャック装置３００にホイール４を容易に取り付けることができ、タイヤ３の装着も容易となる。 Moreover, since the tire attaching / detaching device 2 includes the tire supporting device 6, the height distance between the tire 3 and the wheel 4 mounted on the tire lifting body 465 is determined, and the distance for lifting the tire lifting body 465 is calculated. Therefore, the wheel 4 can be easily attached to the chuck device 300, and the tire 3 can be easily attached.
　また、把持部４４にホイール４を取付け、該ホイール４にタイヤ３を装着し、また逆にホイール４からタイヤ３を取外す際、後述するように、把持部４４によってチャッキングされるホイール４は、ホイール４の種類によって表抜き、表組み、裏抜き、裏組みのいずれかの向きに装着されるため、タイヤ３またはホイール４が各ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂ間のほぼ中央に配置されるように、把持部４４の位置を調整することができるように構成されている。 Further, when the wheel 4 is attached to the gripping portion 44, the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4, and the tire 3 is removed from the wheel 4, the wheel 4 chucked by the gripping portion 44, as described later, Depending on the type of wheel 4, the tire 3 or the wheel 4 is gripped so that the tire 3 or the wheel 4 is arranged approximately at the center between the bead rollers 28 a and 28 b because it is mounted in any direction of front-out, front-end, back-out, or back-end. It is comprised so that the position of the part 44 can be adjusted.
　図２０はタイヤ支持装置６に設けられるタイヤ支持台４６８を上方から見た一部を切欠いた断面図であり、図２１は図２０の下方から見たタイヤ支持台４６８の断面図であり、図２２は図２０の右方から見たタイヤ支持台４６８の断面図であり、図２３はタイヤ支持台４６８の傾動板４７２を示す断面図であり、図２４は傾動板４７２を図２３の下方から見た底面図である。タイヤ支持装置６は、一対の固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂと、各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂが収容され、各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂの長手方向両端部が固定される箱状の筐体４７３とを有する。各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂは、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行に延びて配設される。 20 is a cross-sectional view of a tire support base 468 provided in the tire support device 6 as seen from above, with a part cut away. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 as seen from below in FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support base 468 viewed from the right side of FIG. 20, FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing the tilt plate 472 of the tire support base 468, and FIG. 24 shows the tilt plate 472 from below in FIG. It is the bottom view seen. The tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 471a and 471b, a box-shaped housing 473 in which the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are accommodated, and both longitudinal ends of the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are fixed. Have Each fixed support plate 471a, 471b is disposed to extend in parallel to the rotation axis L0.
　筐体４７３内には、傾動板４７２を下方から弾性支承する２つの圧縮コイルばね４７４が設けられる。傾動板４７２には、タイヤから脱落した土砂、小石などの異物を傾動板４７２から排出するための排出孔４７５が形成され、傾動板４７２と各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂとの間に異物が噛み込まないように構成されている。 In the housing 473, two compression coil springs 474 for elastically supporting the tilting plate 472 from below are provided. The tilting plate 472 is formed with a discharge hole 475 for discharging foreign matter such as earth and sand and pebbles that have fallen from the tire from the tilting plate 472, and the foreign matter bites between the tilting plate 472 and the fixed support plates 471a and 471b. It is configured not to be included.
　筐体４７３の一方の側壁には、傾動板４７２がタイヤの上載によって傾斜したことを検出するための近接センサ４７６が設けられる。傾動板４７２の一方の長辺部には、軸４７７が溶接によって接合される。なお、本実施形態のタイヤ支持装置６は、後述の図１００～図１０３に示される他の実施形態のタイヤ支持装置６Ａと類似するため、対応する部分には同一の参照符を付し、重複する説明は省略する。 A proximity sensor 476 is provided on one side wall of the housing 473 for detecting that the tilting plate 472 is tilted due to the mounting of the tire. A shaft 477 is joined to one long side portion of the tilting plate 472 by welding. Since the tire support device 6 of this embodiment is similar to the tire support device 6A of other embodiments shown in FIGS. 100 to 103 described later, the corresponding parts are denoted by the same reference numerals and overlapped. The description to be omitted is omitted.
　図２５はガイドプレス装置７００の分解斜視図である。ガイドプレス装置７００は、固定フレーム本体７０１と、固定フレーム本体７０１に搭載され、伸長／縮退するピストン棒７０２を備える複動シリンダ７０４と、複動シリンダ７０４のピストン棒７０２が連結される第１可動テーブル７０３と、第１可動テーブル７０３に搭載され、伸長／縮退するピストン棒７３０を備える複動シリンダ７２９と、第１可動テーブル７０３に搭載される３つの軸案内具７２７と、各軸案内具７２７を挿通して上下移動が案内される３つの案内軸７３９を備える第２可動テーブル７４０と、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、ローラ保持体７４１とを有する。 FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the guide press device 700. The guide press device 700 includes a fixed frame main body 701, a double acting cylinder 704 that is mounted on the fixed frame main body 701, and includes a piston rod 702 that extends / retracts, and a first movable that connects the piston rod 702 of the double acting cylinder 704. A table 703; a double-acting cylinder 729 equipped with a piston rod 730 which is mounted on the first movable table 703 and extends / retracts; three shaft guides 727 mounted on the first movable table 703; , A second movable table 740 having three guide shafts 739 through which the vertical movement is guided, guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and a roller holder 741.
　図２６は固定フレーム本体７０１を示す正面図であり、図２７は固定フレーム本体７０１の平面図であり、図２８は固定フレーム本体７０１の側面図である。固定フレーム本体７０１は、一対の支持脚７１１，７１２と、各支持脚７１１，７１２をその長手方向中間部で垂直に連結する連結部材７１３と、各支持脚の上端部に垂直に接合される天板７１４とを有する。 26 is a front view showing the fixed frame main body 701, FIG. 27 is a plan view of the fixed frame main body 701, and FIG. 28 is a side view of the fixed frame main body 701. The fixed frame main body 701 includes a pair of support legs 711 and 712, a connecting member 713 that vertically connects the support legs 711 and 712 at the middle part in the longitudinal direction, and a ceiling that is vertically joined to the upper ends of the support legs. Plate 714.
　各支持脚７１１，７１２の下端部には、支持脚７１１，７１２の長手方向に垂直に底板７１５、７１６が溶接によって接合される。各底板７１５，７１６は、正面から見て前後方向に長尺であり、これによってガイドプレス装置７００およびビードプレス装置８００からの水平方向の反力に抗することがでるように構成されている。 The bottom plates 715 and 716 are joined to the lower ends of the support legs 711 and 712 by welding perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the support legs 711 and 712. Each of the bottom plates 715 and 716 is long in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and is configured to resist the horizontal reaction force from the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800.
　図２９はガイドプレス装置７００のローラ保持体７４１を拡大した正面図であり、図３０はローラ保持体７４１の背面図であり、図３１はローラ保持体７４１の平面図である。ローラ保持体７４１は、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの一端部を球面軸受によって回動自在に保持する第１保持部材７２０と、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの他端部を保持する第２保持部材７２１と、ガイドプレス駆動部の一部を構成する可動軸体７２２に固定され、第２保持部材７２１が移動可能に連結される第３保持部材７２３とを有する。 29 is an enlarged front view of the roller holder 741 of the guide press apparatus 700, FIG. 30 is a rear view of the roller holder 741, and FIG. 31 is a plan view of the roller holder 741. The roller holder 741 includes a first holding member 720 that rotatably holds one end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b by spherical bearings, and a second holding member 721 that holds the other end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. And a third holding member 723 that is fixed to a movable shaft body 722 that constitutes a part of the guide press drive unit and to which the second holding member 721 is movably connected.
　第２保持部材７２１は、第２仮想鉛直面に垂直でかつ傾斜軸線Ｌ１０，Ｌ１１を含む仮想傾斜平面上で、傾斜軸線Ｌ１０，Ｌ１１の第２仮想鉛直面に対する傾斜角度θ１０，θ１１が変化する方向に延びる案内長孔７３４を有する。第３保持部材７２３には、案内長孔７３４を挿通する案内軸であるボルト７４３が着脱可能に固定され、第３保持部材７２３が第２保持部材７２１に傾斜角度θ１０，θ１１に対応する位置で固定される。 The second holding member 721 is a direction in which the inclination angles θ10 and θ11 of the inclination axes L10 and L11 with respect to the second virtual vertical plane change on a virtual inclination plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the inclination axes L10 and L11. And a guide slot 734 extending in the direction. A bolt 743 that is a guide shaft through which the guide long hole 734 is inserted is detachably fixed to the third holding member 723, and the third holding member 723 is positioned on the second holding member 721 at a position corresponding to the inclination angles θ10 and θ11. Fixed.
　各ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂは、ローラ保持体７４１に上記のように取付けられた状態で、ホイールの外径が１７．５インチ～２２．５インチに装着されるサイズの異なる大形タイヤのショルダ部を押圧することができ、広範囲の大形タイヤのショルダ部を押圧することができる。 Each of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b is mounted on the roller holder 741 as described above, and is a shoulder for a large tire having a different size that is mounted to an outer diameter of the wheel of 17.5 inches to 22.5 inches. Can be pressed, and the shoulder portion of a wide range of large tires can be pressed.
　図３２は第２可動テーブル７４０を正面側から見た断面図であり、図３３は第２可動テーブル７４０の平面図である。第２可動テーブル７４０は、３つの案内軸７３９と、各案内軸７３９の一端部にボルトによって垂直に接合される天板７３８と、天板７３８に固定され、前述の可動軸体７２２が挿通される軸案内具７４２とを有する。天板７３８は、平面視の形状が回転軸線Ｌ０方向に長手の長方形の板状体から成る。 32 is a sectional view of the second movable table 740 as viewed from the front side, and FIG. 33 is a plan view of the second movable table 740. The second movable table 740 is fixed to the three guide shafts 739, the top plate 738 vertically joined to one end portion of each guide shaft 739 by a bolt, and the above-mentioned movable shaft body 722 is inserted. And a shaft guide 742. The top plate 738 is a rectangular plate-like body whose plan view is long in the direction of the rotation axis L0.
　図３４は第１可動テーブル７０３を示す正面図であり、図３５は第１可動テーブル７０３を図３４の左方から見た側面図であり、図３６は第１可動テーブル７０３の平面図であり、図３７は第１可動テーブル７０３の背面図である。第１可動テーブル７０３は、正面板７０３ａ、左側面板７０３ｂ、右側面板７０３ｃおよび上面板７０３ｄを有する。上面板７０３ｄは、平面視の形状が回転軸線Ｌ０方向に長手の長方形の板状体から成る。 34 is a front view showing the first movable table 703, FIG. 35 is a side view of the first movable table 703 as viewed from the left in FIG. 34, and FIG. 36 is a plan view of the first movable table 703. FIG. 37 is a rear view of the first movable table 703. The first movable table 703 includes a front plate 703a, a left side plate 703b, a right side plate 703c, and an upper plate 703d. The upper surface plate 703d is a rectangular plate-like body whose plan view is long in the direction of the rotation axis L0.
　左側面板７０３ｂには、外側（図３４では左側）に２つの軸案内具７０５ａ，７０５ｂが設けられ、内側（図３４では右側）に２つの軸案内具７０５ｃ，７０５ｄが設けられる。右側面板７０３ｃには、内側に１つの軸案内具７０５ｅが設けられる。上面板７０３ｄには、複動シリンダ７２９の支持ブロック７０６が設けられる。各軸案内具７０５ａ～７０５ｅは、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な軸線を有し、同様に構成される。 The left side plate 703b is provided with two shaft guides 705a and 705b on the outer side (left side in FIG. 34) and two shaft guides 705c and 705d on the inner side (right side in FIG. 34). One shaft guide 705e is provided inside the right side plate 703c. A support block 706 for a double acting cylinder 729 is provided on the upper surface plate 703d. Each of the shaft guides 705a to 705e has an axis parallel to the rotation axis L0 and is similarly configured.
　図３８は軸案内具７２７の断面図であり、図３９は軸案内具７２７の平面図である。軸案内具７２７は、スライド軸受７２７ａが嵌着されるヘッダ部７２７ｂと、第２可動テーブル７４０の天板７３８にボルトによって固定される底部７２７ｃと、ヘッダ部７２７ｂと底部７２７ｃとを同一軸線上で連結する筒状のケース部７２７ｄとを有する。 38 is a sectional view of the shaft guide 727, and FIG. 39 is a plan view of the shaft guide 727. The shaft guide 727 includes a header portion 727b to which the slide bearing 727a is fitted, a bottom portion 727c fixed by a bolt to the top plate 738 of the second movable table 740, and the header portion 727b and the bottom portion 727c on the same axis. It has a cylindrical case portion 727d to be connected.
　このような軸案内具７２７は、第１可動テーブル７０３の天板７０３ｄに３機が搭載され、第２可動テーブル７４０の各案内軸７３９がそれぞれ挿通され、鉛直方向に案内される。このような軸案内具７２７は、第１可動テーブル７０３の天板７３８に３機が搭載され、第２可動テーブル７４０の各案内軸７０３ｄがそれぞれ挿通され、鉛直方向に案内され、ガイドプレス装置７００を搭載した第２可動テーブル７４０を回転を伴わずに水平を維持して鉛直方向に移動することができる。 Three such shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 703d of the first movable table 703, and each guide shaft 739 of the second movable table 740 is inserted and guided in the vertical direction. Three such shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 738 of the first movable table 703, the guide shafts 703d of the second movable table 740 are respectively inserted, guided in the vertical direction, and the guide press device 700. The second movable table 740 equipped with can be moved in the vertical direction while maintaining the horizontal without rotating.
　可動軸体７２２には、ボルトなどの接合部材によって位置検出用移動部材７５０が平行に固定される。位置検出用移動部材７５０の先端部には、板状の被検出片７５１が棒状の位置検出用移動部材７５０の軸線に対して垂直に固定される。第２可動テーブル７４０の天板７３９には、ステー７５２がボルトなどの接合部材によって固定される。被検出片７５１は、ステー７５２に一直線状に整列して等間隔に設けられた複数の検出素子７５３によって検出される。各検出素子７５３は、たとえば近接センサによって実現され、被検出片７５３が近接すると、スイッチング態様が変化して、各ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ、２４ｂの回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な方向の位置を検出するように構成される。 The position detection moving member 750 is fixed to the movable shaft body 722 in parallel by a joining member such as a bolt. A plate-like detection piece 751 is fixed to the tip of the position detection moving member 750 perpendicular to the axis of the rod-like position detection moving member 750. A stay 752 is fixed to the top plate 739 of the second movable table 740 by a joining member such as a bolt. The detection pieces 751 are detected by a plurality of detection elements 753 that are aligned with the stay 752 in a straight line and provided at equal intervals. Each detection element 753 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor, and when the detected piece 753 approaches, the switching mode changes to detect the position of each guide press roller 24a, 24b in the direction parallel to the rotation axis L0. Composed.
　図４０はビードプレス装置８００の分解斜視図であり、図４１はフレーム本体８０１の正面図であり、図４２はフレーム本体８０１の平面図であり、図４３は図４１の切断面線Ａ－Ａから見た拡大断面図であり、図４４は図４１の左方から見た一部の側面図であり、図４５は図４１の右方から見た一部の側面図である。なお、図４４および図４５において、図解を容易にするため、背後の構成は省略して示されている。 40 is an exploded perspective view of the bead press device 800, FIG. 41 is a front view of the frame main body 801, FIG. 42 is a plan view of the frame main body 801, and FIG. 43 is a cut line AA in FIG. 44 is an enlarged cross-sectional view seen from FIG. 44. FIG. 44 is a partial side view seen from the left side of FIG. 41, and FIG. 45 is a partial side view seen from the right side of FIG. In FIG. 44 and FIG. 45, the rear configuration is omitted for easy illustration.
　ビードプレス装置８００は、フレーム本体８０１と、ビードプレスアーム８０２と、回転軸線Ｌ０と平行に伸長／縮退するピストン棒８０３ａを備える複動シリンダ８０３と、ビードプレス位置検出器８０４と、棒状の位置検出用移動部材８０５と、位置検出用移動部材８０５に位置検出用移動部材８０５の軸線に対して垂直に固定される被検出片８０６と、ビードプレスアーム８０２を回動するための複動シリンダ８０７とを有する。 The bead press device 800 includes a frame main body 801, a bead press arm 802, a double acting cylinder 803 including a piston rod 803a extending / retracting in parallel with the rotation axis L0, a bead press position detector 804, and a rod-like position detection. Moving member 805, detected piece 806 fixed to position detecting moving member 805 perpendicularly to the axis of position detecting moving member 805, and double acting cylinder 807 for rotating bead press arm 802, Have
　フレーム本体８０１は、正面視の形状が図４１において上下に長手の長方形の基板８０８と、基板８０８の長手方向に垂直な幅方向両側部に垂直に固定される一対の板状の支持部材８０９と、基板８０８の一側部に固定され、正面視の形状が図４１の左右に長手の長方形の板状の取付部材８１０と、取付部材８１０の長手方向における基板８０８とは反対側の端部に垂直に固定される板状の挟持部材８１１とを有する。 The frame main body 801 has a rectangular substrate 808 whose front view is vertically long in FIG. 41, and a pair of plate-like support members 809 that are vertically fixed to both sides in the width direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the substrate 808. 41, fixed to one side of the substrate 808, and the shape of the front view is a rectangular plate-shaped attachment member 810 that is long in the left and right in FIG. 41, and the end of the attachment member 810 in the longitudinal direction opposite to the substrate 808. And a plate-like clamping member 811 fixed vertically.
　正面視で基板８０８の中央部には、支軸８１２が垂直に立設される。各支持部材８０９には、各支持部材８０９を厚み方向に挿通する挿通孔８１３がそれぞれ形成される。挟持部材８１１は、取付部材８１０に固定される固定片８１１ａと、固定片８１１ａにボルトなどの接合部材によって固定される押え片８１１ｂとを有する。 A support shaft 812 is erected vertically at the center of the substrate 808 when viewed from the front. Each support member 809 is formed with an insertion hole 813 through which each support member 809 is inserted in the thickness direction. The clamping member 811 has a fixed piece 811a fixed to the mounting member 810, and a pressing piece 811b fixed to the fixed piece 811a by a joining member such as a bolt.
　固定片８１１ａおよび押え片８１１ｂには、厚み方向に貫通する半円柱状の嵌合孔が形成され、これらの嵌合孔には複動シリンダ８０７が嵌着される。接合部材を締付けることによって、複動シリンダ８０７は固定片８１１ａに押え片８１１ｂによって押えられ、大きな強度で固定される。 The fixing piece 811a and the holding piece 811b are formed with semi-cylindrical fitting holes penetrating in the thickness direction, and a double acting cylinder 807 is fitted into these fitting holes. By tightening the joining member, the double-acting cylinder 807 is pressed against the fixed piece 811a by the presser piece 811b and fixed with a large strength.
　各支持部材８０９の挿通孔８１３には、棒状のラック８１４が挿通される。ラック８１４の外周部の一部には、歯部８１５がラック８１４の軸線方向に沿って形成される。ラック８１４の軸線方向一端部は、複動シリンダ８０７のピストン棒８０７ａに同軸に固定され、ピストン棒８０７ａが伸長／縮退することによって、ラック８１４が同方向に移動するように構成される。 A rod-shaped rack 814 is inserted into the insertion hole 813 of each support member 809. A tooth portion 815 is formed in a part of the outer peripheral portion of the rack 814 along the axial direction of the rack 814. One end of the rack 814 in the axial direction is coaxially fixed to the piston rod 807a of the double acting cylinder 807, and the rack 814 moves in the same direction when the piston rod 807a extends / retracts.
　ビードプレスアーム８０２の基端部には、ラック８１４の歯部８１５に噛合する歯部８１７が外周部に形成されたピニオン８１６が固定される。ピニオン８１６は、円環状であって、その中央孔に支軸８１２が挿通される。この状態でビードプレスアーム８０２は、支軸８１２の軸線まわり回転自在に支持される。支軸８１２の軸線は、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行である。 A pinion 816 in which a tooth portion 817 that meshes with a tooth portion 815 of the rack 814 is fixed to the base end portion of the bead press arm 802. The pinion 816 has an annular shape, and the support shaft 812 is inserted through the center hole thereof. In this state, the bead press arm 802 is supported so as to be rotatable about the axis of the support shaft 812. The axis of the support shaft 812 is parallel to the rotation axis L0.
　複動シリンダ８０７のピストン棒８０７ａが伸長すると、ラック８１４が同方向に移動し、これによってピニオン８１６が一方向に回転して、ビードプレスアーム８０２が同方向へ角変位する。また、複動シリンダ８０７のピストン棒８０７ａが縮退すると、ラック８１４が同方向、すなわち伸長時とは逆方向へ移動し、これによってピニオン８１６が他方向へ回転して、ビードプレスアーム８０２が同方向、すなわち伸長時とは逆方向へ角変位する。 When the piston rod 807a of the double acting cylinder 807 extends, the rack 814 moves in the same direction, whereby the pinion 816 rotates in one direction, and the bead press arm 802 is angularly displaced in the same direction. Further, when the piston rod 807a of the double-acting cylinder 807 is retracted, the rack 814 moves in the same direction, that is, in the opposite direction to the extension, thereby rotating the pinion 816 in the other direction and the bead press arm 802 in the same direction. That is, the angular displacement occurs in the opposite direction to that during extension.
　図４６はビードプレスアーム８０２の左側面図であり、図４７はビードプレスアーム８０２の背面図であり、図４８はビード押圧部材８１７の拡大断面図であり、図４９はビード押圧部材８１７の正面図である。ビードプレスアーム８０１は、ピニオン８１６が固定された基部から軸線に垂直に延びる第１アーム部分８０１ａと、第１アーム部分８０１ａに連なり、第１アーム部分８０１ａから半径方向外方になるにつれて基板８０８から離反する方向に傾斜する第２アーム部分８０１ｂと、第２アーム部分８０１ｂに連なり、第２アーム部分８０１ｂから半径方向外方に延びる第３アーム部分８０１ｃとを有する。第３アーム部分８０１ｃには、基板８０８とは反対側の表面にビード押圧部材８１７が固定される。ビード押圧部材８１７は、タイヤよりも硬質の合成ゴムから成る。合成ゴムとしては、たとえばブチルゴムが用いられる。 46 is a left side view of the bead press arm 802, FIG. 47 is a rear view of the bead press arm 802, FIG. 48 is an enlarged sectional view of the bead press member 817, and FIG. 49 is a front view of the bead press member 817. FIG. The bead press arm 801 includes a first arm portion 801a extending perpendicularly to the axis from a base portion to which the pinion 816 is fixed, a first arm portion 801a, and a substrate 808 extending radially outward from the first arm portion 801a. The second arm portion 801b is inclined in a direction away from the second arm portion 801b, and the third arm portion 801c is connected to the second arm portion 801b and extends radially outward from the second arm portion 801b. A bead pressing member 817 is fixed to the third arm portion 801c on the surface opposite to the substrate 808. The bead pressing member 817 is made of synthetic rubber that is harder than the tire. For example, butyl rubber is used as the synthetic rubber.
　ビード押圧部材８１７は、その断面が薄肉の直方体状の第１ブロック部分８１７ａと、第１ブロック部分８１７ａに連なり、第１ブロック部分８１７ａよりも厚みが大きい直方体状の第２ブロック部分８１７ｂと、第２ブロック部分８１７ｂに連なり、第２ブロック部分８１７ｂよりも厚みが大きい第３ブロック部分８１７ｃとを有する。 The bead pressing member 817 includes a rectangular parallelepiped first block portion 817a whose cross section is thin, a rectangular parallelepiped second block portion 817b having a thickness larger than that of the first block portion 817a, and a first block portion 817a. The third block portion 817c is connected to the second block portion 817b and has a thickness larger than that of the second block portion 817b.
　第１ブロック部分８１７ａには、その厚み方向に挿通するボルト挿通孔８１８ｂが形成され、第３ブロック部分８１７ｃには、その厚み方向に挿通するボルト挿通孔８１９が形成される。第１～第３ブロック部分８１７ａ～８１７ｃは、１７．５インチ、１９．５インチ、２２．５インチのホイール４の各サイズに対応して、タイヤ３のビード部を押圧するために用いられる。 The first block portion 817a is formed with a bolt insertion hole 818b inserted in the thickness direction, and the third block portion 817c is formed with a bolt insertion hole 819 inserted in the thickness direction. The first to third block portions 817a to 817c are used to press the bead portion of the tire 3 corresponding to each size of the wheel 4 of 17.5 inches, 19.5 inches, and 22.5 inches.
（チャック装置３００）
　図５０はチャック装置３００のアーム部２００を示す分解斜視図であり、図５１はチャック部３０１を示す分解斜視図であり、図５２は移動アーム２０３の正面図であり、図５３は移動アーム２０３の左側面図であり、図５４は移動アーム２０３の右側面図であり、図５５は移動アーム２０３の平面図であり、図５６は移動アーム２０３の底面図である。 (Chuck device 300)
50 is an exploded perspective view showing the arm portion 200 of the chuck device 300, FIG. 51 is an exploded perspective view showing the chuck portion 301, FIG. 52 is a front view of the moving arm 203, and FIG. 54 is a right side view of the moving arm 203, FIG. 55 is a plan view of the moving arm 203, and FIG. 56 is a bottom view of the moving arm 203.
　アーム部２００は、レール部２０２と、移動アーム２０３と、油圧モータ２０４と、四角筒状のフレーム本体２０５と、フレーム本体２０５の上端部の開口を塞ぐように設けられる天板２０６と、フレーム本体２０５の下端部に設けられるレール嵌合部２０７とを有する。フレーム本体２０５は、４つの側壁２１２ａ～２１２ｄを有し、回転軸線Ｌ０に垂直に配設される２つの側壁２１２ａ，２１２ｃの上部には、チャック部３０１が挿入される挿通孔２０３ａ，２０３ｃが形成される。 The arm unit 200 includes a rail unit 202, a moving arm 203, a hydraulic motor 204, a square cylindrical frame main body 205, a top plate 206 provided so as to close an upper end opening of the frame main body 205, and a frame main body. And a rail fitting portion 207 provided at the lower end portion of 205. The frame main body 205 has four side walls 212a to 212d, and insertion holes 203a and 203c into which the chuck portion 301 is inserted are formed in upper portions of the two side walls 212a and 212c arranged perpendicular to the rotation axis L0. Is done.
　レール嵌合部２０７は、フレーム本体２０３の下端面に溶接によって接合される底板２１８と、底板２１８の両側部に平行に固定される各２つのメタルケース２１９ａ，２１９ｂと、底板２１８の各メタルケース２１９ａ，２１９間に溶接によって接合される一対のブラケット２２０ａ，２２０ｂとを有する。 The rail fitting portion 207 includes a bottom plate 218 joined to the lower end surface of the frame body 203 by welding, two metal cases 219a and 219b fixed in parallel to both side portions of the bottom plate 218, and each metal case of the bottom plate 218. A pair of brackets 220a and 220b joined by welding between 219a and 219.
　図５７はレール部２０２の平面図であり、図５８はレール部２０２の正面図であり、図５９はレール部２０２の左側面図であり、図６０はレール部２０２の右側面図であり、図６１はレール摺動部材２６０の正面図であり、図６２はレール摺動部材２６０を図６１の切断面線Ｂ－Ｂから見た拡大断面図である。 57 is a plan view of the rail portion 202, FIG. 58 is a front view of the rail portion 202, FIG. 59 is a left side view of the rail portion 202, and FIG. 60 is a right side view of the rail portion 202. 61 is a front view of the rail sliding member 260, and FIG. 62 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the rail sliding member 260 as seen from the section line BB in FIG.
　レール部２０２は、一対のレール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂと、各レール部材が複数のボルト２６５ａ，２６５ｂによって固定される一対のレール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂと、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂが固定される板状のレール基板２６１と、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂの一方の端面に溶接して接合される一対のブラケット２６３ａ，２６３ｂとを有する。 The rail portion 202 includes a pair of rail members 260a and 260b, a pair of rail support members 262a and 262b to which the rail members are fixed by a plurality of bolts 265a and 265b, and a plate to which the rail support members 262a and 262b are fixed. And a pair of brackets 263a and 263b that are welded and joined to one end face of each rail support member 262a and 262b.
　各レール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂには、その長手方向に間隔をあけて複数のボルト孔２６６ａ，２６６ｂが形成され、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂには、各ボルト孔２６６ａ，２６６ｂと同一ピッチで複数のねじ孔２６７ａ，２６７ｂが形成される。各ボルト２６５ａ，２６５ｂを各ボルト孔２６６ａ，２６６ｂに装着し、各ねじ孔２６７ａ，２６７ｂに螺合させて締付けることによって、各レール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂが各レール支持部材２６２ａ,２６２ｂに固定される。 Each rail member 260a, 260b is formed with a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b at intervals in the longitudinal direction, and each rail support member 262a, 262b has a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b at the same pitch as each other. Screw holes 267a and 267b are formed. The rail members 260a and 260b are fixed to the rail support members 262a and 262b by attaching the bolts 265a and 265b to the bolt holes 266a and 266b and screwing them into the screw holes 267a and 267b, respectively.
　複動シリンダ２０９は、ピストン棒２０９ａを有する。ピストン棒２０９ａの先端部は、連結ピン２１０によって、レール嵌合部２０７の各ブラケット２２０ａ，２０２ｂにピン結合される。複動シリンダ２０９のシリンダケースは、トラニオンピン２１１によって、レール部２０１の各ブラケット２６３ａ，２６２ｂにピン結合される。複動シリンダ２０９は、油圧シリンダである。複動シリンダ２０９のピストン棒２０９ａが伸長すると、移動アーム２０３が固定フレーム本体７０１に近接する方向に移動し、ピストン棒２０９ａが縮退すると、移動アーム２０３は固定フレーム本体７０１から離反する方向に移動する。 The double acting cylinder 209 has a piston rod 209a. The tip of the piston rod 209a is pin-coupled to the brackets 220a and 202b of the rail fitting portion 207 by the connecting pin 210. The cylinder case of the double acting cylinder 209 is pin-coupled to the brackets 263 a and 262 b of the rail portion 201 by trunnion pins 211. The double acting cylinder 209 is a hydraulic cylinder. When the piston rod 209a of the double-acting cylinder 209 extends, the moving arm 203 moves in a direction approaching the fixed frame main body 701. When the piston rod 209a retracts, the moving arm 203 moves in a direction separating from the fixed frame main body 701. .
　図６３はチャック部３０１の断面図であり、図６４はチャック部３０１を図６３の左方から見た正面図であり、図６５は図６３の切断面線Ｃ－Ｃから見た拡大断面図である。油圧モータ２０４は、出力軸２１５を有し、出力軸２１５にはスプロケットホイール２１６が固定される。スプロケットホイール２１６には、チェーン２１７が巻き掛けられる。このチェーン２１７は、チャック部３０１のスプロケットホイール３３５にも巻き掛けられ、各スプロケットホイール２１６，３３５間に張架される。油圧モータ２０４の出力軸２１５の回転は、一方のスプロケットホイール２１６からチェーン２１７を介して他方のスプロケットホイール３３５から主軸４３に伝達される。 63 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck portion 301, FIG. 64 is a front view of the chuck portion 301 as viewed from the left of FIG. 63, and FIG. 65 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the chuck portion 301 as viewed from the section line CC in FIG. It is. The hydraulic motor 204 has an output shaft 215, and a sprocket wheel 216 is fixed to the output shaft 215. A chain 217 is wound around the sprocket wheel 216. The chain 217 is also wound around the sprocket wheel 335 of the chuck portion 301 and is stretched between the sprocket wheels 216 and 335. The rotation of the output shaft 215 of the hydraulic motor 204 is transmitted from one sprocket wheel 216 to the main shaft 43 from the other sprocket wheel 335 via the chain 217.
　図６６はデバイダ３２７の正面図であり、図６７は図６６の切断面線Ｄ－Ｄから見た断面図である。図６８はチャックフランジ３１２の正面図であり、図６９はチャックフランジ３１２の側面図であり、図７０はチャックフランジ３１２を切断面線Ｅ－Ｅから見た断面図である。図７１はスリップリング３３３の断面図であり、図７２はスリップリング３３３を図６９の切断面線Ｆ－Ｆから見た断面図である。図７３はローラ３０９の側面図であり、図７４はローラ３０９の側面図である。図７５はローラガイド板３０７の断面図であり、図７６はローラガイド板３０７の正面図である。図７７はローラ受け部材３０８の断面図であり、図７８はローラ受け部材３０８の正面図である。図７７は図７８の切断面線Ｇ－Ｇから見た断面を示す。 66 is a front view of the divider 327, and FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view taken along the section line DD of FIG. 68 is a front view of the chuck flange 312, FIG. 69 is a side view of the chuck flange 312, and FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the chuck flange 312 as viewed from the cutting plane line EE. 71 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333, and FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view of the slip ring 333 as viewed from the cutting plane line FF in FIG. 73 is a side view of the roller 309, and FIG. 74 is a side view of the roller 309. 75 is a sectional view of the roller guide plate 307, and FIG. 76 is a front view of the roller guide plate 307. 77 is a cross-sectional view of the roller receiving member 308, and FIG. 78 is a front view of the roller receiving member 308. 77 shows a cross section viewed along the section line GG of FIG.
　図７９は連結板３０２の正面図であり、図８０はチャック爪３０５の側面図であり、図８１はチャック爪３０５の正面図であり、図８２はチャック爪３０５の平面図である。図８３はシリンダケース３１８の断面図であり、図８４はシリンダケース３１８を図８３の左方から見た側面図であり、図８５はシリンダケース３１８を図８３の右方から見た側面図である。図８３は図８４の切断面線Ｈ－Ｈから見た断面を示す。 79 is a front view of the connecting plate 302, FIG. 80 is a side view of the chuck claw 305, FIG. 81 is a front view of the chuck claw 305, and FIG. 82 is a plan view of the chuck claw 305. 83 is a sectional view of the cylinder case 318, FIG. 84 is a side view of the cylinder case 318 viewed from the left side of FIG. 83, and FIG. 85 is a side view of the cylinder case 318 viewed from the right side of FIG. is there. FIG. 83 shows a cross section taken along the section line HH of FIG.
　図５１をも参照して、主軸４３の先端部には、チャック部３０１が設けられる。チャック部３０１は、各対を成す４組の連結板３０２，３０３、ローラガイド板３０７、ローラ受け部材３０８、チャックフランジ３１２、４つのリンク部材３１５、４つのチャック爪３０５、シリンダケース３１８、ピストン３２２およびデバイダ３２７、スリップリング３３３およびスプロケットホイール３３５を含んで構成される。 Referring also to FIG. 51, a chuck portion 301 is provided at the tip of the main shaft 43. The chuck portion 301 includes four pairs of connecting plates 302 and 303, a roller guide plate 307, a roller receiving member 308, a chuck flange 312, four link members 315, four chuck claws 305, a cylinder case 318, and a piston 322. And a divider 327, a slip ring 333 and a sprocket wheel 335.
　チャックフランジ３１２は、円板状の基部３１４と、基部３１４の一方の円環状の表面に周方向に９０°毎の角度間隔で突設されるブラケット３１６とを有する。各ブラケット３１６は、それぞれ一対の板状部３１７から成り、各板状部３１７にはピン３１９によって、リンク部材３１５の一端部がピン結合される。各板状部３１７にはまた、ピン３２３によって、略三角形の板状体から成る各一対の連結板３０２，３０３がピン結合される。 The chuck flange 312 includes a disk-like base portion 314 and brackets 316 that protrude from the one annular surface of the base portion 314 at an angular interval of 90 ° in the circumferential direction. Each bracket 316 includes a pair of plate-like portions 317, and one end portion of the link member 315 is pin-coupled to each plate-like portion 317 by a pin 319. Each plate-like portion 317 is also pin-coupled with a pair of connecting plates 302 and 303 made of a substantially triangular plate-like body by pins 323.
　各対を成す連結板３０２，３０３の先端部には、ピン３２４によってチャック爪３０４の半径方向外方の端部がピン結合される。各チャック爪３０５の半径方向内方の端部は、ピン３２５によってリンク部材３１５の他端部にピン結合される。各連結板３０２，３０３、リンク部材３１５、チャック爪３０５およびブラケット３１６は、ピン３１９，３２３，３２４，３２５によって平行四辺形リンクを構成する。各連結板３０２，３０３の半径方向内方の端部は、軸３２５によって連結され、軸３２５には各連結板３０２，３０３の間にローラ３０９が装着される。 The radially outer ends of the chuck claws 304 are pin-coupled to the distal ends of the connecting plates 302 and 303 forming a pair by pins 324. A radially inner end of each chuck claw 305 is pin-coupled to the other end of the link member 315 by a pin 325. The connecting plates 302 and 303, the link member 315, the chuck claw 305, and the bracket 316 constitute a parallelogram link by pins 319, 323, 324, and 325. The radially inner ends of the connecting plates 302 and 303 are connected by a shaft 325, and a roller 309 is mounted on the shaft 325 between the connecting plates 302 and 303.
　各ローラ３０９は、ローラガイド板３０７とローラ受け部材３０８との間に挟持される。ローラガイド板３０７およびローラ受け部材３０８には、ピストン棒３２８の軸線方向一端部が連結される。ピストン棒３２８の軸線方向他端部は、ピストン３２２に固定される。ピストン３２２の中間部は、チャックフランジ３１２をその厚み方向に挿通する。このようなピストン３２２の軸線は、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行である。 Each roller 309 is sandwiched between a roller guide plate 307 and a roller receiving member 308. One end of the piston rod 328 in the axial direction is connected to the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308. The other end in the axial direction of the piston rod 328 is fixed to the piston 322. The intermediate portion of the piston 322 is inserted through the chuck flange 312 in the thickness direction. The axis of such a piston 322 is parallel to the rotation axis L0.
　シリンダケース３１８内の空間は、ピストン３２２によって２つのピストン室３２９ａ，３２９ｂに仕切られる。一方のピストン室３２９ａには、シリンダケース３１８に形成された第１流路３３０ａが連通し、第１流路３３０ａはデバイダ３２７に形成された第２流路３３０ｂに連通する。他方のピストン室３２９ｂには、デバイダ３２７に形成された第３流路３３０ｃが連通する。デバイダ３２７の第２および第３流路３３０ｂ，３３０ｃは、スプロケットホイール３３５が固定されたスリップリング３３３のポート３３１ａ，３３１ｂに連通する。 The space in the cylinder case 318 is partitioned by the piston 322 into two piston chambers 329a and 329b. One piston chamber 329 a communicates with a first flow path 330 a formed in the cylinder case 318, and the first flow path 330 a communicates with a second flow path 330 b formed in the divider 327. A third flow path 330c formed in the divider 327 communicates with the other piston chamber 329b. The second and third flow paths 330b and 330c of the divider 327 communicate with the ports 331a and 331b of the slip ring 333 to which the sprocket wheel 335 is fixed.
　図８６はチャック部３０１が開いた状態を示す図であり、図８７はチャック部３０１が閉じた状態を示す図であり、図８８はチャック部３０１がホイール４ａを把持した状態を示す図であり、図８９はチャック部３０１がホイール４ｂを把持した状態を示す図である。一方のポート３３１ａに供給された作動油は、第３流路３３０ｃを経て、他方のピストン室３２９ｂに供給され、ピストン３２２の他方のピストン室３２９ｂに臨む受圧面が加圧される。これによって、一方のピストン室３２９ａ内の作動油は、ピストン３２２によって加圧され、第１流路３３０ａおよび第２流路３３０ｂを経て、他方のポート３３１ｂから排出され、ピストン棒３２８が伸長する。 86 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 is opened, FIG. 87 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 is closed, and FIG. 88 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 grips the wheel 4a. 89 is a view showing a state in which the chuck portion 301 holds the wheel 4b. The hydraulic oil supplied to one port 331a is supplied to the other piston chamber 329b via the third flow path 330c, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized. As a result, the hydraulic oil in one piston chamber 329a is pressurized by the piston 322, discharged from the other port 331b through the first flow path 330a and the second flow path 330b, and the piston rod 328 extends.
　また、他方のポート３３１ｂに供給された作動油は、第２流路３３０ｂおよび第１流路３３０ａを経て、一方のピストン室３２９ａに供給され、ピストン３２２の一方のピストン室３２２に臨む受圧面が加圧される。これによって、他方のピストン室３２９ｂ内の作動油は、ピストン３２２によって加圧され、第３流路３３０ｃを経て、一方のポート３３１ａから排出され、ピストン棒３２８が縮退する。 The hydraulic oil supplied to the other port 331b is supplied to one piston chamber 329a through the second flow path 330b and the first flow path 330a, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing one piston chamber 322 has a pressure receiving surface. Pressurized. As a result, the hydraulic oil in the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized by the piston 322, is discharged from the one port 331a via the third flow path 330c, and the piston rod 328 is degenerated.
　ピストン棒３２８が伸長すると、ローラガイド板３０７およびローラ受け部材３０８間の各ローラ３０９が前方、ずなわち固定フレーム本体１３０に近接する方向（図８６の左方）へ変位駆動され、各チャック爪３０５を互いに離反する方向へ移動させて、ホイールを把持することができる。また、ピストン棒３２８が縮退すると、ローラガイド板３０７およびローラ受け部材３０８間の各ローラ３０９は後方、すなわち固定フレーム本体１７０から離反する方向（図８７の右方）へ変位駆動され、各チャック爪３０５を互いに近接する方向へ移動させて、ホイールの把持状態を解除することができる。 When the piston rod 328 is extended, each roller 309 between the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308 is driven to move forward, that is, in a direction close to the fixed frame main body 130 (left side in FIG. 86). The wheel can be gripped by moving 305 away from each other. When the piston rod 328 is retracted, each roller 309 between the roller guide plate 307 and the roller receiving member 308 is driven to move rearward, that is, in a direction away from the fixed frame main body 170 (rightward in FIG. 87). The gripping state of the wheel can be released by moving the 305 in directions close to each other.
　図９０は油圧ユニットＵの構成を示す分解斜視図であり、図９１は油圧ユニットＵが接続された油圧系統の構成を示す油圧回路図である。油圧ユニットＵは、作動油が貯留されるタンク５０１、モータ５０２、ポンプ５０３、ドレンクーラ５１６、ストレーナ５０５、電磁弁Ｖ１，Ｖ２およびマニホールド５０６を含む。モータ５０２は、電動モータであり、ポンプ５０３は、ピストンポンプである。タンク５０１は、タンク本体５０７と、タンク本体５０７に上載される上板５０８と、タンク本体５０７上で上板５０８を覆うようにタンク本体５０７に取付けられるユニットカバー５０９とを有する。 90 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the hydraulic unit U, and FIG. 91 is a hydraulic circuit diagram showing the configuration of the hydraulic system to which the hydraulic unit U is connected. The hydraulic unit U includes a tank 501 in which hydraulic oil is stored, a motor 502, a pump 503, a drain cooler 516, a strainer 505, electromagnetic valves V1 and V2, and a manifold 506. The motor 502 is an electric motor, and the pump 503 is a piston pump. The tank 501 includes a tank main body 507, an upper plate 508 mounted on the tank main body 507, and a unit cover 509 attached to the tank main body 507 so as to cover the upper plate 508 on the tank main body 507.
　モータ５０２が駆動されると、ポンプ５０３は、タンク５０１内の作動油をストレーナ５０５および油圧ホース５１１を介して吸引ポートから吸引し、吐出ポートから油圧ホース５１０、マニホールド５０６、油圧ホース５１２、複数の電磁弁Ｖ１～Ｖ７および複数のチェック弁Ｖ１１～Ｖ１７を経て、複数の油圧シリンダＣ１～Ｃ７へ供給される。各油圧シリンダＣ１～Ｃ７から吐出された作動油は、各チェック弁Ｖ１１～Ｖ１７、各電磁弁Ｖ１～Ｖ７、油圧ホース５１３、マニホールド５０６および油圧ホース５１４を経て、タンク５０１へ戻される。ポンプ５０３の作動油の一部は、チューブ５１５からドレンクーラ５１６へ供給されて冷却された後、チューブ５１７からタンク５０１へ戻され、作動油の温度が適切な温度を維持するように、温度制御される。 When the motor 502 is driven, the pump 503 sucks the hydraulic oil in the tank 501 from the suction port via the strainer 505 and the hydraulic hose 511, and from the discharge port, the hydraulic hose 510, the manifold 506, the hydraulic hose 512, a plurality of It is supplied to a plurality of hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 through electromagnetic valves V1 to V7 and a plurality of check valves V11 to V17. The hydraulic oil discharged from the hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 is returned to the tank 501 through the check valves V11 to V17, the electromagnetic valves V1 to V7, the hydraulic hose 513, the manifold 506, and the hydraulic hose 514. A part of the hydraulic oil of the pump 503 is supplied from the tube 515 to the drain cooler 516 and cooled, and then returned from the tube 517 to the tank 501 so that the temperature of the hydraulic oil is controlled to maintain an appropriate temperature. The
　図９２はガイドプレス装置７００に備えられるガイドプレス位置検出器７９０の構成を示す図である。ガイドプレス位置検出器７９０は、棒状の位置検出用移動部材７５０の先端部に固定される被検出片７５１と、第２可動テーブル７４０の天板７３９に固定されるステー７５２と、ステー７５２に一直線状に整列して等間隔に設けれた複数の検出素子７５３とを含んで構成される。被検出片７５１は、たとえばボルトによって実現され、各検出素子７５３は、たとえば近接センサによって実現される。 FIG. 92 is a diagram showing a configuration of a guide press position detector 790 provided in the guide press apparatus 700. The guide press position detector 790 includes a detection piece 751 fixed to the tip of the rod-shaped position detection moving member 750, a stay 752 fixed to the top plate 739 of the second movable table 740, and a straight line to the stay 752. And a plurality of detection elements 753 arranged at equal intervals in a line. The detected piece 751 is realized by, for example, a bolt, and each detection element 753 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor.
　被検出片７５１と各検出素子７５３とは、３～４ｍｍ程度の間隔をあけて離間して配設される。仮想線７５３ａは、ガイドプレス装置７００を伸ばさないときの検出位置であり、仮想線７５３ｂは、ガイドプレス装置７００をストロークエンドまで伸ばしたときの検出位置である。各検出素子７５３のいずれかが被検出片７５１を検出することにとって、被検出片７５１を検出した１つの検出素子７５３のスイッチング態様が変化し、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの回転軸線Ｌ０に平行な方向での位置を検出することができる。 The detected piece 751 and each detection element 753 are spaced apart by about 3 to 4 mm. A virtual line 753a is a detection position when the guide press apparatus 700 is not extended, and a virtual line 753b is a detection position when the guide press apparatus 700 is extended to the stroke end. For any one of the detection elements 753 to detect the detection piece 751, the switching mode of one detection element 753 that has detected the detection piece 751 changes, and is parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. The position in the direction can be detected.
　図９３はビードプレス装置８００に備えられるビードプレス位置検出器８０４の構成を示す図である。ビードプレス位置検出器８０４は、棒状の位置検出用移動部材８０５に固定される被検出片８０６と、ステー８３０の一直線状に整列して等間隔に設けられる複数の検出素子８３１とを含んで構成される。被検出片８０６は、たとえばボルトによって実現され、各検出素子８３１は、たとえば近接センサによって実現される。 FIG. 93 is a diagram showing a configuration of a bead press position detector 804 provided in the bead press apparatus 800. The bead press position detector 804 includes a detection piece 806 fixed to a rod-shaped position detection moving member 805 and a plurality of detection elements 831 arranged in a straight line on the stay 830 at equal intervals. Is done. The detected piece 806 is realized by, for example, a bolt, and each detection element 831 is realized by, for example, a proximity sensor.
　被検出片８０６と各検出素子８３１とは、３～４ｍｍ程度の間隔をあけて離間して配設される。各検出素子８３１のうちのいずれかが被検出片８０６を検出することによって、被検出片８０６を検出した１つの検出素子８３１のスイッチング態様が変化し、ビード押圧部材８１７のタイヤビード部の押圧位置を検出することができる。 The detected piece 806 and each detection element 831 are arranged with a gap of about 3 to 4 mm. When one of the detection elements 831 detects the detected piece 806, the switching mode of one detection element 831 that has detected the detected piece 806 changes, and the pressing position of the tire bead portion of the bead pressing member 817 Can be detected.
　図９４は操作部１９の正面図であり、図９５は操作部１９の側面図である。制御装置１６は、ガイドプレス装置７００の一部およびビードプレス装置８００の一部を収容するハウジング７１に設けられ、ハウジング７１には入力部を構成する操作部１９が正面側（図９４の紙面に垂直手前側）に臨んで設けられる。 FIG. 94 is a front view of the operation unit 19, and FIG. 95 is a side view of the operation unit 19. The control device 16 is provided in a housing 71 that accommodates a part of the guide press device 700 and a part of the bead press device 800, and an operation unit 19 that constitutes an input unit is provided on the housing 71 on the front side (on the paper surface of FIG. 94). It is provided facing the vertical front side.
　操作部１９は、ホイール未着タイヤのホイール４への組込み作業およびホイール既着タイヤのホイール４からの取外し作業を自動で行う自動モードと手動で個別に操作する手動モードとを切換える自動／手動切換スイッチＳＷ１、自動モードで用いられる切換スイッチＳＷ２～ＳＷ７と、手動モードで用いられる切換スイッチＳＷ８～ＳＷ１９と、扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモードおよび軽点合わせモードの有効／無効を切換える切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３と、各切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３が有効に切換えられたときに点灯し、無効であるときには消灯する表示灯Ｌｍｐ１～Ｌｍｐ３とを備える。 The operation unit 19 performs automatic / manual switching for switching between an automatic mode for automatically performing an assembling operation of a wheel non-attached tire to the wheel 4 and a removing operation of the already-attached tire from the wheel 4 and a manual mode manually operated individually. Switch SW1, changeover switches SW2 to SW7 used in the automatic mode, changeover switches SW8 to SW19 used in the manual mode, and changeover switches SW21 to SW23 for switching the validity / invalidity of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode and the light point alignment mode And indicator lights Lmp1 to Lmp3 that are turned on when the change-over switches SW21 to SW23 are effectively switched and are turned off when they are invalid.
　前述の切換スイッチＳＷ１～ＳＷ２０および表示灯Ｌｍｐ１～Ｌｍｐ３は、正面パネル１７３に設けられ、前述の切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３は、側面パネル１７４に設けられる。 The aforementioned switches SW1 to SW20 and the indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 are provided on the front panel 173, and the aforementioned switches SW21 to SW23 are provided on the side panel 174.
　図９６～図９８はタイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートであり、図９９はタイヤ径測定装置１の動作を説明するための図であり、図９９（１）は車輪５をタイヤ支持装置６に乗載した状態を示し、図９９（２）は車輪５の頂部７付近に傾動アーム１１を接触させた状態を示し、図９９（３）はタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によって車輪５の中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ距離まで車輪５を上昇させた状態を示す。 96 to 98 are flowcharts for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2, FIG. 99 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the tire diameter measuring device 1, and FIG. 99 (2) shows a state in which the tilting arm 11 is brought into contact with the vicinity of the top 7 of the wheel 5, and FIG. 99 (3) shows a state in which the wheel 5 is driven by the tire support device driving unit 17. This shows a state where the wheel 5 is raised to a height distance at which the center axis L5 of the shaft coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13.
　車輪５のタイヤ着脱作業が開始されると、車輪５がタイヤ着脱装置２に作業者によって搬入され、車輪５が起立させた状態でタイヤ支持装置６上に乗載されて支持される。この状態では、タイヤ支持装置６はタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によって基台２２に近接した下降位置に配置され、傾動アーム１１はタイヤ３から上方へ離反している。 When the tire attaching / detaching operation of the wheel 5 is started, the wheel 5 is carried into the tire attaching / detaching device 2 by the operator, and is mounted on and supported by the tire supporting device 6 with the wheel 5 standing up. In this state, the tire support device 6 is disposed at a lowered position close to the base 22 by the tire support device drive unit 17, and the tilting arm 11 is separated from the tire 3 upward.
　次に、タイヤ外径を測定するために、ステップｓ１で、制御装置１６が傾動シリンダ５２を伸長させ、図９９（１）に示されるように、傾動アーム１１はタイヤ３の頂部７から上方へ離間した位置から傾動アーム１１は水平に対する角度θが減少する方向に傾動し、ステップｓ２で、制御装置１６が角度計測部１４からの角度θを表す信号を読み出し、傾動アーム１１の当接部材８が図９９（２）示されるように、車輪５のタイヤ３の頂部７近傍に接触すると、その角度θを表す信号が角度計測部１４から制御装置１６に入力される。また高さ距離検出装置１５によって検出された移動距離Ｈ１が制御装置１６に入力され、ステップｓ３で後述の式１および式２によって上昇量である移動距離Ｈ２が算出される。 Next, in order to measure the tire outer diameter, in step s1, the control device 16 extends the tilt cylinder 52, and the tilt arm 11 moves upward from the top 7 of the tire 3 as shown in FIG. 99 (1). The tilting arm 11 tilts from the separated position in a direction in which the angle θ with respect to the horizontal decreases, and in step s 2, the control device 16 reads a signal representing the angle θ from the angle measuring unit 14, and the contact member 8 of the tilting arm 11. As shown in FIG. 99 (2), when the wheel 5 is in contact with the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3, a signal representing the angle θ is input from the angle measuring unit 14 to the control device 16. Further, the moving distance H1 detected by the height distance detecting device 15 is input to the control device 16, and the moving distance H2 that is the amount of increase is calculated by the formulas 1 and 2 described later in step s3.
　制御装置１６は、ステップｓ４で、移動距離Ｈ２を昇降シリンダ５０の指令値として出力し、これによって昇降シリンダ５０が駆動され、車輪５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２上に中心軸線Ｌ５が一致する高さ距離まで図９９（３）に示されるように上昇され、センタリング作業が終了する。 In step s4, the control device 16 outputs the moving distance H2 as a command value for the elevating cylinder 50, whereby the elevating cylinder 50 is driven, and the wheel 5 matches the central axis L5 on the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13. As shown in FIG. 99 (3), the centering operation is finished up to the height distance.
　前述のようにして車輪５の中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ距離に配置されると、ステップｓ５へ移り、制御装置１６が移動フレーム本体２７を回転駆動装置１３に近接する側（図１の右側）へ移動させ、その後、ステップｓ６で、制御装置１６は把持部４４を開いて車輪５を該把持部４４に把持させ、ステップａ７で、制御装置１６は傾動シリンダ５５を収退させ、傾動アーム１１を、図９９（１）に示されるように、原点位置に移動して復帰させる。 When the center axis L5 of the wheel 5 is arranged at a height distance that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotation drive device 13 as described above, the process proceeds to step s5, and the control device 16 moves the moving frame body 27 to the rotation drive device 13. Then, in step s6, the control device 16 opens the gripping portion 44 so that the wheel 5 is gripped by the gripping portion 44. In step a7, the control device 16 moves the tilt cylinder. 55 is retracted, and the tilting arm 11 is moved back to the original position as shown in FIG. 99 (1).
　次に、タイヤ着脱装置２によって、既着のタイヤ３のホイール４からの分離動作が、操作部１９からの選択指令として制御装置１６に入力されると、ステップｓ９以降の動作が実行され、回転駆動装置１３、ガイドプレス装置７００およびビードプレス装置８００が記憶部Ｍに予め設定されたシーケンスに従って動作する。記憶部Ｍは、たとえばＲＡＭ（Random Access Memory）によって実現される。 Next, when the separation operation from the wheel 4 of the tire 3 already attached is input to the control device 16 as a selection command from the operation unit 19 by the tire attaching / detaching device 2, the operation after step s9 is executed and the rotation is performed. The drive device 13, the guide press device 700, and the bead press device 800 operate according to a sequence preset in the storage unit M. The storage unit M is realized by, for example, a RAM (Random Access Memory).
　記憶部Ｍには、一例として、下記の表１のように、チャック位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、表２のように、１ｓｔビード取外位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、表３のように、１ｓｔビード組込位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、表４のように、２ｎｄビード組込位置が記憶され、表５のように、２ｎｄビード取外位置が記憶されている。 As an example, the storage unit M stores the chuck position for each wheel size as shown in Table 1 below, and stores the 1st bead removal position for each wheel size as shown in Table 2, as shown in Table 3. In addition, the 1st bead assembling position is stored for each wheel size, as shown in Table 4, the 2nd bead assembling position is memorized, and as shown in Table 5, the 2nd bead removing position is memorized.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
　傾動アーム１１が原点位置に復帰すると、ステップｓ８で、制御装置１６は、昇降シリンダ５０のピストン棒を該昇降シリンダ５０の下端センサ（図示せず）が検出する下端位置まで下降させた後、ステップｓ９で、回転駆動装置１３を駆動して主軸４３および把持部４４を回転させる。そして、ステップｓ１０で、制御装置１６はビードローラ２８ａを予め定める押込み位置まで移動させ、ステップｓ１１で制御装置１６は潤滑剤噴射用レギュレータ３９を動作させ、ステップｓ１２で、潤滑剤噴射用レギュレータ３９に接続された噴射ノズル４０ａからタイヤ３の各サイドウォール部および各タイヤビード部に潤滑剤を噴射して付着させる。 When the tilt arm 11 returns to the home position, in step s8, the control device 16 lowers the piston rod of the elevating cylinder 50 to the lower end position detected by the lower end sensor (not shown) of the elevating cylinder 50, and then step In s9, the rotation drive device 13 is driven to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44. In step s10, the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a to a predetermined pushing position. In step s11, the control device 16 operates the lubricant injection regulator 39. In step s12, the control device 16 is connected to the lubricant injection regulator 39. The lubricant is sprayed and attached to each sidewall portion and each tire bead portion of the tire 3 from the spray nozzle 40a.
　次に、制御装置１６は、ステップｓ１３で、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの予め定める押込み位置を記憶部Ｍから読み出し、ステップｓ１４で、扁平タイヤモードの切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンかオフかを判別する。切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンであれば、ステップｓ１５へ移り、制御装置１６は、記憶部Ｍから扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置を読み出す。また、切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオフであれば、ステップｓ１６へ移り、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂが前述の予め定める押込み位置に移動し、タイヤ３をドロップ部に案内し、ステップｓ１７で、制御装置１６は、ビードローラ２８ｂの第１ビード部の押込み位置を読み出し、ステップｓ１８で、切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンかオフかを判別する。切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンであれば、ステップｓ１９で、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤ用の第１ビード部の押込み位置を読み出し、切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオフであれば、ステップｓ２０で、ビードローラ２８ｂを扁平タイヤ用の第１ビード部の押込み位置へ移動させて、第１ビード部をホイール４から押し出す。 Next, in step s13, the control device 16 reads out the predetermined pressing positions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b from the storage unit M, and determines whether the flat tire mode changeover switch SW21 is on or off in step s14. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, the process proceeds to step s15, and the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M. If the changeover switch SW21 is off, the process proceeds to step s16, where the guide press rollers 24a, 24b move to the above-described predetermined pushing position, guide the tire 3 to the drop portion, and in step s17, the control device 16 Then, the pushing position of the first bead portion of the bead roller 28b is read out, and it is determined in step s18 whether the changeover switch SW21 is on or off. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the first bead portion for the flat tire in step s19. If the changeover switch SW21 is off, the control device 16 turns the bead roller 28b on for the flat tire in step s20. The first bead portion is moved to the pushing position of the first bead portion, and the first bead portion is pushed out from the wheel 4.
　制御装置１６は、ステップｓ２１でガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを原点位置まで移動させ、ステップｓ２２で、ビードローラ２８ｂの第２ビード部の押込み位置を読み出す。次に、ステップｓ２３で、制御装置１６は、扁平タイヤの切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンかオフかを判別し、切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオンであれば、ステップｓ２４で、制御装置１６は、第２ビード部の押込み位置を読み出し、切換スイッチＳＷ２１がオフであれば、ステップｓ２５で、制御装置１６はビードローラ２８ｂを第２ビード部の押込み位置に移動させる。 The control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the origin position in step s21, and reads the pushing position of the second bead portion of the bead roller 28b in step s22. Next, in step s23, the control device 16 determines whether the flat tire changeover switch SW21 is on or off. If the changeover switch SW21 is on, in step s24, the control device 16 determines whether the second bead unit If the push-in position is read and the changeover switch SW21 is off, the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28b to the push-in position of the second bead unit in step s25.
　制御装置１６は、ステップｓ２６で、昇降シリンダ５０を算出した前述の移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇させ、ステップｓ２７で、昇降シリンダ５０を移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇させた高さ位置に待機させ、ステップｓ２８で、ビードローラ２８ｂを第２ビード部の押込み位置に到達するまで移動させる。 In step s26, the control device 16 raises the lifting cylinder 50 by the calculated moving distance H2, and in step s27, the control device 16 waits at the height position where the lifting cylinder 50 is raised by the moving distance H2, and in step s28, The bead roller 28b is moved until it reaches the pushing position of the second bead portion.
　ステップｓ２９で、制御装置１６は、第２ビード部の押込み位置に到達してから予め定める時間であるＴ秒後に、昇降シリンダ５０によって昇降フレームを上昇させて、タイヤ３をタイヤ支持装置６によって支持させ、その後、ステップｓ３０で、制御装置１６は、回転駆動装置１３を制御して、主軸４３の回転を停止させる。 In step s29, the control device 16 lifts the lifting frame by the lifting cylinder 50 and supports the tire 3 by the tire supporting device 6 after T seconds, which is a predetermined time after reaching the pushing position of the second bead portion. Thereafter, in step s30, the control device 16 controls the rotation driving device 13 to stop the rotation of the main shaft 43.
　ステップｓ３１で、制御装置１６は、昇降シリンダ５０を下端センサがタイヤ支持装置６を検出するまで下降させ、ステップｓ３２で移動フレーム本体２７を原点位置まで移動させる。移動フレーム本体２７が原点位置に復帰すると、ステップｓ３３で、制御装置１６は自動運転モードによる制御を終了し、ステップｓ３４で、作業者がタイヤ着脱装置２から外したタイヤ３を搬出し、既着タイヤのホイール４からの取外し作業が終了する。なお、タイヤ３のホイール４への組込み作業については、後述する。 In step s31, the control device 16 lowers the elevating cylinder 50 until the lower end sensor detects the tire support device 6, and in step s32, the control frame 16 moves the moving frame main body 27 to the origin position. When the movable frame body 27 returns to the origin position, the control device 16 ends the control in the automatic operation mode in step s33, and in step s34, the operator removes the tire 3 removed from the tire attaching / detaching device 2 and is already attached. The work of removing the tire from the wheel 4 is completed. The work of assembling the tire 3 into the wheel 4 will be described later.
　昇降フレーム５１の上端部には、角度計測部１４および高さ距離検出装置１５が設けられる。これらの角度計測部１４および高さ距離検出装置１５は、ロータリエンコーダによって実現される。 An angle measurement unit 14 and a height distance detection device 15 are provided at the upper end of the elevating frame 51. The angle measurement unit 14 and the height distance detection device 15 are realized by a rotary encoder.
　制御装置１６は、たとえば中央演算処理装置（略称ＣＰＵ）を含んで実現され、角度計測部１４によって検出された傾斜角度θと、高さ距離検出装置１５によって検出された高さ距離Ｈ１とを入力し、これらの傾斜角度θおよび高さ距離Ｈ１に基づいてタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７による移動距離Ｈ２を次のようにして求め、その移動距離Ｈ２をタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によるタイヤ支持装置６の上昇量として昇降シリンダ５０に出力し、タイヤ支持装置６に乗載された車輪５を上昇させて、回転駆動装置１３の回転中心である軸線Ｌ２に車輪５の中心軸線が一致する高さ位置に移動させてセンタリングすることができる。 The control device 16 is realized including, for example, a central processing unit (abbreviated as CPU), and inputs the inclination angle θ detected by the angle measurement unit 14 and the height distance H1 detected by the height distance detection device 15. Based on the inclination angle θ and the height distance H1, the movement distance H2 by the tire support device driving unit 17 is obtained as follows, and the movement distance H2 of the tire support device driving unit 17 by the tire support device driving unit 17 is obtained. Ascending amount is output to the lifting cylinder 50, the wheel 5 mounted on the tire support device 6 is raised, and the center axis of the wheel 5 coincides with the axis L2 which is the rotation center of the rotation drive device 13. It can be moved and centered.
　ガイドプレス装置７００は、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤの一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤの他方側部に近接／離反する方向に移動可能な前述の一対のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、各ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂをタイヤの他方端部に近接／離反する方向に駆動する押込み用シリンダ２４ｃとを有する。押込み用シリンダ２４ｃは、複動空気圧シリンダによって実現される。 The guide press device 700 is disposed so as to face a predetermined first region on one side portion of the tire mounted on the wheel 4 and is movable in the direction approaching / separating from the other side portion of the tire. A pair of guide press rollers 24a and 24b and a pushing cylinder 24c for driving each guide press roller 24a and 24b in a direction approaching / separating from the other end of the tire are provided. The pushing cylinder 24c is realized by a double-action pneumatic cylinder.
　一方のビ―ドローラ２８ｂは、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤの一方側部側へ移動可能に構成される。 One bead roller 28b is disposed so as to face a second region different from the predetermined first region in the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 in the circumferential direction. It is configured to be movable to the side.
　制御装置１６は、図９５に示す切換スイッチＳＷ２３の操作によって扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモードおよび軽点合わせモードのいずれかに設定されると、回転駆動装置１３によって、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部である把持部４４を水平な回転軸線Ｌ２まわりに回転させると同時に、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める押込み位置まで移動させた後、ビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂを予め定める押込み位置まで移動させる。 When the control device 16 is set to any one of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode, and the light spot matching mode by operating the changeover switch SW23 shown in FIG. 95, the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is provided by the rotary drive device 13. At the same time as rotating the gripping portion 44, which is the gripping portion that grips the guide roller, around the horizontal rotation axis L2, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined pushing position, and then the bead roller 28a or 28b is moved. Move to a predetermined pushing position.
　制御装置１６は、記憶部Ｍに接続される。記憶部Ｍには、外径、断面高さおよび断面幅が異なる複数のタイヤの種類を個別に表すタイヤ情報と、タイヤ情報に関連付けて、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの予め定める第１押込み位置（以下、単に「押込み位置」と略記する場合がある）を表す押込み位置情報と、ビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂの予め定める第２押込み位置（以下、単に「押込み位置」と略記する場合がある）を表す押込み位置情報とが記憶される。後述の切換スイッチＳＷ２１～２３は、複数のホイール情報の１つを選択するために入力操作される入力部として機能する。 The control device 16 is connected to the storage unit M. In the storage unit M, tire information that individually represents a plurality of types of tires having different outer diameters, cross-sectional heights, and cross-sectional widths, and first push-in positions that are predetermined by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in association with the tire information ( Hereinafter, the indentation position information indicating simply “indentation position”) and the indentation indicating the predetermined second indentation position of the bead roller 28a or 28b (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “indentation position”). Position information is stored. The change-over switches SW21 to SW23 described later function as an input unit that is input to select one of the plurality of wheel information.
　ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの軸線Ｌ２方向の位置は、位置検出器７３によって検出され、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂの軸線Ｌ２方向の位置は、位置検出器７４によって検出される。これらの位置検出器７３，７４は、リニアエンコーダによって実現され、各検出値信号は制御装置１６に入力され、押込み位置の算出などに用いられる。 The position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 73, and the position of the bead rollers 28a and 28b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 74. These position detectors 73 and 74 are realized by linear encoders, and each detection value signal is input to the control device 16 and used for calculation of the indentation position.
　制御装置１６は、切換スイッチＳＷ２～６によって選択された１つのホイール情報に対応するガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの押込み位置情報およびビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂの押込み位置情報を、記憶部Ｍから読み出し、制御装置１６は、読み出されたガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの押込み位置情報に基づいて、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める押込み位置に移動させるとともに、読み出されたビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂの押込み位置情報に基づいて、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂをその押込み位置に移動させる。 The control device 16 reads the pushing position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pushing position information of the bead rollers 28a and 28b corresponding to one wheel information selected by the changeover switches SW2 to SW6 from the storage unit M, and controls the control device. 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press apparatus 700 to a predetermined push position based on the read push position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and reads the read bead rollers 28a and 28b. The bead rollers 28a and 28b are moved to the pushed position based on the pushed position information.
　前記制御装置１６は、ハードウェア資源としてはＣＰＵによって実現され、このＣＰＵによって実行されるソフトウェア資源であるプログラムによって、次のような演算を行い、車輪５の中心軸線を回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致させるために必要な上昇量を算出することができるように構成される。 The control device 16 is realized by a CPU as a hardware resource, and performs the following calculation by a program that is a software resource executed by the CPU, so that the central axis of the wheel 5 is the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13. It is configured to be able to calculate the amount of increase necessary to match the above.
　すなわち、傾動アーム１１の回転中心となる軸線Ｌ１から車輪５のタイヤ３の頂部７近傍である接点７ａまでの距離をＬ１１とし、車輪５の直径であるタイヤ外径をＤとし、タイヤ支持装置６の支持面から鉛直方向に傾動アーム１１の軸線Ｌ１までの移動距離をＨ１とし、タイヤ支持装置６のタイヤ支持面から回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２までの移動距離をＨ３とし、上昇させるべき移動距離をＨ２としたとき、
　　　タイヤ外径Ｄ＝Ｌ１１×ｓｉｎθ＋Ｈ１　　　　　　…（１）
　　　移動距離Ｈ２＝Ｈ３－Ｄ／２　　　　　　　　　　　…（２）
によって求められる。 That is, the distance from the axis L1 that is the rotation center of the tilt arm 11 to the contact 7a in the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3 of the wheel 5 is L11, the tire outer diameter that is the diameter of the wheel 5 is D, and the tire support device 6 The moving distance from the support surface to the axis L1 of the tilting arm 11 in the vertical direction is H1, and the moving distance from the tire support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L2 of the rotational drive device 13 is H3. Is H2,
Tire outer diameter D = L11 × sin θ + H1 (1)
Moving distance H2 = H3-D / 2 (2)
Sought by.
　このような移動距離Ｈ２に相当する駆動信号を昇降シリンダ５０に出力することによって、タイヤ支持装置６がタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によって移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇し、車輪５を中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ位置まで上昇させることができる。 By outputting a driving signal corresponding to such a moving distance H2 to the elevating cylinder 50, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the moving distance H2 by the tire supporting device driving unit 17, and the wheel 5 is rotated by the central axis L5. It can be raised to a height position that coincides with 13 axis lines L2.
　このように下降位置にあるタイヤ支持装置６に車輪５を作業者が転動させるなどして搬入した後、傾動アーム１１をタイヤ３の頂部７付近に当接させることによって、いわば自動的に車輪５の中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ位置に移動させて位置決めすることができ、作業者による手間および時間を格段に削減して、タイヤ３のホイール４に対する装着作業およびホイール４からタイヤ３の離脱作業を短時間で行うことが可能となる。 The wheel 5 is automatically brought into contact with the vicinity of the top portion 7 of the tire 3 by bringing the wheel 5 into the tire support device 6 in the lowered position, for example, by rolling the wheel 5. 5 can be positioned by moving the central axis L5 of the tire 5 to a height position that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13, and the labor and time required for the operator can be greatly reduced, so that the tire 3 can be mounted on the wheel 4. In addition, the work of detaching the tire 3 from the wheel 4 can be performed in a short time.
　図１００はタイヤ支持装置６の平面図であり、図１０１はタイヤ支持装置６の側面図であり、図１０２はタイヤ支持装置６の断面図であり、図１０３はタイヤ支持装置６に車輪５が乗載された状態を示す断面図である。タイヤ支持装置６は、前述したように、一対の固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂと、各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの間に配設される可動支持板３１ｃと、可動支持板３１ｃを支持する複数の圧縮ばね６１と、各圧縮ばね６１の一端部が嵌合するばね受け片６２と、可動支持板３１ｃが固定されるスリーブ６３と、スリーブ６３に挿通される固定軸６４と、可動支持板３１ｃの変位を検出するタイヤ検出装置としてのリミットスイッチ６５と、箱状の筐体３２とを有する。 100 is a plan view of the tire support device 6, FIG. 101 is a side view of the tire support device 6, FIG. 102 is a cross-sectional view of the tire support device 6, and FIG. 103 shows the wheels 5 on the tire support device 6. It is sectional drawing which shows the state mounted. As described above, the tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 31a and 31b, a movable support plate 31c disposed between the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and a plurality of movable support plates 31c. A compression spring 61, a spring receiving piece 62 into which one end of each compression spring 61 is fitted, a sleeve 63 to which the movable support plate 31c is fixed, a fixed shaft 64 inserted through the sleeve 63, and the movable support plate 31c. It has a limit switch 65 as a tire detection device for detecting displacement, and a box-shaped housing 32.
　筐体３２は、４つの側板６６～６９と、底板７０とを有する。これらの側板６６～６９および底板７０は、構造用鋼板から成り、互いに溶接されて箱状に構成される。このような筐体３２には、前述の固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂ、可動支持板３１ｃ、圧縮ばね６１、ばね受け片６２、スリーブ６３および固定軸６４が収容される。 The housing 32 has four side plates 66 to 69 and a bottom plate 70. The side plates 66 to 69 and the bottom plate 70 are made of structural steel plates, and are welded together to form a box shape. Such a housing 32 accommodates the above-described fixed support plates 31a and 31b, the movable support plate 31c, the compression spring 61, the spring receiving piece 62, the sleeve 63, and the fixed shaft 64.
　各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂおよび可動支持板３１ｃは、主軸４３の軸線Ｌ２に平行な長尺の板状体である。各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの長手方向両端部は、筐体３２の側板６６，６７に溶接によって接合される。各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの互いに近接する側の側部は、水平に対して下方へ傾斜しており、傾斜した各側部の間には、可動支持板３１ｃが部分的に嵌まり込むことができる隙間を有する。 The fixed support plates 31a and 31b and the movable support plate 31c are long plate-like bodies parallel to the axis L2 of the main shaft 43. Both ends of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b in the longitudinal direction are joined to the side plates 66 and 67 of the housing 32 by welding. The side portions of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b that are close to each other are inclined downward with respect to the horizontal, and the movable support plate 31c is partially fitted between the inclined side portions. It has a gap that can be
　可動支持板３１ｃは、その長手方向に垂直な断面が逆凹状であり、一側部にスリーブ６３が固定され、他側部は各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂよりも上方に部分的に突出するように配設される。可動支持板３１ｃの両側部間の中間部は、圧縮ばね６１によって変位自在に支持される。したがって、図９に示されるように、タイヤ支持装置６に車輪５またはタイヤ３が乗載された状態では、タイヤ３が各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂに支持され、可動支持板３１ｃが押し下げられる。可動支持板３１ｃが押し下げられると、リミットスイッチ６５の作動片６５ａが可動支持板３１ｃによって押圧され、リミットスイッチ６５はオン状態からオフ状態（またはオフ状態からオン状態）にスイッチング態様が切換えられ、タイヤ支持装置６に車輪５またはタイヤ３が接触したことが検出される。 The movable support plate 31c has an inverted concave cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the sleeve 63 is fixed to one side, and the other side partially protrudes above the fixed support plates 31a and 31b. It is arranged. An intermediate portion between both side portions of the movable support plate 31c is supported by a compression spring 61 so as to be displaceable. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 9, in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted on the tire support device 6, the tire 3 is supported by the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and the movable support plate 31c is pushed down. When the movable support plate 31c is pushed down, the operating piece 65a of the limit switch 65 is pressed by the movable support plate 31c, the switching mode of the limit switch 65 is switched from the on state to the off state (or from the off state to the on state), and the tire It is detected that the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is in contact with the support device 6.
　このようなタイヤ支持装置６は、側方から見た形状が略Ｌ字状のブラケット３３に搭載され、ブラケット３３に固定されている。したがって、タイヤ支持装置６は、車輪５またはタイヤ３が乗載された状態で、タイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によって昇降駆動される。なお、本実施形態では、固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂはタイヤ３に対して大きな摩擦力が生じるように、縞鋼板が用いられる。 Such a tire support device 6 is mounted on a bracket 33 having a substantially L-shape when viewed from the side, and is fixed to the bracket 33. Therefore, the tire support device 6 is driven up and down by the tire support device drive unit 17 in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted. In the present embodiment, striped steel plates are used for the fixed support plates 31 a and 31 b so that a large frictional force is generated on the tire 3.
　図１０４は、タイヤ着脱装置２の電気的構成を説明するためのブロック図である。制御装置１６には、角度計測部１４、高さ距離検出装置１５、各切換スイッチＳＷ１～ＳＷ１９，ＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３、およびリミットスイッチ６５からの信号がそれぞれ入力され、制御装置１６は、入力した信号に応答して、昇降シリンダ５０、油圧モータ４２、回転駆動装置１３、ガイドプレス装置７００、ビードプレス装置８００および昇降フレーム移動装置７２および各表示灯Ｌｍｐ１～Ｌｍｐ３の動作をそれぞれ制御する。 FIG. 104 is a block diagram for explaining the electrical configuration of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. The control device 16 receives signals from the angle measurement unit 14, the height distance detection device 15, the change-over switches SW1 to SW19, SW21 to SW23, and the limit switch 65, respectively. In response, the operation of the elevating cylinder 50, the hydraulic motor 42, the rotation driving device 13, the guide press device 700, the bead press device 800, the elevating frame moving device 72, and each of the indicator lights Lmp1 to Lmp3 is controlled.
　図１０５～図１１１は、タイヤ着脱装置２の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。図１１２はタイヤ３が標準タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図であり、図１１３はタイヤ３が扁平タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図であり、図１１４はタイヤ３が扁平タイヤであるときの離脱動作を説明するための図である。図１１５はハンプ越え動作中におけるガイドプレス装置７００およびビードローラ２８ａによるタイヤ３の押込み状態を示す図である。 105 to 111 are flowcharts for explaining the operation of the tire attaching / detaching device 2. FIG. 112 is a diagram for explaining a separation operation when the tire 3 is a standard tire, FIG. 113 is a diagram for explaining a separation operation when the tire 3 is a flat tire, and FIG. 114 is a tire diagram. It is a figure for demonstrating the detachment | leave operation | movement when 3 is a flat tire. FIG. 115 is a view showing a state in which the tire 3 is pushed by the guide press device 700 and the bead roller 28a during the hump crossing operation.
　（扁平タイヤモード）
　　図１０１～図１１１を参照して、ホイール４に装着された既着タイヤ３を該ホイール４から取外す動作について説明する。ステップａ１において、作業者によって、タイヤ着脱装置２の図示しない電源スイッチが投入され、ステップａ２で、作業者がタイヤ３を下限位置にあるタイヤ支持装置６に搬入すると、タイヤ支持装置６の可動支持板３１ｃがタイヤ３に押圧されて押下げられ、これによってリミットスイッチ６５がオンからオフへ変化する。なお、リミットスイッチ６５のスイッチング状態は、説明の便宜上、作動片６５ａが押下げられない状態（すなわち、タイヤ搬出状態）では、オン状態であり、作動片６５ａが押下げられた状態（すなわち、タイヤ搬入状態）では、オフ状態であるものとして説明する。このようなオン／オフを表す検出信号がリミットスイッチ６５から制御装置１６に出力され、タイヤ支持装置６上に車輪５またはタイヤ３が搬入されたか否かを制御装置１６が判定する。 (Flat tire mode)
With reference to FIGS. 101 to 111, an operation of removing the already-attached tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 from the wheel 4 will be described. In step a1, a power switch (not shown) of the tire attaching / detaching device 2 is turned on by the worker, and when the worker carries the tire 3 into the tire supporting device 6 at the lower limit position in step a2, the movable supporting of the tire supporting device 6 is performed. The plate 31c is pressed by the tire 3 and is pressed down, whereby the limit switch 65 changes from on to off. For convenience of explanation, the switching state of the limit switch 65 is an ON state when the operating piece 65a is not pressed down (that is, the tire carrying out state), and the operating piece 65a is pressed down (that is, the tire). In the carry-in state), it is assumed that it is in the off state. A detection signal indicating such on / off is output from the limit switch 65 to the control device 16, and the control device 16 determines whether or not the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is carried onto the tire support device 6.
　ステップａ３において、作業者は、切換スイッチＳＷ３を押下してホイール４のリム径を設定し、切換スイッチＳＷ４を押下してリム幅を設定し、切換スイッチＳＷ６を押下してホイール４に対するタイヤ３の抜き方向を設定する。 In step a3, the operator depresses the changeover switch SW3 to set the rim diameter of the wheel 4, depresses the changeover switch SW4 to set the rim width, and depresses the changeover switch SW6 to set the tire 3 with respect to the wheel 4. Set the removal direction.
　次に、ステップａ４において、車輪５がタイヤ支持装置６上に搬入された状態で、作業者は切換スイッチＳＷ２を押下して、タイヤ脱運転、ホイール脱運転、ホイール着運転およびタイヤ着運転のいずれかの運転を選択し、選択した運転モードを制御装置１６に設定する。 Next, in step a4, with the wheel 5 being carried onto the tire support device 6, the operator depresses the changeover switch SW2, and any of tire de-operation, wheel de-operation, wheel wearing operation and tire wearing operation is selected. The operation is selected, and the selected operation mode is set in the control device 16.
　このような切換スイッチＳＷ２によって、タイヤ脱運転を運転モードとして制御装置１６に設定した後、切換スイッチＳＷ２１，ＳＷ２２，ＳＷ２３のいずれかを押下して、扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモード、軽点合わせモードのいずれかに設定する。扁平タイヤモードは、タイヤ３が扁平タイヤである場合、一般道路用タイヤのビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂによる押込み位置およびガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂによる押込み位置では、ホイール４からタイヤ３を円滑に取外すことができず、またホイール４にタイヤ３を円滑に装着できない場合があるので、押込み位置をタイヤ３のサイズ（リム径、リム幅など）、剛性などの特性に応じて適切な押込み位置に変更することができる機能である。 After such a change-over switch SW2 sets the tire removal operation to the control device 16 as an operation mode, one of the change-over switches SW21, SW22, SW23 is depressed, and the flat tire mode, the hump-over mode, the light-point adjustment mode Set to one of the following. In the flat tire mode, when the tire 3 is a flat tire, the tire 3 can be smoothly removed from the wheel 4 at the pushing position by the bead rollers 28a and 28b of the general road tire and the pushing position by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. In addition, since the tire 3 may not be smoothly mounted on the wheel 4, the pushing position may be changed to an appropriate pushing position according to characteristics such as the size of the tire 3 (rim diameter, rim width, etc.) and rigidity. It is a function that can be.
　また、後述のハンプ越えモードは、ホイール４の外周部において、エアバルブが設けられ、一方のリム部からドロップ部の間の領域で半径方向外方に隆起して周方向全周にわたって延びる「ハンプ」と称される部分に、タイヤ３のホイール４への押込み方向下流側の一方のタイヤビード部が引掛かり、ホイール４とタイヤ３との間の空間の気密が充分に得られず、エア充填を行えないという問題を回避するために、タイヤ３をホイール４に組込む際に、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂによる押込み位置、およびガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂによる押込み位置を、タイヤ３のサイズ、剛性などの特性に応じて、１次ビードとも呼ばれる一方のタイヤビード部を、押込み方向上流側の一方のリム部から押込み方向下流側の他方のリム部に向かって移動させて、確実にハンプを越えることができる適切な押込み位置に変更することができる機能である。 Further, in the hump crossing mode to be described later, an air valve is provided on the outer peripheral portion of the wheel 4, and a “hump” that protrudes radially outward in a region between one rim portion and the drop portion and extends over the entire circumferential direction. One tire bead portion on the downstream side in the direction in which the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4 is caught in a portion referred to as “airtight” in the space between the wheel 4 and the tire 3, and air filling is performed. In order to avoid the problem that it cannot be performed, when the tire 3 is assembled into the wheel 4, the pushing position by the bead rollers 28 a and 28 b and the pushing position by the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b are changed to characteristics such as the size and rigidity of the tire 3. Accordingly, one tire bead portion, also called a primary bead, is directed from one rim portion on the upstream side in the pushing direction to the other rim portion on the downstream side in the pushing direction. Move I is a function which can be changed to an appropriate push-in position which can exceed reliably hump.
　さらに、後述の軽点合わせモードは、ホイール４のエアバルブが設けられる位置が、タイヤ３の軽点マークに周方向の回転角度位置に一致するように、タイヤ３の回転を阻止した状態で、ホイール４だけを回転させる機能である。 Further, a light spot alignment mode described later is performed in a state where the rotation of the tire 3 is prevented so that the position where the air valve of the wheel 4 is provided coincides with the rotation angle position in the circumferential direction of the light spot mark of the tire 3. This is a function to rotate only 4.
　ステップａ４で、作業者によって切換スイッチＳＷ２１が押下されると、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤモードに設定され、その後にステップａ５で切換スイッチＳＷ１が押下される。次のステップａ６で、切換スイッチＳＷ２によってタイヤ着運転が押下されると、制御装置１６はタイヤ着運転モードに設定され、ステップａ７で、タイヤ支持装置６を前述の移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇させ、タイヤ３の中心軸線が軸線Ｌ２に一致するように位置きめする。このとき、制御装置１６は、切換スイッチＳＷ３，ＳＷ４，ＳＷ５によって設定した値を読出し、読出した値に基づいて移動距離Ｈ２を算出する。 In step a4, when the switch SW21 is pressed by the operator, the control device 16 is set to the flat tire mode, and then the switch SW1 is pressed in step a5. When the tire wearing operation is pressed by the changeover switch SW2 in the next step a6, the control device 16 is set to the tire wearing operation mode, and in step a7, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the aforementioned moving distance H2, and the tire The center axis 3 is positioned so as to coincide with the axis L2. At this time, the control device 16 reads the values set by the changeover switches SW3, SW4, SW5, and calculates the movement distance H2 based on the read values.
　次に、制御装置１６は、ステップａ８で移動フレーム本体２７を、予め把持部４４に装着されているホイール４に近接する方向に、そのタイヤおよびホイール４に対応する規定位置まで移動させ、タイヤ３を把持部４４の直前まで搬入する。 Next, in step a8, the control device 16 moves the moving frame main body 27 in the direction close to the wheel 4 that is previously attached to the grip portion 44 to the specified position corresponding to the tire and the wheel 4, and the tire 3 Is carried in until just before the gripping portion 44.
　ステップａ９で、制御装置１６はガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの規定位置を読出し、ステップａ１０で扁平タイヤモードに切換スイッチＳＷ２１によって設定されたか否かを判断する。 In step a9, the control device 16 reads the specified positions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, and determines in step a10 whether or not the flat tire mode has been set by the changeover switch SW21.
　制御装置１６は、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていると判断すると、制御装置１６は、扁平タイヤ用のガイドプレスローラ２４ａの押込み位置を読出した後、ステップａ１２で、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａは押込み位置まで移動され、タイヤ３は、一方のタイヤビード部の上部がホイールの他方のリブに上方から掛止められた状態で斜めに保持され、ステップａ１３で、制御装置１６はタイヤ支持装置６を原点位置まで下降させる。 When the control device 16 determines that the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 reads the push position of the guide press roller 24a for the flat tire, and then the guide press roller 24a reaches the push position in step a12. The tire 3 is held obliquely with the upper portion of one tire bead portion hooked on the other rib of the wheel from above, and in step a13, the control device 16 moves the tire support device 6 to the origin position. Lower.
　ステップａ１４で、制御装置１６は、ビードローラ２８ａの押込み位置を読出し、ステップａ１５で、切換スイッチＳＷ２１によって扁平タイヤモードに設定されたか否かを判断し、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていれば、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置を読出して、ステップａ１７に移る。 In step a14, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28a. In step a15, the control device 16 determines whether or not the flat tire mode is set by the changeover switch SW21. If the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire, and proceeds to step a17.
　また、扁平タイヤモードでない場合には、ステップａ１７へ移り、ビードローラ２８ｂが押込み位置に近づく方向への移動を開始し、タイヤ３がホイール４に押込まれる。この状態で、制御装置１６はステップａ１８において回転駆動装置１３を回転させ、ステップａ１９で、ビードローラ２８ｂが、図１０８に示されるように、押込み位置まで到達すると、１次押込み動作が完了する。 Further, when not in the flat tire mode, the process proceeds to step a17, where the bead roller 28b starts moving in the direction approaching the pushing position, and the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4. In this state, the control device 16 rotates the rotary drive device 13 in step a18. When the bead roller 28b reaches the pushing position in step a19 as shown in FIG. 108, the primary pushing operation is completed.
　その後、ステップａ２０で、制御装置１６はガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを原点位置まで移動させ、ステップａ２１で、制御装置１６はビードローラ２８ｂの押込み位置を読出し、ステップａ２２で扁平タイヤモードに設定されたか否かを判断する。扁平タイヤモードに設定されている場合には、ステップａ２３で、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置を制御装置１６の記憶部Ｍから読出し、次のステップａ２４へ移る。また、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていない場合には、ステップａ２４で、ビードローラ２８ｂが前述の扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置まで移動を開始し、タイヤ３をホイール４に押込む。 Thereafter, in step a20, the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the origin position, and in step a21, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28b, and whether or not the flat tire mode is set in step a22. Determine whether. If the flat tire mode is set, in step a23, the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M of the control device 16, and proceeds to the next step a24. When the flat tire mode is not set, the bead roller 28b starts moving to the above-described flat tire pushing position and pushes the tire 3 into the wheel 4 in step a24.
　ステップａ２５で、制御装置１６は、ビードプレス装置８００を扁平タイヤ用の押当て位置まで伸長させ、ステップａ２６で、ビードプレス装置８００を回転駆動装置１３とともに回転させ、ステップａ２７で、ビードプレス装置８００と回転駆動装置１３との回転を停止させ、２次押込みが完了する。 In step a25, the control device 16 extends the bead press device 800 to the flat tire pressing position. In step a26, the control device 16 rotates the bead press device 800 together with the rotary drive device 13. In step a27, the bead press device 800 is rotated. And the rotation drive device 13 are stopped, and the secondary pushing is completed.
　タイヤ３が一般自動車道走行用の普通タイヤ用ホイールに扁平タイヤが装着されている場合がある。そのような場合には、ビードローラ２８ｂによって１次側ビードをホイール４のドロップ部まで押し込んでいるにもかかわらず、上方のガイドプレス位置では、扁平タイヤの強固なサイド部に対して、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂによる押込み不足が発生する。また、扁平タイヤ用のビードローラ２８ｂ（または２８ａ）の押込み位置は、普通タイヤ用の押込み位置にすると、押込み量が過剰となり、タイヤビード部に大きな負荷が作用することになる。 In some cases, the tire 3 is a flat tire mounted on a normal tire wheel for driving on a general motorway. In such a case, although the primary bead is pushed down to the drop part of the wheel 4 by the bead roller 28b, the guide press roller is located against the strong side part of the flat tire at the upper guide press position. Insufficient pushing occurs due to 24a and 24b. Further, when the pushing position of the bead roller 28b (or 28a) for the flat tire is set to the pushing position for the normal tire, the pushing amount becomes excessive, and a large load acts on the tire bead portion.
　そのため、本実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置２では、制御装置１６に扁平タイヤを追加し、扁平タイヤ作業時に対しても、適切なタイヤ脱作業およびタイヤ着作業を行うことができるように構成されている。すなわち、上述のように、扁平タイヤモードを有効としたときには、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの押込み位置と、ビードローラ２８ｂ（または２８ａ）の押込み位置とが、対象とする扁平タイヤに適した位置となるように、制御装置１６は、個別に設定した位置データがストアされるように構成されたコンピュータプログラムを実行するように構成されている。 Therefore, the tire attaching / detaching device 2 of the present embodiment is configured such that a flat tire is added to the control device 16 so that appropriate tire removal work and tire wearing work can be performed even during flat tire work. . That is, as described above, when the flat tire mode is enabled, the pressing position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pressing position of the bead roller 28b (or 28a) are positions suitable for the target flat tire. Thus, the control device 16 is configured to execute a computer program configured to store individually set position data.
　その後、ステップａ２８で、制御装置１６は、ビードプレス装置８００を原点位置まで縮退させるとともに、逆回転させて復帰させ、ステップａ２９で、移動フレーム本体２７を把持部４４から離れる方向に規定位置まで移動させて待機状態となる。 Thereafter, in step a28, the control device 16 retracts the bead press device 800 to the origin position and reversely rotates it, and in step a29, moves the movable frame main body 27 to the specified position in the direction away from the grip portion 44. It will be in a standby state.
　次に、前述のステップａ３０で、待機状態から切換スイッチＳＷ２２が押下されると、制御装置１６はハンプ越えモードに設定されたか否かを判断している状態から、ハンプ越えモードが選択されたと判断し、ステップｂ１～ステップｂ１０を実行する。またステップａ３０において、切換スイッチＳＷ２２が押下されなければ、次のステップａ３１に移り、軽点合わせモードが選択されたか否かを判断する。切換スイッチＳＷ２３が押下されたときには、制御装置１６は軽点合わせモードが選択されたと判断し、ステップｃ１～ステップｃ１０を実行する。 Next, when the changeover switch SW22 is pressed from the standby state in the above-described step a30, it is determined that the hump excess mode is selected from the state in which the control device 16 determines whether or not the hump excess mode is set. Then, Step b1 to Step b10 are executed. If the changeover switch SW22 is not pressed in step a30, the process proceeds to the next step a31, and it is determined whether or not the light spot alignment mode is selected. When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 determines that the light spot alignment mode has been selected, and executes steps c1 to c10.
（ハンプ越えモード）
　図１０６および図１１１を参照して、ハンプ７６を有するホイール４にタイヤ３を取付ける動作について説明する。ステップｂ１で、ハンプ越えモードの制御動作が開始され、ステップｂ２で制御装置１６は回転駆動装置１３を駆動させて主軸４３および把持部４４を回転させる。次に、ステップｂ３で、制御装置１６は、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを、図２３の仮想線Ｌ７で示される退避位置から仮想線Ｌ６で示される押込み位置、すなわちハンプ越え規定位置まで移動させる。またステップｂ４で、制御装置１６は、ビードローラ２８ａを、図１１１の仮想線Ｌ９で示される退避位置から仮想線Ｌ８で示される押込み位置、すなわちハンプ越え規定位置まで移動させる。 (Hump-over mode)
The operation of attaching the tire 3 to the wheel 4 having the hump 76 will be described with reference to FIGS. In step b1, the control operation in the hump crossing mode is started, and in step b2, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44. Next, in step b3, the control device 16 defines the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 from the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7 in FIG. Move to position. In step b4, the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a from the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in FIG. 111 to the pushing position indicated by the imaginary line L8, that is, the hump exceeding specified position.
　ステップｂ５で、前述のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂおよびビードローラ２８ａが、これらのローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ；２８ａの各駆動シリンダに設けられる図示しない押込み位置検出器によって、各ハンプ越え規定位置まで到達したことが検出されると、制御装置１６はその検出信号に応答して各駆動シリンダを停止させ、その後、ステップｂ６で、回転駆動装置１３を予め定める時間、たとえば１５秒間回転させ、ステップｂ７でガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを前述の仮想線Ｌ７で示される退避位置まで移動させるとともに、ステップｂ８でビードローラ２８ａを前述の仮想線Ｌ９で示される退避位置まで移動させる。ステップｂ９で、制御装置１６は、前述の各駆動シリンダに設けられる図示しない退避位置検出器によって各ローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ：２８ａの退避動作を停止させ、ステップｂ１０でハンプ越えモードの制御動作を停止し、前述のステップａ３１に戻る。 In step b5, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the bead roller 28a described above have reached the specified positions beyond the humps by the pushing position detectors (not shown) provided in the drive cylinders of these rollers 24a and 24b; When detected, the control device 16 stops each drive cylinder in response to the detection signal, and then in step b6, the rotary drive device 13 is rotated for a predetermined time, for example, 15 seconds, and in step b7, the guide press roller 24a and 24b are moved to the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7, and the bead roller 28a is moved to the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L9 in step b8. In step b9, the control device 16 stops the retraction operation of the rollers 24a, 24b: 28a by a retraction position detector (not shown) provided in each drive cylinder described above, and stops the control operation in the hump over mode in step b10. The process returns to step a31 described above.
（軽点合わせモード）
　図１０７を参照して、ホイール４にタイヤ３が装着された状態で、ホイール４のバルブ７７にタイヤ３の軽点マーク７８を一致させるための軽点合わせ動作について説明する。ステップａ３１において、切換スイッチＳＷ２３が押下されたときには、制御装置１６は軽点合わせモードを実行する。ステップｃ１で、軽点合わせモードの制御動作が開始されると、ステップｃ２で制御装置１６は、回転駆動装置１３を駆動させて主軸４３および把持部４４を回転させる。次に、ステップｃ３で、制御装置１６は、タイヤ支持装置駆動部１７の上下方向の昇降動作を手動で行えるようにフラグを保持する。 (Light point alignment mode)
With reference to FIG. 107, a light spot alignment operation for matching the light spot mark 78 of the tire 3 with the valve 77 of the wheel 4 in a state where the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4 will be described. In step a31, when the changeover switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 executes the light spot alignment mode. When the control operation in the light spot alignment mode is started in step c1, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44 in step c2. Next, in step c3, the control device 16 holds a flag so that the vertical movement of the tire support device drive unit 17 can be manually performed.
　次に、ステップｃ４で、作業者が固定フレーム本体１３０を上昇させて、タイヤ３の底部（すなわち、下端部）に押し当て、ステップｃ５でホイール４だけがタイヤ３に対して空転している状態にする。そして作業者は、ステップｃ６で、目視でタイヤ３に付された軽点マーク７８とホイール４のバルブ７７の位置とを確認しながら両者が合致するようにタイミングを予想し、ステップｃ８で両者が一致するタイミングで切換スイッチＳＷ８を操作して、固定フレーム本体１３０を下降させ、ホイール４が回転しない状態にする。 Next, in step c4, the operator raises the fixed frame main body 130 and presses it against the bottom (that is, the lower end) of the tire 3, and only the wheel 4 is idling with respect to the tire 3 in step c5. To. Then, in step c6, the operator predicts the timing so that the light spot mark 78 affixed to the tire 3 and the position of the valve 77 of the wheel 4 are coincident with each other, and in step c8, the both are predicted. The changeover switch SW8 is operated at the coincidence timing to lower the fixed frame body 130 so that the wheel 4 does not rotate.
　ステップｃ８で、作業者が切換スイッチＳＷ７を押下すると、ステップｃ９で制御装置１６はタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７の手動フラグを解除し、ステップｃ９で回転駆動装置１３の回転を停止させ、ステップｃ１０で、軽点合わせモードの制御動作が停止される。 When the operator depresses the changeover switch SW7 in step c8, the control device 16 cancels the manual flag of the tire support device driving unit 17 in step c9, stops the rotation of the rotation driving device 13 in step c9, and in step c10. The control operation in the light spot alignment mode is stopped.
　その後、ステップａ３３に戻り、前述のステップａ３３～ステップａ３８が実行され、ステップａ３９で、作業者が車輪５をタイヤ着脱装置２から搬出し、ステップａ４０で全ての動作が終了する。 Thereafter, returning to step a33, the above-described steps a33 to a38 are executed. In step a39, the operator carries the wheel 5 out of the tire attaching / detaching device 2, and in step a40, all operations are completed.
　以上のように、本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置２は、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる回転駆動部である主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の一方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラ２８ｂと、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、回転駆動装置１３によって、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を回転させ、ビードローラ２８ｂを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 As described above, the tire attaching / detaching device 2 according to the embodiment of the present invention is the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and the rotation driving portion that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis. The rotary drive device 13 having the main shaft 43 and the first drive region 13 that is mounted on the wheel 4 are arranged so as to face a predetermined first region of the tire 3 and are movable to the other side of the tire 3. The guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 are disposed so as to face a second region that is different from a predetermined first region in the circumferential direction. The bead roller 28b that can move to one side and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the wheel on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated by the rotary drive device 13. Rotate the Le 4 is provided and a control device 16 for moving to a second pushed-in position the predetermined the bead roller 28b.
　このような構成によって、タイヤ３の種類にかかわらず、タイヤビード部に過大な引張り力を作用させずに円滑にタイヤ３をホイールから離脱させることができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a tire attaching / detaching device capable of smoothly removing the tire 3 from the wheel without applying an excessive tensile force to the tire bead portion regardless of the type of the tire 3.
　また、本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置２は、主軸４３によって、タイヤ３が掛け止められたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させるとともに、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させ、かつビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで同一側へ移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に押込まれた後に、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを第１押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを第２押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着されるように、主軸４３によって把持部４４を少なくとも１回転させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 In the tire attaching / detaching device 2 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is hooked, and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are first pressed in advance. After the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4 by moving the bead roller 28a to the predetermined second pushing position and moving the bead roller 28a to the predetermined position, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the other side of the first pushing position. And the bead roller 28a is further moved to the other side of the second pushing position so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4, and the main shaft 43 rotates the grip 44 at least once. A device 16 is provided.
　このような構成によって、ハンプが設けられるホイールであっても、タイヤの１ｓｔビードまたは１次側ビードとも呼ばれるタイヤビード部がホイールのハンプを越えてリムに接触するように、タイヤ３をホイール４に装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, even if the wheel is provided with a hump, the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4 so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the hump of the wheel. A tire attaching / detaching device that can be attached can be provided.
　また、本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着された車輪５を支持した状態で上昇可能なタイヤ支持装置６と、ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設されるガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に第２の領域に対向するように配設されるビードローラ２８ａと、回転駆動装置１３によってタイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させ、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させた後に、回転するホイール４に対してタイヤ３だけが停止する位置まで、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 In addition, the tire attaching / detaching device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel 5 attached to the wheel 4, a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a grip portion Rotation drive device 13 having a main shaft 43 that rotates 44 around a rotation axis, and a guide press roller disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side of tire 3 mounted on wheel 4 24a, 24b, a bead roller 28a disposed on the other side of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction, and a rotary drive device 13, the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated, and the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position. After moving to a pre-determined second pushed-in position the Dorora 28a, to a position where only the tire 3 is stopped with respect to the wheel 4 rotating, providing a controller 16 for raising the tire support device 6.
　このような構成によって、タイヤの軽点マークが付された位置とホイールのエアバルブ部が設けられた位置とが一致するように、タイヤをホイールに装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching a tire to a wheel so that a position where a light spot mark of the tire is attached coincides with a position where an air valve portion of the wheel is provided. it can.
　以上のように本実施形態によれば、基台上に、チャック装置、タイヤ支持装置、一対の案内軸、移動フレーム本体およびタイヤ支持装置が設けられ、基台の一側部にガイドプレス装置が設けられ、移動フレーム本体には、一対のビードローラおよびタイヤ径測定装置が設けられる。制御装置は、タイヤ径測定装置によって計測された角度に基づいて、タイヤ支持装置に支持されているタイヤの中心軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離と、主軸の回転軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離との差分を算出し、算出した差分に対応する移動量だけタイヤ支持装置が移動するようにタイヤ支持装置駆動部を制御するので、ホイール既着タイヤをその回転軸線が水平となるように起立させた状態でタイヤ支持装置に上載することによって、タイヤ支持装置に支持されたホイール既着タイヤは、その中心軸線がチャック装置の主軸の回転軸線とほぼ一直線を成す位置に配置される。この状態で移動フレーム本体が案内軸に沿ってチャック装置に近接する方向へ移動することによって、ホイール既着タイヤをチャック装置の把持部による把持位置に位置させ、把持部によって把持される。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the chuck device, the tire support device, the pair of guide shafts, the moving frame body, and the tire support device are provided on the base, and the guide press device is provided on one side of the base. The moving frame main body is provided with a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device. The control device, based on the angle measured by the tire diameter measurement device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire support device, and the rotation axis of the main shaft from the base The difference between the distance and the height distance is calculated, and the tire support device drive unit is controlled so that the tire support device moves by the amount of movement corresponding to the calculated difference. The wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device is placed at a position where the central axis thereof is substantially aligned with the rotation axis of the main shaft of the chuck device. In this state, the moving frame main body moves along the guide shaft in the direction approaching the chuck device, so that the wheel-attached tire is positioned at the grip position by the grip portion of the chuck device and is gripped by the grip portion.
　把持部に把持されたホイール既着タイヤは、ガイドプレス装置側を外側、チャック装置側を内側としたとき、一対のガイドプレスローラによってタイヤ上部の外側のショルダ部がチャック装置側へ押圧され、かつタイヤ下部の内側のタイヤビード部が、チャック装置側のビードローラによって、各ガイドプレスローラの押圧方向とは反対側、すなわち外側へ押圧される。この状態で、チャック装置の主軸が回転駆動されることによって、内側のタイヤビード部がホイールのドロップ部へ落とし込まれ、移動フレーム本体が案内軸上をチャック装置から離反する方向へ移動することによって、チャック装置側のビードローラが内側のタイヤビード部をさらにチャック装置から離反する方向へ押圧し、タイヤがホイールから取り外される。 The wheel-attached tire gripped by the gripping portion is configured such that when the guide press device side is the outside and the chuck device side is the inside, the shoulder portion on the outer side of the tire is pressed toward the chuck device side by a pair of guide press rollers, and The tire bead portion on the inner side of the lower portion of the tire is pressed by the bead roller on the chuck device side to the side opposite to the pressing direction of each guide press roller, that is, the outer side. In this state, when the main shaft of the chuck device is rotationally driven, the inner tire bead portion is dropped into the drop portion of the wheel, and the moving frame body moves on the guide shaft in a direction away from the chuck device. The bead roller on the chuck device side further presses the inner tire bead portion away from the chuck device, and the tire is removed from the wheel.
　作業者によってホイール未着タイヤがタイヤ支持装置に上載されると、タイヤ支持装置がホイール既着タイヤをチャック装置の把持部まで移動させたときの高さ距離まで上昇し、ホイール未着タイヤは、把持部に既に把持されているホイールへの装着位置に配置される。装着位置に配置されたホイール未着タイヤは、ガイドプレスローラによって、ホイール未着タイヤの内側のタイヤビード部の上部が押圧され、ホイールのドロップ部に上方から嵌合するように、ホイールに対して斜めに掛け止められる。 When a tire is mounted on a tire support device by an operator, the tire support device rises to a height distance when the wheel mounted tire is moved to the gripping portion of the chuck device. It is arranged at the mounting position on the wheel already gripped by the gripping part. The tire that is not attached to the wheel placed in the mounting position is pressed against the wheel by the guide press roller so that the upper part of the tire bead inside the tire that is not attached to the wheel is pressed and fitted to the drop part of the wheel from above. It can be hooked diagonally.
　ホイールに斜めに掛け止められたホイール未着タイヤは、ビードプレス装置によって、内側のタイヤビード部がホイールのドロップ部に嵌合した位置で押えた状態に保たれ、各ガイドプレスローラがタイヤの種類に応じて適切な押え位置までホイール未着タイヤの外側のショルダ部を押込み、さらに移動フレーム本体を各案内軸に沿ってチャック装置に近接する方向へ移動させると、一方のビードローラがホイール未着タイヤの外側のタイヤビード部を押圧し、この状態で、主軸とともに把持具が回転軸線まわりに回転駆動されることによって、ホイール未着タイヤがホイールに装着される。 The non-wheel tires that are slanted on the wheel are kept pressed by the bead press device at the position where the inner tire bead part is fitted to the drop part of the wheel, and each guide press roller is the type of tire. If the shoulder part outside the tire without a wheel is pushed to an appropriate press position according to the position, and the moving frame main body is moved along the guide shafts in the direction approaching the chuck device, one bead roller is moved to the tire without the wheel. The tire bead tire is not attached to the wheel by pressing the outer tire bead portion and rotating the gripper together with the main shaft around the rotation axis in this state.
　このように、チャック装置、タイヤ支持装置、一対の案内軸、移動フレーム本体、タイヤ支持装置、ガイドプレス装置一対のビードローラおよびタイヤ径測定装置を用いて、制御装置による自動制御またはマニュアル操作で、ホイール既着タイヤをホイールから取外し、ホイールにホイール未着タイヤを装着することができるので、タイヤ交換作業の作業者の労力を削減して、タイヤのホイールへの装着作業およびホイールからのタイヤの取外し作業に要する時間を短縮することができる。 Thus, using a chuck device, a tire support device, a pair of guide shafts, a moving frame main body, a tire support device, a guide press device, a pair of bead rollers and a tire diameter measuring device, the wheel can be automatically controlled or manually operated by a control device. It is possible to remove the existing tire from the wheel and attach the wheel non-attached tire to the wheel, so it is possible to reduce the labor of the tire replacement worker, and to attach the tire to the wheel and to remove the tire from the wheel. Can be shortened.
　また、作業者が入力部の入力操作によってホイール情報を選択すると、制御装置は記憶部Ｍから選択されたホイール情報に対応する押込み位置情報を読み出し、読み出された押込み位置情報に基づいて、ガイドプレス装置およびビードプレス装置による押込み位置を制御するので、タイヤの押込み不足および過剰な押込みの発生が防がれ、作業者がタイヤの押込み状態を見ながら押込み量を調整する場合に比べて、作業者への作業負担を軽減し、タイヤのホイールへの装着作業およびホイールからのタイヤの取外し作業の効率を格段に向上することができる。 In addition, when the operator selects wheel information by an input operation of the input unit, the control device reads the push position information corresponding to the selected wheel information from the storage unit M, and guides based on the read push position information. Controls the indentation position by the press device and bead press device, preventing the occurrence of insufficient and excessive tire indentation, compared to the case where the operator adjusts the indentation amount while watching the tire indentation state. The burden on the operator can be reduced, and the efficiency of the work of attaching the tire to the wheel and the work of removing the tire from the wheel can be significantly improved.
　また、移動フレーム本体に潤滑剤噴射装置が設けられるので、タイヤビード部のホイールに対する滑り性を向上し、ホイールのリム部に密着したタイヤビード部を、ホイールのリム部から剥がれ易くすることができ、ガイドプレスローラ、ビードローラおよびビードプレス装置からのタイヤビード部の押圧力による負荷を低減し、金属ワイヤ、炭素繊維などから成るタイヤ補強材の切断およびタイヤ表面の損傷を防ぐことができる。 In addition, since the lubricant injection device is provided on the moving frame body, the slippage of the tire bead portion with respect to the wheel can be improved, and the tire bead portion in close contact with the rim portion of the wheel can be easily peeled off from the rim portion of the wheel. The load due to the pressing force of the tire bead portion from the guide press roller, the bead roller and the bead press device can be reduced, and the tire reinforcing material made of metal wire, carbon fiber, etc. can be cut and the tire surface can be prevented from being damaged.
　また、ローラ保持体７４１が第１～第３保持部材７２０，７２１，７２３を有し、第２保持部材７２１に案内長孔７３４が設けられ、第３保持部材７２３に案内軸が設けられるので、ガイドプレスローラのローラ保持体７４１への取付け角度を案内長孔７３４が延びる方向に変化させることができ、これによって、ガイドプレスローラによるタイヤの押圧位置を広範囲に変化させることができ、標準タイヤ、スノータイヤなどのタイヤの種類に応じて、適切な押圧位置および角度でタイヤを押圧し、タイヤを変形または変位させて、タイヤのホイールに対する着脱作業を容易化および円滑化することができる。 The roller holder 741 has first to third holding members 720, 721, and 723, the second holding member 721 is provided with a guide long hole 734, and the third holding member 723 is provided with a guide shaft. The mounting angle of the guide press roller to the roller holder 741 can be changed in the direction in which the guide long hole 734 extends, whereby the pressing position of the tire by the guide press roller can be changed over a wide range, Depending on the type of a tire such as a snow tire, the tire can be pressed at an appropriate pressing position and angle, and the tire can be deformed or displaced to facilitate and smooth the attaching / detaching operation of the tire to / from the wheel.
　前述の制御装置１６の記憶部Ｍには、たとえば以下の表６～表１６のように、各種設定がデータベース化されたパラメータとして設定されている。各表６～表１６において、「ホイルサイズ」欄の数値は、ホイール４のサイズが１７．５インチ、１９．５インチ、２２．５インチの３種類であることを示す。 In the storage unit M of the control device 16 described above, various settings are set as parameters in a database as shown in Tables 6 to 16 below. In Tables 6 to 16, the numerical values in the “Foil Size” column indicate that the size of the wheel 4 is three types: 17.5 inches, 19.5 inches, and 22.5 inches.
　ホイール４のドロップ部がディスクの表側に近いものは、「スタンダードホイール」と呼ばれ、ホイール４のドロップ部がディスクの表側から遠いものは、「リバースホイール」と呼ばれ、一般的なアルミホイールはドロップ部がホイール幅の中間位置にあり、このようなホイールは「センタードロップホイール」と呼ばれる。タイヤ脱作業を行う場合は、ドロップ部の近い側へタイヤ３が抜かれ、タイヤ着作業を行う場合には、ドロップ部の近い側からタイヤ３が組込まれ、これに従ってホイール４の種類によって、把持部４４によるホイール４のチャッキングを行う方向が決定される。したがって、表６～表１６においても、スタンダードホイールをチャッキングすることを「表抜き」または「表組み」と呼び、リバースホイールをチャッキングすることを「裏抜き」または「裏組み」と呼ぶ。また、「扁平タイヤモード」がオンになったとき、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂのタイヤ押込み量などのパラメータを「通常モード」と区別して「扁平表抜き」または「扁平裏抜き」と呼ぶ。表６～表１６中の各数値は、１ｃｍ／２００パルスの距離を表すパラメータである。 When the drop part of the wheel 4 is close to the front side of the disk, it is called “standard wheel”, and when the drop part of the wheel 4 is far from the front side of the disk, it is called “reverse wheel”. The drop part is in the middle of the wheel width, and such a wheel is called a “center drop wheel”. When performing the tire removal work, the tire 3 is pulled out to the side closer to the drop part, and when performing the tire wearing work, the tire 3 is assembled from the side closer to the drop part. The direction in which the wheel 4 is chucked by 44 is determined. Therefore, in Tables 6 to 16, chucking the standard wheel is referred to as “front removal” or “front assembly”, and chucking the reverse wheel is referred to as “back removal” or “back assembly”. Further, when the “flat tire mode” is turned on, parameters such as the tire pushing amount of the bead rollers 28a and 28b are distinguished from the “normal mode” and are referred to as “flat surface removal” or “flat surface removal”. Each numerical value in Tables 6 to 16 is a parameter representing a distance of 1 cm / 200 pulses.
　表６は、各サイズのタイヤのビード部にビードクリームと呼ばれる液状の潤滑剤を霧状に噴射して塗布するためのノズル（図示せず）の位置を特定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 Table 6 shows parameters for specifying the position of a nozzle (not shown) for spraying and applying a liquid lubricant called bead cream to the bead portion of each size tire in a mist form.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
　表７は、各サイズのホイールの把持具４５による把持位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 Table 7 shows parameters for selecting and setting a gripping position by the gripping tool 45 of each size wheel.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
　表８は、各サイズのタイヤの２ｎｄビード組込位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 Table 8 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 2nd bead incorporation position of each size tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
　表９は、各サイズのタイヤの１ｓｔビード取外位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 Table 9 shows parameters for selecting and setting the first bead removal position of each size tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
　表１０は、各サイズのタイヤの１ｓｔビード組込位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 Table 10 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 1st bead incorporation position of each size tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
　表１１は、各サイズのタイヤの２ｎｄビード取外位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 Table 11 shows parameters for selecting and setting the 2nd bead removal position of each size tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
　表１２は、各サイズのタイヤのハンプ越え位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 Table 12 shows parameters for selecting and setting the hump excess position of the tire of each size.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
　表１３は、各サイズのタイヤのビードプレス位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 Table 13 shows parameters for selecting and setting the bead press position of each size tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
　表１４は、各サイズのタイヤ装着時のガイドプレス装置８００の伸長開始位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 Table 14 shows parameters for selecting and setting the extension start position of the guide press device 800 when each size tire is mounted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
　表１５は、各サイズのタイヤのツール移動台４０１の変速位置を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
 Table 15 shows parameters for selecting and setting the shift position of the tool moving table 401 for each size of tire.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
　表１６は、各サイズのタイヤおよびホイールの昇降装置１７による持上げ高さ距離を選択して設定するためのパラメータを表している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 Table 16 shows parameters for selecting and setting the lifting height distance by the lifting device 17 for each size of tire and wheel.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
　前述の実施形態の制御装置１６は、シーケンス制御を行う構成について述べたが、本発明の他の実施形態の制御装置１６は、上記の表１～表１６の設定値を各検出器７３，７４，７９０，８０４、各シリンダ２４ｃ，２８ａ２，２８ｂ２，５０，５２，５５，２０９，７０４，７２９，８０３，８０７の出力ポートの圧力などのデータを学習情報として取得し、損耗および疵などの情報を含むタイヤの形状、寸法、材質などの各種の性状に応じて最適化されたパラメータを推定し、タイヤの着脱に最適な押圧位置を自律制御によって算出するコンピュータによって実現されてもよい。 The control device 16 of the above-described embodiment has been described with respect to the configuration for performing the sequence control. , 790, 804, cylinders 24c, 28a2, 28b2, 50, 52, 55, 209, 704, 729, 803, 807, and other data as learning information, and information such as wear and wrinkles is obtained. It may be realized by a computer that estimates parameters optimized in accordance with various properties such as the shape, size, and material of the tire to be included, and calculates the optimum pressing position for attaching and detaching the tire by autonomous control.
　このような自律制御を行うコンピュータによれば、作業者はホイールだけを把持具４５に装着し、タイヤのタイヤ支持装置６への搬入および搬出を行うだけでよく、タイヤ交換作業における作業者への作業負担を格段に低減することができる。 According to such a computer that performs autonomous control, the worker only needs to attach the wheel to the gripping tool 45 and carry the tire into and out of the tire support device 6. The work burden can be significantly reduced.
　上記の自律制御を行うコンピュータの一例としては、タイヤの断面形状を有限個の要素でモデル化したタイヤ基本モデルと、タイヤ性能を表す目的関数と、タイヤ性能の許容範囲を制約する制約条件と、タイヤ基本モデルに設定された複数の着目点の位置を決定するために用いられる着目点パラメータとを設定する設定部と、着目点パラメータに含まれている上記の表１～表１６の各数値を変数として逐次変更し、制約条件を満たしかつ目的関数の最適値を与える該設計変数に基づいて最終的なパラメータを決定するパラメータ決定部とを含んで構成されてもよい。 As an example of a computer that performs the above-described autonomous control, a tire basic model in which a cross-sectional shape of a tire is modeled by a finite number of elements, an objective function that represents tire performance, and a constraint condition that restricts an allowable range of tire performance, A setting unit for setting a focus point parameter used to determine the positions of a plurality of focus points set in the tire basic model, and the numerical values in Tables 1 to 16 included in the focus point parameter. It may be configured to include a parameter determination unit that sequentially changes as a variable, determines a final parameter based on the design variable that satisfies the constraint condition and gives the optimum value of the objective function.
　前述の実施形態のタイヤ支持装置６は、ホイール既着タイヤまたはホイール未着タイヤを上載して昇降駆動するように構成されたが、本発明の他の実施形態では、前記昇降駆動に加えて前後方向に変位駆動するように構成されてもよい。 The tire support device 6 according to the above-described embodiment is configured to be driven up and down by mounting a wheel-attached tire or a wheel non-attached tire. However, in another embodiment of the present invention, in addition to the up-and-down drive, the front and rear It may be configured to be displaced in the direction.
　本発明のタイヤ着脱装置が対象とするタイヤは、バス、トラック、大型特殊自動車など大型車両が装備するタイヤであり、タイヤ径、硬さ、摩耗の程度などによってショルダ部およびサイドウォール部の形状も大きく異なるので、ビード押圧部材２５、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂが回転中のタイヤから受ける反力の変化が相殺されるように、ビード押圧部材２５、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂのタイヤへの押圧力を制御装置１６によって制御するように構成されてもよい。このような構成を採用することによって、単にタイヤへの押圧位置の調整だけによる場合に比べて、タイヤの変形を可及的に少なくして、取付け時および取外し時にタイヤが受ける負荷を低減し、剛性の高いタイヤであっても、円滑にホイールに対する着脱作業を行うことが可能となる。 The tires targeted by the tire attaching / detaching device of the present invention are tires equipped on large vehicles such as buses, trucks, large special automobiles, etc., and the shape of the shoulder portion and the sidewall portion depends on the tire diameter, hardness, degree of wear, etc. The bead pressing member 25, the guide press rollers 24a, 24b, and the bead rollers 28a, 28b are so different from each other that the change in reaction force received from the rotating tire is canceled out. The pressing force of the bead rollers 28a and 28b on the tire may be controlled by the control device 16. By adopting such a configuration, the deformation of the tire is reduced as much as possible compared to the case of simply adjusting the pressing position on the tire, and the load applied to the tire during installation and removal is reduced. Even with a tire having high rigidity, it is possible to smoothly attach and detach the wheel.
　本発明のタイヤ着脱装置は、次のような他の実施形態が可能である。
（１）タイヤが装着されたホイールを把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、
　ホイールに装着されたタイヤの一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤの他方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラと、
　ホイールに装着されたタイヤの他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤの一方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラと、
　各ビードローラを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、回転駆手段によって、タイヤが装着されたホイールを回転させ、ビードローラを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させる制御装置とを設ける。 Other embodiments of the tire attaching / detaching device of the present invention are possible as follows.
(1) A rotary drive device 13 having a grip 44 that grips a wheel on which a tire is mounted, and a main shaft that rotates the grip 44 around a horizontal rotation axis;
A bead roller disposed to face a predetermined first region on one side of a tire mounted on a wheel and movable to the other side of the tire;
A guide press roller disposed on the other side of the tire mounted on the wheel so as to face a second region different from the predetermined first region in the circumferential direction and movable toward one side of the tire When,
A control device is provided that moves each bead roller to a predetermined first pushing position, and rotates a wheel on which a tire is mounted by a rotary driving means to move the bead roller to a predetermined second pushing position.
　このような構成によれば、タイヤの種類にかかわらず、タイヤビード部に過大な引張り力を作用させずに円滑にタイヤをホイールから離脱させることができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 According to such a configuration, it is possible to provide a tire attaching / detaching device that can smoothly remove the tire from the wheel without applying an excessive tensile force to the tire bead portion regardless of the type of the tire.
（２）主軸によって、タイヤが掛け止められたホイールを把持したチャック部を回転させるとともに、ガイドプレスローラを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させ、かつ一方のビードローラを予め定める第２押込み位置まで同一側へ移動させて、タイヤがホイールに押込まれた後に、ガイドプレスローラを第１押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させるとともに、一方のビードローラを第２押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させて、タイヤ３がホイールに装着されるように、主軸によって把持部４４を少なくとも１回転させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 (2) The chuck that grips the wheel on which the tire is hung is rotated by the main shaft, the guide press roller is moved to the predetermined first pressing position, and one bead roller is the same as the predetermined second pressing position. After the tire is pushed into the wheel, the guide press roller is moved further to the other side than the first pushing position, and one bead roller is moved to the other side from the second pushing position. Further, the control device 16 is provided to move the grip portion 44 at least once by the main shaft so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel.
　このような構成によれば、ハンプが設けられるホイールであっても、タイヤの１ｓｔビードまたは１次側ビードとも呼ばれるタイヤビード部がホイールのハンプを越えてリムに接触するように、タイヤをホイールに装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 According to such a configuration, even if the wheel is provided with a hump, the tire is attached to the wheel so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the hump of the wheel. A tire attaching / detaching device that can be attached can be provided.
（３）タイヤ３がホイール４に装着された車輪を支持した状態で上昇可能なタイヤ支持装置６と、ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、
　ホイールに装着されたタイヤの一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設されるガイドプレスローラと、
　ホイールに装着されたタイヤの他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に第２の領域に対向するように配設されるビードローラと、
　回転駆動装置１３によってタイヤが装着されたホイールを把持した把持部４４を回転させ、ガイドプレスローラを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、一方のビードローラを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させた後に、回転するホイールに対してタイヤだけが停止する位置まで、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 (3) A tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel mounted on the wheel 4, a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a main shaft 43 that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a rotation axis. A rotary drive device 13 having
A guide press roller disposed so as to face a predetermined first region on one side of a tire mounted on a wheel;
A bead roller disposed on the other side of the tire mounted on the wheel so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction with respect to the predetermined first region;
The gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel on which the tire is mounted is rotated by the rotational driving device 13 to move the guide press roller to the predetermined first pushing position and to move one bead roller to the predetermined second pushing position. Later, a control device 16 for raising the tire support device 6 to a position where only the tire stops with respect to the rotating wheel is provided.
　このような構成によれば、タイヤの軽点マークが付された位置とホイールのエアバルブ部が設けられた位置とが一致するように、タイヤをホイールに装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 According to such a configuration, there is provided a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching the tire to the wheel so that the position where the light spot mark of the tire is attached matches the position where the air valve portion of the wheel is provided. be able to.
（４）基台２２は、平面視の形状が長方形の基板１０１と、基板１０１と平行に間隔をあけて積層され、平面視の形状が凹状の上面板１０３と、上面板１０３の周縁辺に沿って基板１０１上に配設され、山形鋼および溝形鋼などの形鋼材から成るフレーム部材１０４とを有し、上面板１０３の上方に臨む表面と、基板１０１の上面板１０３およびフレーム部材１０４から上方に露出する表面とは、フレーム部材１０４の幅に相当する高さの段差ΔＬを有し、下限位置に下降したタイヤ支持装置６の下部が嵌まり込むことができる。 (4) The base 22 is laminated on the substrate 101 having a rectangular shape in plan view, spaced apart in parallel with the substrate 101, and the upper surface plate 103 having a concave shape in plan view on the peripheral side of the upper surface plate 103. And a frame member 104 made of a section steel material such as an angle steel and a grooved steel, and a surface facing the upper side of the upper surface plate 103, and the upper surface plate 103 and the frame member 104 of the substrate 101. The surface exposed to the upper side has a height difference ΔL corresponding to the width of the frame member 104, and the lower part of the tire support device 6 lowered to the lower limit position can be fitted.
　このような構成によれば、下限位置に配置したタイヤ支持装置６にタイヤを円滑に搬入し、あるいはタイヤ支持装置６から円滑にタイヤを搬出する作業を容易化することができる。 According to such a configuration, it is possible to facilitate the work of smoothly loading the tire into the tire support device 6 disposed at the lower limit position, or smoothly unloading the tire from the tire support device 6.
（５）固定フレーム本体１３０は、カバー枠体１３７、天板１３８、左側面カバー１３９、右側面上部カバー１４０右側面下部カバー１４１、正面カバー１４２、背面カバー１４３および正面カバー１４２の開口を塞ぐ正面扉１４５および正面カバー１４３の開口の内方に設けられる箱状の小物入れ凹部１４６を含み、天板１４１には、信号灯１４８が搭載され、過剰電流または過剰トルクなどが発生したときに点灯して、警報を報知することができる。 (5) The fixed frame main body 130 is a front surface that covers the openings of the cover frame 137, the top plate 138, the left side cover 139, the right side upper cover 140, the right side lower cover 141, the front cover 142, the back cover 143, and the front cover 142. It includes a box-shaped accessory case recess 146 provided inside the opening of the door 145 and the front cover 143, and the top panel 141 is equipped with a signal lamp 148 that lights up when excessive current or excessive torque is generated. An alarm can be notified.
（６）タイヤ昇降体４６５は、側面視で略Ｌ字状の構造体であって、鉛直方向に長手の支柱４２０と、支柱４２０の下端部から水平に延び、支柱４２０の下端部に接合される基端部を有する第１アーム部４２１と、第１アーム部４２１の遊端部に連なり、第１アーム部４２１から離反するにつれて下方に傾斜する上面部４２２ａを有し、外観が略三角柱状の第２アーム部４２２と、第２アーム部４２１の遊端部に連なり、第２アーム部４２２から水平に延び、平面視の外観が四角形の上面部４２３ａを有する第３アーム部４２３とを有し、第３アーム部４２３の上面部４２３ａには、タイヤ支持台４６８が上載され、タイヤ支持装置６が下限位置に下降したとき、タイヤ支持台４６８の上面が基台２２の上面板１０３の上面とほぼ同一平面を成す。 (6) The tire elevating body 465 is a substantially L-shaped structure in a side view, and extends horizontally from the vertical column 420 and the lower end of the column 420, and is joined to the lower end of the column 420. A first arm portion 421 having a base end portion and a free end portion of the first arm portion 421, and an upper surface portion 422 a that is inclined downward as it is separated from the first arm portion 421. The second arm portion 422, and a third arm portion 423 that is connected to the free end portion of the second arm portion 421, extends horizontally from the second arm portion 422, and has a top surface portion 423a that is square in plan view. When the tire support 468 is mounted on the upper surface 423a of the third arm 423 and the tire support 6 is lowered to the lower limit position, the upper surface of the tire support 468 is the upper surface of the upper surface plate 103 of the base 22. Almost coplanar with It is.
（７）支柱４２０の上端面には、タイヤ径測定装置１が配設される。タイヤ径測定装置１は、支柱４２０の上端面にボルトなどのねじ部材によって固定されるブラケット４３０と、ブラケット４３０にピン４３１によって基端部が第３軸線Ｌ３まわりに角変位可能に連結される傾動アーム１１とを有する。 (7) The tire diameter measuring device 1 is disposed on the upper end surface of the column 420. The tire diameter measuring apparatus 1 includes a bracket 430 that is fixed to the upper end surface of a column 420 by a screw member such as a bolt, and a tilt that is connected to the bracket 430 by a pin 431 so as to be angularly displaceable around a third axis L3. Arm 11.
（８）移動フレーム本体２７は、ツール移動台４０１と、ツール移動台４０１を水平に挿通する一対のツール移動台案内軸２６ａ，２６ｂと、ツール移動台４０１の背後側の一側部に下端部が固定される支柱部４３３とを有する。支柱部４３３は、鉛直方向に延びる一対の縦枠部材４４０と、各縦枠部材４４０の下端部に連結され、水平に延びる下枠部材４４１とを有する。一方の縦枠部材４４０の上端部には、タイヤ支持装置６の設置または移動する際にクレーンのフックなどの吊具を掛合するために、逆Ｕ字状の吊金具４４２が設けられる。 (8) The moving frame main body 27 includes a tool moving table 401, a pair of tool moving table guide shafts 26a and 26b that are horizontally inserted through the tool moving table 401, and a lower end portion on one side portion behind the tool moving table 401. And a support column 433 to which is fixed. The column part 433 includes a pair of vertical frame members 440 extending in the vertical direction, and a lower frame member 441 that is connected to the lower end of each vertical frame member 440 and extends horizontally. At the upper end of one vertical frame member 440, an inverted U-shaped hanging bracket 442 is provided for hooking a hanging tool such as a crane hook when the tire support device 6 is installed or moved.
（９）ツール移動台４０１は、互いに間隔をあけて回転軸線Ｌ０と平行に配設される一対の筒状部材４０２と、各筒状部材４０２の一方の端面に溶接によって接合される一方の端板４０３と、各筒状部材４０２の他方の端面に溶接によって接合される他方の端板４０４と、各筒状部材４０２の一方端部の上面に溶接によって接合される一方の上面板４０５と、各筒状部材４０２の他方端部の上面に溶接によって接合される他方の上面板４０６と、各上面板４０５，４０６の互いに近接する長辺側の一側部に垂直に溶接によってそれぞれ接合される支持板４０７，４０８とを有する。 (9) The tool moving base 401 includes a pair of cylindrical members 402 disposed in parallel with the rotation axis L0 at an interval, and one end joined by welding to one end face of each cylindrical member 402. A plate 403, the other end plate 404 joined by welding to the other end face of each cylindrical member 402, and one upper surface plate 405 joined by welding to the upper surface of one end of each cylindrical member 402; The other upper surface plate 406 joined by welding to the upper surface of the other end portion of each cylindrical member 402 and the upper surface plates 405 and 406 are joined perpendicularly to one side portion of the long side adjacent to each other by welding. And support plates 407 and 408.
（１９）タイヤ支持装置６は、一対の固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂと、各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂが収容され、各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂの長手方向両端部が固定される箱状の筐体４７３とを有する。各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂは、回転軸線Ｌ０に平行に延びて配設される。筐体４７３内には、傾動板４７２を下方から弾性支承する２つの圧縮コイルばね４７４が設けられる。傾動板４７２には、タイヤから脱落した土砂、小石などの異物を傾動板４７２から排出するための排出孔４７５が形成され、傾動板４７２と各固定支持板４７１ａ，４７１ｂとの間に異物が噛み込まないように構成される。 (19) The tire support device 6 accommodates a pair of fixed support plates 471a and 471b and the respective fixed support plates 471a and 471b, and a box-shaped housing in which both ends in the longitudinal direction of the fixed support plates 471a and 471b are fixed. A body 473. Each fixed support plate 471a, 471b is disposed to extend in parallel to the rotation axis L0. In the housing 473, two compression coil springs 474 that elastically support the tilt plate 472 from below are provided. The tilting plate 472 is formed with a discharge hole 475 for discharging foreign matter such as earth and sand and pebbles that have fallen from the tire from the tilting plate 472, and the foreign matter bites between the tilting plate 472 and the fixed support plates 471a and 471b. It is configured not to be included.
（２０）固定フレーム本体７０１は、一対の支持脚７１１，７１２と、各支持脚７１１，７１２をその長手方向中間部で垂直に連結する連結部材７１３と、各支持脚の上端部に垂直に接合される天板７１４とを有する。各支持脚７１１，７１２の下端部には、支持脚７１１，７１２の長手方向に垂直に底板７１５、７１６が溶接によって接合される。各底板７１５，７１６は、正面から見て前後方向に長尺であり、これによってガイドプレス装置７００およびビードプレス装置８００からの水平方向の反力に抗することがでるように構成される。 (20) The fixed frame main body 701 is vertically joined to a pair of support legs 711 and 712, a connecting member 713 that vertically connects the support legs 711 and 712 at the middle part in the longitudinal direction, and an upper end part of each support leg. And a top plate 714 to be used. Bottom plates 715 and 716 are joined to the lower ends of the support legs 711 and 712 by welding in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the support legs 711 and 712. Each of the bottom plates 715 and 716 is long in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and is configured to resist a horizontal reaction force from the guide press device 700 and the bead press device 800.
（２１）ローラ保持体７４１は、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの一端部を球面軸受によって回動自在に保持する第１保持部材７２０と、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの他端部を保持する第２保持部材７２１と、ガイドプレス駆動部の一部を構成する可動軸体７２２に固定され、第２保持部材７２１が移動可能に連結される第３保持部材７２３とを有する。第２保持部材７２１は、第２仮想鉛直面に垂直でかつ傾斜軸線Ｌ１０，Ｌ１１を含む仮想傾斜平面上で、傾斜軸線Ｌ１０，Ｌ１１の第２仮想鉛直面に対する傾斜角度θ１０，θ１１が変化する方向に延びる案内長孔７３４を有する。第３保持部材７２３には、案内長孔７３４を挿通する案内軸であるボルト７４３が着脱可能に固定され、第３保持部材７２３が第２保持部材７２１に傾斜角度θ１０，θ１１に対応する位置で固定される。 (21) The roller holder 741 has a first holding member 720 that rotatably holds one end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b by spherical bearings, and a second holding portion that holds the other end portions of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. It has a holding member 721 and a third holding member 723 that is fixed to a movable shaft body 722 that constitutes a part of the guide press driving unit, and to which the second holding member 721 is movably connected. The second holding member 721 is a direction in which the inclination angles θ10 and θ11 of the inclination axes L10 and L11 with respect to the second virtual vertical plane change on a virtual inclination plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the inclination axes L10 and L11. And a guide slot 734 extending in the direction. A bolt 743 that is a guide shaft through which the guide long hole 734 is inserted is detachably fixed to the third holding member 723, and the third holding member 723 is positioned on the second holding member 721 at a position corresponding to the inclination angles θ10 and θ11. Fixed.
（２２）軸案内具７２７は、第１可動テーブル７０３の天板７３８に３機が搭載され、第２可動テーブル７４０の各案内軸７３９がそれぞれ挿通され、鉛直方向に案内される。このような軸案内具７２７は、第１可動テーブル７０３の天板７３８に３機が搭載され、第２可動テーブル７４０の各案内軸７３９がそれぞれ挿通され、鉛直方向に案内され、ガイドプレス装置７００を搭載した第２可動テーブル７４０を回転を伴わずに水平を維持して鉛直方向に移動することができる。 (22) Three shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 738 of the first movable table 703, and each guide shaft 739 of the second movable table 740 is inserted and guided in the vertical direction. Three such shaft guides 727 are mounted on the top plate 738 of the first movable table 703, the guide shafts 739 of the second movable table 740 are respectively inserted, guided in the vertical direction, and the guide press device 700. The second movable table 740 equipped with can be moved in the vertical direction while maintaining the horizontal without rotating.
（２３）第３アーム部分８０１ｃには、基板８０８とは反対側の表面にビード押圧部材８１７が固定される。ビード押圧部材８１７は、タイヤよりも硬質の合成ゴムから成る。ビード押圧部材８１７は、その断面が薄肉の直方体状の第１ブロック部分８１７ａと、第１ブロック部分８１７ａに連なり、第１ブロック部分８１７ａよりも厚みが大きい直方体状の第２ブロック部分８１７ｂと、第２ブロック部分８１７ｂに連なり、第２ブロック部分８１７ｂよりも厚みが大きい第３ブロック部分８１７ｃとを有する。 (23) A bead pressing member 817 is fixed to the third arm portion 801c on the surface opposite to the substrate 808. The bead pressing member 817 is made of synthetic rubber that is harder than the tire. The bead pressing member 817 includes a rectangular parallelepiped first block portion 817a whose cross section is thin, a rectangular parallelepiped second block portion 817b having a thickness larger than that of the first block portion 817a, and a first block portion 817a. The third block portion 817c is connected to the second block portion 817b and has a thickness larger than that of the second block portion 817b.
（２４）レール部２０２は、一対のレール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂと、各レール部材が複数のボルト２６５ａ，２６５ｂによって固定される一対のレール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂと、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂが固定される板状のレール基板２６１と、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂの一方の端面に溶接して接合される一対のブラケット２６３ａ，２６３ｂとを有する。 (24) The rail portion 202 is fixed to a pair of rail members 260a and 260b, a pair of rail support members 262a and 262b to which the rail members are fixed by a plurality of bolts 265a and 265b, and the rail support members 262a and 262b. And a pair of brackets 263a and 263b which are welded and joined to one end face of each rail support member 262a and 262b.
（２５）各レール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂには、その長手方向に間隔をあけて複数のボルト孔２６６ａ，２６６ｂが形成され、各レール支持部材２６２ａ，２６２ｂには、各ボルト孔２６６ａ，２６６ｂと同一ピッチで複数のねじ孔２６７ａ，２６７ｂが形成される。各ボルト２６５ａ，２６５ｂを各ボルト孔に装着し、各ねじ孔２６７ａ，２６７ｂに螺合させて締付けることによって、各レール部材２６０ａ，２６０ｂが各レール支持部材２６２ａ,２６２ｂに固定される。 (25) Each rail member 260a, 260b is formed with a plurality of bolt holes 266a, 266b spaced apart in the longitudinal direction, and each rail support member 262a, 262b has the same pitch as each bolt hole 266a, 266b. Thus, a plurality of screw holes 267a and 267b are formed. The rail members 260a and 260b are fixed to the rail support members 262a and 262b by attaching the bolts 265a and 265b to the bolt holes and screwing the bolts 265a and 265b into the screw holes 267a and 267b.
（２６）シリンダケース３１８内の空間は、ピストン３２２によって２つのピストン室３２９ａ，３２９ｂに仕切られる。一方のピストン室３２９ａには、シリンダケース３１８に形成された第１流路３３０ａが連通し、第１流路３３０ａはデバイダ３２７に形成された第２流路３３０ｂに連通する。他方のピストン室３２９ｂには、デバイダ３２７に形成された第３流路３３０ｃが連通する。デバイダ３２７の第２および第３流路３３０ｂ，３３０ｃは、ホイール３３５が固定されたスリップリング３３３のポート３３１ａ，３３１ｂに連通する。一方のポート３３１ａに供給された作動油は、第３流路３３０ｃを経て、他方のピストン室３２９ｂに供給され、ピストン３２２の他方のピストン室３２９ｂに臨む受圧面が加圧される。これによって、一方のピストン室３２９ａ内の作動油は、ピストン３２２によって加圧され、第１流路３３０ａおよび第２流路３３０ｂを経て、他方のポート３３１ｂから排出され、ピストン棒３２８が伸長する。他方のポート３３１ｂに供給された作動油は、第２流路３３０ｂおよび第１流路３３０ａを経て、一方のピストン室３２９ａに供給され、ピストン３２２の一方のピストン室３２９ａに臨む受圧面が加圧される。これによって、他方のピストン室３２９ｂ内の作動油は、ピストン３２２によって加圧され、第３流路３３０ｃを経て、一方のポート３３１ａから排出され、ピストン棒３２８が縮退する。 (26) The space in the cylinder case 318 is partitioned by the piston 322 into two piston chambers 329a and 329b. One piston chamber 329 a communicates with a first flow path 330 a formed in the cylinder case 318, and the first flow path 330 a communicates with a second flow path 330 b formed in the divider 327. A third flow path 330c formed in the divider 327 communicates with the other piston chamber 329b. The second and third flow paths 330b and 330c of the divider 327 communicate with the ports 331a and 331b of the slip ring 333 to which the wheel 335 is fixed. The hydraulic oil supplied to one port 331a is supplied to the other piston chamber 329b via the third flow path 330c, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized. As a result, the hydraulic oil in one piston chamber 329a is pressurized by the piston 322, discharged from the other port 331b through the first flow path 330a and the second flow path 330b, and the piston rod 328 extends. The hydraulic oil supplied to the other port 331b is supplied to one piston chamber 329a via the second flow path 330b and the first flow path 330a, and the pressure receiving surface of the piston 322 facing one piston chamber 329a is pressurized. Is done. As a result, the hydraulic oil in the other piston chamber 329b is pressurized by the piston 322, is discharged from the one port 331a via the third flow path 330c, and the piston rod 328 is degenerated.
（２７）モータ５０２が駆動されると、ポンプ５０３は、タンク５０１内の作動油をストレーナ５０５および油圧ホース５１１を介して吸引ポートから吸引し、吐出ポートから油圧ホース５１０、マニホールド５０５、油圧ホース５１２、複数の電磁弁Ｖ１～Ｖ７および複数のチェック弁Ｖ１１～Ｖ１７を経て、複数の油圧シリンダＣ１～Ｃ７へ供給される。各油圧シリンダＣ１～Ｃ７から吐出された作動油は、各チェック弁Ｖ１１～Ｖ１７、各電磁弁Ｖ１～Ｖ７、油圧ホース５１３、マニホールド５０５および油圧ホース５１４を経て、タンク５０１へ戻される。ポンプ５０３の作動油の一部は、チューブ５１５からドレンクーラ５１６へ供給されて冷却された後、チューブ５１７からタンク５０１へ戻され、作動油の温度が適切な温度を維持するように、温度制御される。 (27) When the motor 502 is driven, the pump 503 sucks the hydraulic oil in the tank 501 from the suction port via the strainer 505 and the hydraulic hose 511, and from the discharge port, the hydraulic hose 510, the manifold 505, and the hydraulic hose 512. Then, it is supplied to a plurality of hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 via a plurality of solenoid valves V1 to V7 and a plurality of check valves V11 to V17. The hydraulic oil discharged from the hydraulic cylinders C1 to C7 is returned to the tank 501 through the check valves V11 to V17, the electromagnetic valves V1 to V7, the hydraulic hose 513, the manifold 505, and the hydraulic hose 514. A part of the hydraulic oil of the pump 503 is supplied from the tube 515 to the drain cooler 516 and cooled, and then returned from the tube 517 to the tank 501 so that the temperature of the hydraulic oil is controlled to maintain an appropriate temperature. The
（２８）操作部１９は、ホイール未着タイヤ３のホイール４への組込み作業およびホイール既着タイヤのホイール４からの取外し作業を自動で行う自動モードと手動で個別に操作する手動モードとを切換える自動／手動切換スイッチＳＷ１、自動モードで用いられる切換スイッチＳＷ２～ＳＷ７と、手動モードで用いられる切換スイッチＳＷ８～ＳＷ１９と、扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモードおよび軽点合わせモードの有効／無効を切換える切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３と、各切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３が有効に切換えられたときに点灯し、無効であるときには消灯する表示灯Ｌｍｐ１～Ｌｍｐ３とを備える。 (28) The operation unit 19 switches between an automatic mode in which the work for assembling the wheel non-attached tire 3 to the wheel 4 and the work for removing the already-attached tire from the wheel 4 are automatically performed, and a manual mode in which the manual operation is performed individually. Automatic / manual changeover switch SW1, changeover switches SW2 to SW7 used in the automatic mode, changeover switches SW8 to SW19 used in the manual mode, and switches for switching between valid / invalid of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode, and the light spot alignment mode Switches SW21 to SW23, and indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 that are turned on when each of the changeover switches SW21 to SW23 is effectively switched and are turned off when the switches are invalid.
（２９）切換スイッチＳＷ１～ＳＷ２０および表示灯Ｌｍｐ１～Ｌｍｐ３は、正面パネル１７３に設けられ、切換スイッチＳＷ２１～ＳＷ２３は、側面パネル１７４に設けられる。 (29) The changeover switches SW1 to SW20 and the indicator lamps Lmp1 to Lmp3 are provided on the front panel 173, and the changeover switches SW21 to SW23 are provided on the side panel 174.
（３０）記憶部Ｍには、チャック位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、１ｓｔビード取外位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、１ｓｔビード組込位置がホイールサイズ毎に記憶され、２ｎｄビード組込位置が記憶され、２ｎｄビード取外位置が記憶される。 (30) In the storage unit M, the chuck position is stored for each wheel size, the 1st bead removal position is stored for each wheel size, the 1st bead installation position is stored for each wheel size, and the 2nd bead installation position Is stored, and the 2nd bead removal position is stored.
（３１）制御装置１６は、潤滑剤噴射用レギュレータ３９を動作させ、ステップｓ１２で、潤滑剤噴射用レギュレータ３９に接続された噴射ノズル４０ａ，４０ｂからタイヤ３の各サイドウォール部および各タイヤビード部に潤滑剤を噴射して付着させる。 (31) The control device 16 operates the lubricant injection regulator 39, and in step s12, each sidewall portion and each tire bead portion of the tire 3 from the injection nozzles 40a and 40b connected to the lubricant injection regulator 39. A lubricant is sprayed onto the surface to adhere.
（３２）制御装置１６は、第２ビード部の押込み位置に到達してから予め定める時間であるＴ秒後に、昇降シリンダ５０によって昇降フレームを上昇させて、タイヤ３をタイヤ支持装置６によって支持させ、その後、回転駆動装置１３を制御して、主軸４３の回転を停止させる。 (32) The control device 16 raises the lifting frame by the lifting cylinder 50 and supports the tire 3 by the tire support device 6 after T seconds, which is a predetermined time after reaching the pushing position of the second bead portion. Thereafter, the rotation driving device 13 is controlled to stop the rotation of the main shaft 43.
（３３）制御装置１６は、図９５に示す切換スイッチＳＷ２１～２３の操作によって扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモードおよび軽点合わせモードのいずれかに設定されると、回転駆動装置１３によって、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部である把持部４４を水平な回転軸線Ｌ２まわりに回転させると同時に、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める押込み位置まで移動させた後、ビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂを予め定める押込み位置まで移動させる。 (33) When the control device 16 is set to any one of the flat tire mode, the hump crossing mode, and the light spot alignment mode by operating the change-over switches SW21 to SW23 shown in FIG. After rotating the gripping portion 44, which is the gripping portion that grips the mounted wheel 4, around the horizontal rotation axis L2, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined pushing position, The bead roller 28a or 28b is moved to a predetermined pushing position.
（３４）ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの軸線Ｌ２方向の位置は、位置検出器７３によって検出され、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂの軸線Ｌ２方向の位置は、位置検出器７４によって検出される。これらの位置検出器７３，７４は、リニアエンコーダによって実現され、各検出値信号は制御装置１６に入力され、押込み位置の算出などに用いられる。 (34) The position of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 73, and the position of the bead rollers 28a and 28b in the direction of the axis L2 is detected by the position detector 74. These position detectors 73 and 74 are realized by linear encoders, and each detection value signal is input to the control device 16 and used for calculation of the indentation position.
（３５）制御装置１６は、切換スイッチＳＷ２１～２３によって選択された１つのホイール情報に対応するガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの押込み位置情報およびビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂの押込み位置情報を、記憶部Ｍから読み出し、読み出されたガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂの押込み位置情報に基づいて、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める押込み位置に移動させるとともに、読み出されたビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂの押込み位置情報に基づいて、ビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂをその押込み位置に移動させる。 (35) The control device 16 reads from the storage unit M the pressing position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b and the pressing position information of the bead rollers 28a and 28b corresponding to one wheel information selected by the changeover switches SW21 to SW23. Based on the read position information of the guide press rollers 24a and 24b, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined push position, and the read bead roller 28a or 28b is pressed. Based on the position information, the bead rollers 28a and 28b are moved to their pushing positions.
（３６）制御装置１６は、後述の図９５に示す切換スイッチＳＷ２３によって軽点合わせモードに設定されると、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転駆動装置１３によって回転させ、ガイドプレス装置７００のローラ２４ａ，２４ｂをハンプ越え用に設定された予め定める押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａまたは２８ｂをハンプ越え用に設定された予め定める押込み位置まで移動させた後に、回転するホイール４に対してタイヤ３だけが停止する位置まで、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇させる。 (36) When the control device 16 is set to the light spot alignment mode by the changeover switch SW23 shown in FIG. 95 to be described later, the rotation drive device 13 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted. Then, the rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 are moved to a predetermined pushing position set for hump passage, and the bead roller 28a or 28b is moved to a predetermined pushing position set for hump passage and then rotated. The tire support device 6 is raised to a position where only the tire 3 stops with respect to the wheel 4 to be operated.
（３７）タイヤ支持装置６は、タイヤ３を押圧していることを検出する後述のリミットスイッチ６５をタイヤ検出装置として備え、制御装置１６は、リミットスイッチ６５によってタイヤ３が押圧されていることを検出されると、タイヤ支持装置６の上昇動作を停止させる。 (37) The tire support device 6 includes a later-described limit switch 65 that detects that the tire 3 is pressed as a tire detection device, and the control device 16 indicates that the tire 3 is pressed by the limit switch 65. When detected, the lifting operation of the tire support device 6 is stopped.
（３８）制御装置１６は、傾動アーム１１の回転中心となる軸線Ｌ１から車輪５のタイヤ３の頂部７近傍である接点７ａまでの距離をＬ１１とし、車輪５の直径であるタイヤ外径をＤとし、タイヤ支持装置６の支持面から鉛直方向に傾動アーム１１の軸線Ｌ１までの移動距離をＨ１とし、タイヤ支持装置６のタイヤ支持面から回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２までの移動距離をＨ３とし、上昇させるべき移動距離をＨ２としたとき、
　　　タイヤ外径Ｄ＝Ｌ１１×ｓｉｎθ＋Ｈ１　　　　　　　　　…（１）
　　　移動距離Ｈ２＝Ｈ３－Ｄ／２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　…（２）
によって求め、
　このような移動距離Ｈ２に相当する駆動信号を昇降シリンダ５０に出力することによって、タイヤ支持装置６がタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７によって移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇し、車輪５を中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ位置まで上昇させる。 (38) The control device 16 sets the distance from the axis L1 serving as the rotation center of the tilt arm 11 to the contact 7a in the vicinity of the top 7 of the tire 3 of the wheel 5 as L11, and sets the tire outer diameter as the diameter of the wheel 5 to D. H1 is a movement distance from the support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L1 of the tilting arm 11 in the vertical direction, and H3 is a movement distance from the tire support surface of the tire support device 6 to the axis L2 of the rotation drive device 13. When the moving distance to be raised is H2,
Tire outer diameter D = L11 × sin θ + H1 (1)
Moving distance H2 = H3-D / 2 (2)
Sought by,
By outputting a driving signal corresponding to such a moving distance H2 to the elevating cylinder 50, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the moving distance H2 by the tire supporting device driving unit 17, and the wheel 5 is rotated by the central axis L5. It is raised to a height position that coincides with the 13th axis L2.
　このように下降位置にあるタイヤ支持装置６に車輪５を作業者が転動させるなどして搬入した後、傾動アーム１１をタイヤ３の頂部７付近に当接させることによって、いわば自動的に車輪５の中心軸線Ｌ５が回転駆動装置１３の軸線Ｌ２に一致する高さ位置に移動させて位置決めすることができ、作業者による手間および時間を格段に削減して、タイヤ３のホイール４に対する装着作業およびホイール４からタイヤ３の離脱作業を短時間で行うことが可能となる。 The wheel 5 is automatically brought into contact with the vicinity of the top portion 7 of the tire 3 by bringing the wheel 5 into the tire support device 6 in the lowered position, for example, by rolling the wheel 5. 5 can be positioned by moving the central axis L5 of the tire 5 to a height position that coincides with the axis L2 of the rotary drive device 13, and the labor and time required for the operator can be greatly reduced, so that the tire 3 can be mounted on the wheel 4. In addition, the work of detaching the tire 3 from the wheel 4 can be performed in a short time.
（３９）タイヤ支持装置６は、一対の固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂと、各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの間に配設される可動支持板３１ｃと、可動支持板３１ｃを支持する複数の圧縮ばね６１と、各圧縮ばね６１の一端部が嵌合するばね受け片６２と、可動支持板３１ｃが固定されるスリーブ６３と、スリーブ６３に挿通される固定軸６４と、可動支持板３１ｃの変位を検出するタイヤ検出装置としてのリミットスイッチ６５と、箱状の筐体３２とを有する。 (39) The tire support device 6 includes a pair of fixed support plates 31a and 31b, a movable support plate 31c disposed between the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and a plurality of compression springs that support the movable support plate 31c. 61, a spring receiving piece 62 into which one end of each compression spring 61 is fitted, a sleeve 63 to which the movable support plate 31c is fixed, a fixed shaft 64 inserted through the sleeve 63, and displacement of the movable support plate 31c. It has a limit switch 65 as a tire detection device to detect and a box-shaped housing 32.
（４０）筐体３２は、４つの側板６６～６９と、底板７０とを有する。これらの側板６６～６９および底板７０は、構造用鋼板から成り、互いに溶接されて箱状に構成される。このような筐体３２には、前述の固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂ、可動支持板３１ｃ、圧縮ばね６１、ばね受け片６２、スリーブ６３および固定軸６４が収容される。 (40) The housing 32 has four side plates 66 to 69 and a bottom plate 70. The side plates 66 to 69 and the bottom plate 70 are made of structural steel plates, and are welded together to form a box shape. Such a housing 32 accommodates the above-described fixed support plates 31a and 31b, the movable support plate 31c, the compression spring 61, the spring receiving piece 62, the sleeve 63, and the fixed shaft 64.
（４１）各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂおよび可動支持板３１ｃは、主軸４３の軸線Ｌ２に平行な長尺の板状体である。各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの長手方向両端部は、筐体３２の側板６６，６７に溶接によって接合される。各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂの互いに近接する側の側部は、水平に対して下方へ傾斜しており、傾斜した各側部の間には、可動支持板３１ｃが部分的に嵌まり込むことができる隙間を有する。可動支持板３１ｃは、その長手方向に垂直な断面が逆凹状であり、一側部にスリーブ６３が固定され、他側部は各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂよりも上方に部分的に突出するように配設される。可動支持板３１ｃの両側部間の中間部は、圧縮ばね６１によって変位自在に支持される。 (41) The fixed support plates 31a and 31b and the movable support plate 31c are long plate-like bodies parallel to the axis L2 of the main shaft 43. Both ends of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b in the longitudinal direction are joined to the side plates 66 and 67 of the housing 32 by welding. The side portions of the fixed support plates 31a and 31b that are close to each other are inclined downward with respect to the horizontal, and the movable support plate 31c is partially fitted between the inclined side portions. It has a gap that can be The movable support plate 31c has an inverted concave cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the sleeve 63 is fixed to one side, and the other side partially protrudes above the fixed support plates 31a and 31b. It is arranged. An intermediate portion between both side portions of the movable support plate 31c is supported by a compression spring 61 so as to be displaceable.
　このような構成によれば、図９に示されるように、タイヤ支持装置６に車輪５またはタイヤ３が乗載された状態では、タイヤ３が各固定支持板３１ａ，３１ｂに支持され、可動支持板３１ｃが押し下げられる。可動支持板３１ｃが押し下げられると、リミットスイッチ６５の作動片６５ａが可動支持板３１ｃによって押圧され、リミットスイッチ６５はオン状態からオフ状態（またはオフ状態からオン状態）にスイッチング態様が切換えられ、タイヤ支持装置６に車輪５またはタイヤ３が接触したことが検出される。 According to such a configuration, as shown in FIG. 9, in a state where the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is mounted on the tire support device 6, the tire 3 is supported by the fixed support plates 31a and 31b, and is movablely supported. The plate 31c is pushed down. When the movable support plate 31c is pushed down, the operating piece 65a of the limit switch 65 is pressed by the movable support plate 31c, the switching mode of the limit switch 65 is switched from the on state to the off state (or from the off state to the on state), and the tire It is detected that the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is in contact with the support device 6.
（４２）作業者がタイヤ３を下限位置にあるタイヤ支持装置６に搬入すると、タイヤ支持装置６の可動支持板３１ｃがタイヤ３に押圧されて押下げられ、これによってリミットスイッチ６５がオンからオフへ変化する。なお、リミットスイッチ６５のスイッチング状態は、説明の便宜上、作動片６５ａが押下げられない状態（すなわち、タイヤ搬出状態）では、オン状態であり、作動片６５ａが押下げられた状態（すなわち、タイヤ搬入状態）では、オフ状態であるものとして説明する。このようなオン／オフを表す検出信号がリミットスイッチ６５から制御装置１６に出力され、タイヤ支持装置６上に車輪５またはタイヤ３が搬入されたか否かを制御装置１６が判定する。 (42) When the operator carries the tire 3 into the tire support device 6 located at the lower limit position, the movable support plate 31c of the tire support device 6 is pressed against the tire 3 and pushed down, whereby the limit switch 65 is turned off from on. To change. For convenience of explanation, the switching state of the limit switch 65 is an ON state when the operating piece 65a is not pressed down (that is, the tire carrying out state), and the operating piece 65a is pressed down (that is, the tire). In the carry-in state), it is assumed that it is in the off state. A detection signal indicating such on / off is output from the limit switch 65 to the control device 16, and the control device 16 determines whether or not the wheel 5 or the tire 3 is carried onto the tire support device 6.
（４３）車輪５がタイヤ支持装置６上に搬入された状態で、作業者は切換スイッチＳＷ２を押下して、タイヤ脱運転、ホイール脱運転、ホイール着運転およびタイヤ着運転のいずれかの運転を選択し、選択した運転モードを制御装置１６に設定する。このような切換スイッチＳＷ２によって、タイヤ脱運転を運転モードとして制御装置１６に設定した後、切換スイッチＳＷ２１，ＳＷ２２，ＳＷ２３のいずれかを押下して、扁平タイヤモード、ハンプ越えモード、軽点合わせモードのいずれかに設定する。扁平タイヤモードは、タイヤ３が扁平タイヤである場合、一般道路用タイヤのビードローラ２８ａ，２８ｂによる押込み位置およびガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂによる押込み位置では、ホイール４からタイヤ３を円滑に取外すことができず、またホイール４にタイヤ３を円滑に装着できない場合があるので、押込み位置をタイヤ３のサイズ（リム径、リム幅など）、剛性などの特性に応じて適切な押込み位置に変更することができる。 (43) With the wheel 5 being carried onto the tire support device 6, the operator depresses the changeover switch SW2 to perform any one of the operation of tire removal, wheel removal, wheel wearing and tire wearing. The selected operation mode is set in the control device 16. After such a change-over switch SW2 sets the tire removal operation to the control device 16 as an operation mode, one of the change-over switches SW21, SW22, SW23 is depressed, and the flat tire mode, the hump-over mode, the light-point adjustment mode Set to one of the following. In the flat tire mode, when the tire 3 is a flat tire, the tire 3 can be smoothly removed from the wheel 4 at the pushing position by the bead rollers 28a and 28b of the general road tire and the pushing position by the guide press rollers 24a and 24b. In addition, since the tire 3 may not be smoothly mounted on the wheel 4, the pushing position may be changed to an appropriate pushing position according to characteristics such as the size of the tire 3 (rim diameter, rim width, etc.) and rigidity. it can.
（４４）作業者によって切換スイッチＳＷ２１が押下されると、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤモードに設定され、その後にステップａ５で切換スイッチＳＷ１が押下される。次のステップａ６で、切換スイッチＳＷ２によってタイヤ着運転が押下されると、制御装置１６はタイヤ着運転モードに設定され、ステップａ７で、タイヤ支持装置６を移動距離Ｈ２だけ上昇させ、タイヤ３の中心軸線が軸線Ｌ２に一致するように位置きめする。このとき、制御装置１６は、切換スイッチＳＷ３，ＳＷ４，ＳＷ５によって設定した値を読出し、読出した値に基づいて移動距離Ｈ２を算出し、制御装置１６は、ステップａ８で移動フレーム本体２７を、予め把持部４４に装着されているホイール４に近接する方向に、そのタイヤおよびホイール４に対応する規定位置まで移動させ、タイヤ３を把持部４４の直前まで搬入する。 (44) When the switch SW21 is pressed by the operator, the control device 16 is set to the flat tire mode, and then the switch SW1 is pressed in step a5. When the tire wearing operation is pressed by the changeover switch SW2 in the next step a6, the control device 16 is set to the tire wearing operation mode, and in step a7, the tire supporting device 6 is raised by the movement distance H2, and the tire 3 The center axis is positioned so as to coincide with the axis L2. At this time, the control device 16 reads the value set by the changeover switches SW3, SW4, SW5, calculates the moving distance H2 based on the read value, and the control device 16 preliminarily moves the moving frame main body 27 in step a8. The tire 3 is moved to a position corresponding to the tire and the wheel 4 in a direction close to the wheel 4 attached to the gripping portion 44, and the tire 3 is carried to just before the gripping portion 44.
（４５）制御装置１６は、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていると判断すると、制御装置１６は、扁平タイヤ用のガイドプレスローラ２４ａの押込み位置を読出した後、ステップａ１２で、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａは押込み位置まで移動され、タイヤ３は、一方のタイヤビード部の上部がホイールの他方のリブに上方から掛止められた状態で斜めに保持され、ステップａ１３で、制御装置１６はタイヤ支持装置６を原点位置まで下降させる。 (45) When the control device 16 determines that the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the guide press roller 24a for the flat tire, and then the guide press roller 24a The tire 3 is moved to the push-in position, and the tire 3 is held obliquely with the upper portion of one tire bead portion being hooked on the other rib of the wheel from above. In step a13, the control device 16 causes the tire support device 6 to move. Lower to the origin position.
（４６）制御装置１６は、ビードローラ２８ａの押込み位置を読出し、ステップａ１５で、切換スイッチＳＷ２１によって扁平タイヤモードに設定されたか否かを判断し、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていれば、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置を読出し、扁平タイヤモードでない場合には、ステップａ１７へ移り、ビードローラ２８ｂが押込み位置に近づく方向への移動を開始し、タイヤ３がホイール４に押込まれる。この状態で、制御装置１６はステップａ１８において回転駆動装置１３を回転させ、ステップａ１９で、ビードローラ２８ｂが、図１０８に示されるように、押込み位置まで到達すると、１次押込み動作が完了する。 (46) The control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28a, determines whether or not the flat tire mode is set by the changeover switch SW21 in step a15, and if the flat tire mode is set, the control device 16 Reads out the pushing position for the flat tire, and if not in the flat tire mode, the process proceeds to step a17, where the bead roller 28b starts moving in the direction approaching the pushing position, and the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4. In this state, the control device 16 rotates the rotary drive device 13 in step a18. When the bead roller 28b reaches the pushing position in step a19 as shown in FIG. 108, the primary pushing operation is completed.
（４７）１次押込み動作が完了した後、ステップａ２０で、制御装置１６はガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを原点位置まで移動させ、ステップａ２１で、制御装置１６はビードローラ２８ｂの押込み位置を読出し、ステップａ２２で扁平タイヤモードに設定されたか否かを判断する。扁平タイヤモードに設定されている場合には、ステップａ２３で、制御装置１６は扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置を制御装置１６の記憶部Ｍから読出し、次のステップａ２４へ移る。また、扁平タイヤモードに設定されていない場合には、ステップａ２４で、ビードローラ２８ｂが前述の扁平タイヤ用の押込み位置まで移動を開始し、タイヤ３をホイール４に押込む。 (47) After the primary pushing operation is completed, in step a20, the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the home position, and in step a21, the control device 16 reads the pushing position of the bead roller 28b, and step In a22, it is determined whether or not the flat tire mode is set. If the flat tire mode is set, in step a23, the control device 16 reads the pushing position for the flat tire from the storage unit M of the control device 16, and proceeds to the next step a24. When the flat tire mode is not set, the bead roller 28b starts moving to the above-described flat tire pushing position and pushes the tire 3 into the wheel 4 in step a24.
（４８）ステップａ２５で、制御装置１６は、ビードプレス装置８００を扁平タイヤ用の押当て位置まで伸長させ、ステップａ２６で、ビードプレス装置８００を回転駆動装置１３とともに回転させ、ステップａ２７で、ビードプレス装置８００と回転駆動装置１３との回転を停止させ、２次押込みが完了する。 (48) In step a25, the control device 16 extends the bead press device 800 to the flat tire pressing position, and in step a26, rotates the bead press device 800 together with the rotary drive device 13, and in step a27, the bead press device The rotation of the press device 800 and the rotation drive device 13 is stopped, and the secondary pushing is completed.
（４９）ステップａ３０で、待機状態から切換スイッチＳＷ２２が押下されると、制御装置１６はハンプ越えモードに設定されたか否かを判断している状態から、ハンプ越えモードが選択されたと判断し、ステップｂ１～ステップｂ１０を実行する。またステップａ３０において、切換スイッチＳＷ２２が押下されなければ、次のステップａ３１に移り、軽点合わせモードが選択されたか否かを判断する。切換スイッチＳＷ２３が押下されたときには、制御装置１６は軽点合わせモードが選択されたと判断し、ステップｃ１～ステップｃ１０を実行する。 (49) When the change-over switch SW22 is pressed from the standby state in step a30, the control device 16 determines that the hump excess mode has been selected from the state in which it is determined whether or not the hump excess mode has been set, Steps b1 to b10 are executed. If the changeover switch SW22 is not pressed in step a30, the process proceeds to the next step a31, and it is determined whether or not the light spot alignment mode is selected. When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed, the control device 16 determines that the light spot alignment mode has been selected, and executes steps c1 to c10.
（５０）ステップｂ１で、ハンプ越えモードの制御動作が開始され、ステップｂ２で制御装置１６は回転駆動装置１３を駆動させて主軸４３および把持部４４を回転させる。次に、ステップｂ３で、制御装置１６は、ガイドプレス装置７００のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを、図２３の仮想線Ｌ７で示される退避位置から仮想線Ｌ６で示される押込み位置、すなわちハンプ越え規定位置まで移動させる。またステップｂ４で、制御装置１６は、ビードローラ２８ａを、図１１１の仮想線Ｌ９で示される退避位置から仮想線Ｌ８で示される押込み位置、すなわちハンプ越え規定位置まで移動させる。 (50) In step b1, the control operation in the hump crossing mode is started, and in step b2, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44. Next, in step b3, the control device 16 defines the guide press rollers 24a and 24b of the guide press device 700 from the retracted position indicated by the virtual line L7 in FIG. Move to position. In step b4, the control device 16 moves the bead roller 28a from the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in FIG. 111 to the pushing position indicated by the imaginary line L8, that is, the hump exceeding specified position.
（５１）ステップｂ５で、前述のガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂおよびビードローラ２８ａが、これらのローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ；２８ａの各駆動シリンダに設けられる図示しない押込み位置検出器によって、各ハンプ越え規定位置まで到達したことが検出されると、制御装置１６はその検出信号に応答して各駆動シリンダを停止させ、その後、ステップｂ６で、回転駆動装置１３を予め定める時間、たとえば１５秒間回転させ、ステップｂ７でガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを前述の仮想線Ｌ７で示される退避位置まで移動させるとともに、ステップｂ８でビードローラ２８ａを前述の仮想線Ｌ９で示される退避位置まで移動させる。ステップｂ９で、制御装置１６は、前述の各駆動シリンダに設けられる図示しない退避位置検出器によって各ローラ２４ａ，２４ｂ：２８ａの退避動作を停止させ、ステップｂ１０でハンプ越えモードの制御動作を停止し、前述のステップａ３１に戻る。 (51) In step b5, the above-mentioned guide press rollers 24a, 24b and bead roller 28a reach the specified positions beyond the humps by pushing-in position detectors (not shown) provided in the drive cylinders of these rollers 24a, 24b; When it is detected, the control device 16 stops each drive cylinder in response to the detection signal, and then in step b6, the rotation drive device 13 is rotated for a predetermined time, for example, 15 seconds, and in step b7. The guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L7, and the bead roller 28a is moved to the retracted position indicated by the imaginary line L9 in step b8. In step b9, the control device 16 stops the retraction operation of the rollers 24a, 24b: 28a by a retraction position detector (not shown) provided in each drive cylinder described above, and stops the control operation in the hump over mode in step b10. The process returns to step a31 described above.
（５２）ステップａ３１において、切換スイッチＳＷ２３が押下されたときには、制御装置１６は軽点合わせモードを実行する。ステップｃ１で、軽点合わせモードの制御動作が開始されると、ステップｃ２で制御装置１６は、回転駆動装置１３を駆動させて主軸４３および把持部４４を回転させる。次に、ステップｃ３で、制御装置１６は、タイヤ支持装置駆動部１７の上下方向の昇降動作を手動で行えるようにフラグを保持する。 (52) When the change-over switch SW23 is pressed in step a31, the control device 16 executes the light spot alignment mode. When the control operation in the light spot alignment mode is started in step c1, the control device 16 drives the rotation driving device 13 to rotate the main shaft 43 and the grip portion 44 in step c2. Next, in step c3, the control device 16 holds a flag so that the vertical movement of the tire support device drive unit 17 can be manually performed.
（５３）ステップｃ４で、作業者が固定フレーム本体１３０を上昇させて、タイヤ３の底部（すなわち、下端部）に押し当て、ステップｃ５でホイール４だけがタイヤ３に対して空転している状態にする。そして作業者は、ステップｃ６で、目視でタイヤ３に付された軽点マーク７８とホイール４のバルブ７７の位置とを確認しながら両者が合致するようにタイミングを予想し、ステップｃ８で両者が一致するタイミングで切換スイッチＳＷ８を操作して、固定フレーム本体１３０を下降させ、ホイール４が回転しない状態にする。 (53) In step c4, the operator raises the fixed frame main body 130 and presses it against the bottom (that is, the lower end) of the tire 3, and only the wheel 4 is idle with respect to the tire 3 in step c5. To. Then, in step c6, the operator predicts the timing so that the light spot mark 78 affixed to the tire 3 and the position of the valve 77 of the wheel 4 are coincident with each other, and in step c8, the both are predicted. The changeover switch SW8 is operated at the coincidence timing to lower the fixed frame body 130 so that the wheel 4 does not rotate.
（５４）ステップｃ８で、作業者が切換スイッチＳＷ７を押下すると、ステップｃ９で制御装置１６はタイヤ支持装置駆動部１７の手動フラグを解除し、ステップｃ９で回転駆動装置１３の回転を停止させ、ステップｃ１０で、軽点合わせモードの制御動作が停止される。 (54) When the operator depresses the changeover switch SW7 in step c8, the control device 16 releases the manual flag of the tire support device drive unit 17 in step c9, stops the rotation of the rotation drive device 13 in step c9, In step c10, the light spot matching mode control operation is stopped.
（５５）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる回転駆動部である主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の一方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラ２８ｂと、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、回転駆動装置１３によって、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を回転させ、ビードローラ２８ｂを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 (55) The tire attaching / detaching device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and a main shaft 43 that is a rotation driving portion that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis. And a guide press roller that is disposed to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 and is movable to the other side of the tire 3 24a, 24b and one side portion of the tire 3 that is disposed so as to face a second region that differs from the predetermined first region in the other side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 in the circumferential direction. The bead roller 28b movable to the side and the guide press rollers 24a, 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated by the rotary drive device 13. Is not provided and a control device 16 for moving to a second pushed-in position the predetermined the bead roller 28b.
　このような構成によって、タイヤの種類にかかわらず、タイヤビード部に過大な引張り力を作用させずに円滑にタイヤをホイールから離脱させることができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a tire attaching / detaching device that can smoothly remove the tire from the wheel without applying an excessive tensile force to the tire bead portion regardless of the type of the tire.
（５６）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、主軸４３によって、タイヤ３が掛け止められたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させるとともに、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置２８ａまで移動させ、かつビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで同一側へ移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に押込まれた後に、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを第１押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを第２押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着されるように、主軸４３によって把持部４４を少なくとも１回転させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 (56) In the tire attaching / detaching device according to the embodiment of the present invention, the main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is latched, and the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are first pressed in advance. After the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4 by moving the bead roller 28a to the predetermined second pushing position and moving the bead roller 28a to the predetermined pushing position, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the other side of the first pushing position. And the bead roller 28a is further moved to the other side of the second pushing position so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4 so that the main shaft 43 rotates the grip 44 at least once. A control device 16 is provided.
　このような構成によって、ハンプが設けられるホイールであっても、タイヤの１ｓｔビードまたは１次側ビードとも呼ばれるタイヤビード部がホイールのハンプを越えてリムに接触するように、タイヤをホイールに装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, even if the wheel is provided with a hump, the tire is mounted on the wheel so that the tire bead portion, also referred to as the first bead or the primary bead of the tire, contacts the rim beyond the wheel hump. A tire attaching / detaching device that can be provided can be provided.
（５７）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着された車輪５を支持した状態で上昇可能なタイヤ支持装置６と、ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設されるガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に第２の領域に対向するように配設されるビードローラ２８ａと、回転駆動装置１３によってタイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させ、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させた後に、回転するホイール４に対してタイヤ３だけが停止する位置まで、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇させる制御装置１６とを設ける。 (57) The tire attachment / detachment device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a tire support device 6 that can be lifted while the tire 3 supports a wheel 5 attached to the wheel 4, a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a grip The rotary drive device 13 having a main shaft 43 that rotates the portion 44 around the rotation axis, and a guide press disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side portion of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4. Rollers 24a and 24b, a bead roller 28a disposed on the other side of the tire 3 attached to the wheel 4 so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction, and a rotational drive The device 13 rotates the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted, and moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to a predetermined first pushing position. After moving to a pre-determined second pushed-in position the Dorora 28a, to a position where only the tire 3 is stopped with respect to the wheel 4 rotating, providing a controller 16 for raising the tire support device 6.
　このような構成によって、タイヤ３の軽点マークが付された位置とホイール４のエアバルブ部が設けられた位置とが一致するように、タイヤ３をホイール４に装着することができるタイヤ着脱装置を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, there is provided a tire attaching / detaching device capable of attaching the tire 3 to the wheel 4 so that the position where the light mark of the tire 3 is marked matches the position where the air valve portion of the wheel 4 is provided. Can be provided.
（５８）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４５を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、
　ホイール４に掛止められたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤの他方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、
　ホイール４に掛止められたタイヤ３の一方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラ２８ａと、
　各ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させ、回転駆動装置１３によって、タイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる制御装置１６と、を含む。 (58) The tire attachment / detachment device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a rotation drive device 13 having a grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 and a main shaft 43 that rotates the grip portion 45 around a horizontal rotation axis.
Guide press rollers 24a and 24b that are disposed so as to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 that is hooked on the wheel 4, and are movable to the other side of the tire,
Arranged so as to face a second region different in the circumferential direction from a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 hooked on the wheel 4, and movable to the other side of the tire 3 Bead roller 28a,
The guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to a predetermined first pushing position, and the bead roller 28a is moved to a predetermined second pushing position, and the rotary drive device 13 holds the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted. And a control device 16 for rotating the portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis.
　このような構成によって、制御装置１６はガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置に移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置に移動させ、ホイール４が回転駆動装置１３によって水平な回転軸線まわりに回転されるので、タイヤ３をホイール４から離脱させるタイヤ離脱時およびタイヤ３をホイール４に装着するタイヤ装着時のいずれにおいても、外径、断面高さおよび断面幅などが異なるタイヤの種類に応じて適切な第１押込み位置と第２押込み位置とを制御措置１６に設定しておき、ホイール４に装着しようとするタイヤ３の種類に対応する第１および第２押込み位置を制御装置１６に自律制御させることができる。 With such a configuration, the control device 16 moves the guide press rollers 24 a and 24 b to the predetermined first pushing position, moves the bead roller 28 a to the predetermined second pushing position, and the wheel 4 is moved horizontally by the rotation driving device 13. The outer diameter, the cross-sectional height, the cross-sectional width, etc. are different both when the tire 3 is detached from the wheel 4 and when the tire 3 is attached to the wheel 4. An appropriate first push position and second push position are set in the control measure 16 according to the type of tire, and the first and second push positions corresponding to the type of the tire 3 to be mounted on the wheel 4 are set. The control device 16 can be controlled autonomously.
　これによって、作業者が手動操作でガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂおよびビードローラ２８ａの各押込み位置を設定する場合に比べて、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂおよびビードローラ２８ａによるタイヤ３の押込み不足およびタイヤ３の過剰な押込みの発生を事前に回避することができ、タイヤ３の種類に応じて適切な第１および第２押込み位置までタイヤ３を押込んで、ビード部に過大な引張り力を作用させずに、タイヤ３をホイール４に装着することが可能となる。 As a result, compared with the case where the operator manually sets the pushing positions of the guide press rollers 24a, 24b and the bead roller 28a, the tire 3 is not pushed sufficiently by the guide press rollers 24a, 24b and the bead roller 28a and the tire 3 is excessive. Can be avoided in advance, and the tire 3 is pushed to the appropriate first and second pushing positions according to the type of the tire 3 without applying an excessive tensile force to the bead portion. 3 can be attached to the wheel 4.
（５９）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、外径、断面高さおよび断面幅が異なる複数のタイヤ３の種類を個別に表すタイヤ情報と、タイヤ情報に関連付けて、第１押込み位置を表す第１押込み位置情報と、第２押込み位置を表す第２押込み位置情報とが記憶される記憶部Ｍと、
　複数のタイヤ情報の１つを選択するために入力操作される操作部１９と、
　操作部１９の入力操作によって選択された１つのタイヤ情報に対応する第１押込み位置情報および第２押込み位置情報を、記憶部Ｍから読み出す読出し部と、をさらに含み、
　制御装置１６は、読出し部から読み出された第１押込み位置情報に基づいて自律制御を実行し、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを第１押込み位置に移動させるとともに、読出し部から読み出された第２押込み位置情報に基づいて、ビードローラ２８ａを第２押込み位置に移動させる。 (59) The tire attachment / detachment device according to the embodiment of the present invention relates to tire information that individually represents the types of the plurality of tires 3 having different outer diameters, cross-sectional heights, and cross-sectional widths, and the first pushing position in association with the tire information. A storage unit M that stores first pushing position information that represents the second pushing position information that represents the second pushing position;
An operation unit 19 that is input to select one of a plurality of tire information;
A read-out unit that reads out from the storage unit M the first indentation position information and the second indentation position information corresponding to one piece of tire information selected by the input operation of the operation unit 19;
The control device 16 performs autonomous control based on the first pressing position information read from the reading unit, moves the guide press rollers 24a and 24b to the first pressing position, and also reads the first pressing position read from the reading unit. Based on the 2 pushing position information, the bead roller 28a is moved to the 2nd pushing position.
　このような構成によって、記憶部Ｍには種類の異なる複数のタイヤ３の第１および第２押込み位置が記憶され、制御装置１６は、操作部１９によって選択された１つのタイヤの第１押込み位置にガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを移動させた後、第２押込み位置にビードローラ２８ａを移動させるので、タイヤ装着時に、種類の異なる複数のタイヤごとに作業者が第１および第２押込み位置を設定し直す必要がなくなり、タイヤ装着時の作業の効率化を図ることができる。 With such a configuration, the storage unit M stores the first and second pushing positions of the plurality of different tires 3, and the control device 16 selects the first pushing position of one tire selected by the operation unit 19. After the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are moved to the second push position, the bead roller 28a is moved to the second push position, so that when the tire is mounted, the operator sets the first and second push positions for each of a plurality of different types of tires. This eliminates the need for repairs and improves work efficiency when mounting tires.
（６０）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、把持部４４を水平な回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、
　ビード部の一部が、把持部４４に把持されたホイール４のリム部の一部を覆うようにホイール４に掛け止められたホイール４に装着されるべきタイヤ３の、一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラ２４，２４ｂと、
　ホイール４に掛け止められたタイヤ３の一方側部のビード部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に異なる第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラ２８ａと、
　主軸４３によって、タイヤ３が掛け止められたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させるとともに、ビードプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させ、かつビードローラ２８ａをガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと同一側から予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に押込まれた後に、ガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂを第１押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを第２押込み位置よりも他方側部側にさらに移動させて、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着されるように、主軸４３によって把持部４４を少なくとも１回転させる制御装置１６と、を含む。 (60) The tire attachment / detachment device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a rotation drive device 13 including a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4, and a main shaft 43 that rotates the gripping portion 44 around a horizontal rotation axis.
A part of the bead portion is determined in advance on one side of the tire 3 to be mounted on the wheel 4 hung on the wheel 4 so as to cover a part of the rim portion of the wheel 4 gripped by the grip portion 44. Guide press rollers 24, 24b that are arranged to face the first region and are movable to the other side of the tire 3,
The bead portion on one side of the tire 3 that is hooked on the wheel 4 is disposed so as to face a second region that is different from the predetermined first region in the circumferential direction. A bead roller 28a movable to
The main shaft 43 rotates the grip portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is hooked, moves the bead press rollers 24a and 24b to a predetermined first pushing position, and moves the bead roller 28a to the guide press rollers 24a and 24a. After the tire 3 is pushed into the wheel 4 by moving from the same side as 24b to the predetermined second pushing position, the guide press rollers 24a and 24b are further moved to the other side from the first pushing position, And a control device 16 that causes the bead roller 28a to move further to the other side than the second push-in position, and causes the gripping portion 44 to rotate at least once by the main shaft 43 so that the tire 3 is mounted on the wheel 4.
　このような構成によって、タイヤ３のビード部がホイール４のハンプおよびエアバルブ部を越えて確実にリムに接触するまでタイヤ３を押込むことができ、空気を確実に充填することができる。 With such a configuration, the tire 3 can be pushed in until the bead portion of the tire 3 exceeds the hump and the air valve portion of the wheel 4 and reliably contacts the rim, and air can be reliably filled.
（６１）本発明の実施形態のタイヤ着脱装置は、タイヤ３がホイール４に装着されたホイール既着タイヤが起立させた状態で乗載され、ホイール既着タイヤを支持した状態で上昇可能なタイヤ支持装置６と、
　ホイール４を把持する把持部４４と、タイヤ支持装置６に支持されたホイール既着タイヤの軸線を含む一鉛直面上に水平な回転軸線を有し、把持部４４を回転軸線まわりに回転させる主軸４３とを有する回転駆動装置１３と、
　ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の一方側部の予め定める第１の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の他方側部側へ移動可能なガイドプレスローラ２４ａ，２４ｂと、
　ホイール４に装着されたタイヤ３の他方側部の、予め定める第１の領域とは周方向に第２の領域に対向するように配設され、タイヤ３の一方側部側へ移動可能なビードローラ２８ａと、
　回転駆動装置によってタイヤ３が装着されたホイール４を把持した把持部４４を回転させ、押込みローラを予め定める第１押込み位置まで移動させるとともに、ビードローラ２８ａを予め定める第２押込み位置まで移動させた後に、回転するホイール４に対してタイヤ３だけが停止する位置まで、タイヤ支持装置６を上昇させる制御装置１６と、を含む。 (61) In the tire attaching / detaching device according to the embodiment of the present invention, the tire 3 is mounted in a state where the wheel-installed tire mounted on the wheel 4 is erected, and can rise while supporting the wheel-attached tire. A support device 6;
A main spindle that has a gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 and a horizontal rotation axis on one vertical plane including the axis of the wheel-attached tire supported by the tire support device 6 and rotates the gripping portion 44 around the rotation axis. 43, a rotational drive device 13 having
Guide press rollers 24a and 24b that are arranged to face a predetermined first region of one side of the tire 3 mounted on the wheel 4 and are movable to the other side of the tire 3,
A bead roller disposed on the other side of the tire 3 mounted on the wheel 4 so as to face the second region in the circumferential direction and facing the second region in the circumferential direction, and is movable toward one side of the tire 3 28a,
After the gripping portion 44 that grips the wheel 4 on which the tire 3 is mounted is rotated by the rotational drive device, the push roller is moved to the predetermined first push position, and the bead roller 28a is moved to the predetermined second push position. And a control device 16 that raises the tire support device 6 to a position where only the tire 3 stops with respect to the rotating wheel 4.
（６２）タイヤ支持装置６は、タイヤ３を押圧していることを検出するタイヤ検出手段を備え、
　制御装置１６は、タイヤ検出手段によってタイヤ３が押圧されていることを検出されると、タイヤ支持装置６の上昇動作を停止させる。 (62) The tire support device 6 includes tire detection means for detecting that the tire 3 is being pressed,
The control device 16 stops the ascending operation of the tire support device 6 when it is detected by the tire detection means that the tire 3 is being pressed.
　このような構成によって、タイヤ３の回転を停止させた状態でホイール４だけを回転させて、タイヤ３の軽点とホイール４のエアバルブ部とが一致する位置でホイール４の回転を停止させればよいので、軽点合わせ作業を容易に行うことができる。 With such a configuration, if only the wheel 4 is rotated while the rotation of the tire 3 is stopped, the rotation of the wheel 4 is stopped at a position where the light point of the tire 3 and the air valve portion of the wheel 4 coincide. Since it is good, it is possible to easily perform the light spot alignment work.
　本発明は、その精神または主要な特徴から逸脱することなく、他のいろいろな形態で実施できる。したがって、前述の実施形態はあらゆる点で単なる例示に過ぎず、本発明の範囲は請求の範囲に示すものであって、明細書本文には何ら拘束されない。さらに、請求の範囲に属する変形や変更は全て本発明の範囲内のものである。 The present invention can be implemented in various other forms without departing from the spirit or main features thereof. Therefore, the above-described embodiment is merely an example in all points, and the scope of the present invention is shown in the scope of claims, and is not restricted by the text of the specification. Further, all modifications and changes belonging to the claims are within the scope of the present invention.
　１　タイヤ径測定装置
　２　タイヤ着脱装置
　３　タイヤ
　４　ホイール
　５　車輪
　６　タイヤ支持装置
　７　頂部
　７ａ　接点
　８　遊端部
　９　基端部
　１０　支柱
　１１　傾動アーム
　１２　位置特定装置
　１３　回転駆動装置
　１４　角度計測部
　１５　距離検出装置
　１６　制御装置
　１７　昇降装置
　１９　操作部 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Tire diameter measuring apparatus 2 Tire attaching / detaching apparatus 3 Tire 4 Wheel 5 Wheel 6 Tire support apparatus 7 Top part 7a Contact 8 Free end part 9 Base end part 10 Support | pillar 11 Tilt arm 12 Position identification apparatus 13 Rotation drive apparatus 14 Angular measurement part 15 Distance Detection device 16 Control device 17 Lifting device 19 Operation unit
　２１　床
　２２　基台
　１３０　固定フレーム本体
　２４ａ，２４ｂ　ガイドプレスローラ
　２５　タイヤ押当て装置
　２６ａ　案内軸
　２７　走行体
　２８ａ　ビードローラ
　２８ｂ　ビードローラ
　３１ａ　固定支持板
　３１ｃ　可動支持板
　３２　筐体
　３３　ブラケット
　３４　水平部　３６　補強リブ
　３７　連結リブ
　３８　ライナプレート DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 21 Floor 22 Base 130 Fixed frame main body 24a, 24b Guide press roller 25 Tire pressing device 26a Guide shaft 27 Traveling body 28a Bead roller 28b Bead roller 31a Fixed support plate 31c Movable support plate 32 Housing 33 Bracket 34 Horizontal portion 36 Reinforcement rib 37 Connecting rib 38 Liner plate
　４２　油圧モータ
　４３　主軸
　４４　チャック装置
　４５　支持体
　４６　位置決めレール
　４９　本体
　５０　昇降シリンダ
　５１　昇降フレーム
　５２　傾動シリンダ
　６２　受け片
　６３　スリーブ
　６４　固定軸
　６５　リミットスイッチ
　６５ａ　作動片
　６６　側板
　７０　底板 42 Hydraulic motor 43 Main shaft 44 Chuck device 45 Support body 46 Positioning rail 49 Main body 50 Lifting cylinder 51 Lifting frame 52 Tilt cylinder 62 Receiving piece 63 Sleeve 64 Fixed shaft 65 Limit switch 65a Actuating piece 66 Side plate 70 Bottom plate
　７１　ハウジング
　７２　昇降フレーム移動装置
　１０１　基板
　２００　アーム部
　２０２　レール部
　３００　チャック装置
　３０９　ローラ
　４０１　ツール移動台
　４６８　タイヤ支持台
　７００　ガイドプレス装置
　７０３　第１可動テーブル
　７２０　第１保持部材
　７２１　第２保持部材
　７４０　第２可動テーブル
　８００　ビードプレス装置
　８０２　ビードプレスアーム
　８１７　ビード押圧部材
　Ｄ　　タイヤ外径
　Ｈ１　距離
　Ｈ２　移動距離
　Ｌ１　軸線
　Ｌ２　回転軸線
　Ｌ３　軸線
　Ｌ５　中心軸線
　ＳＷ１～ＳＷ２３　切換スイッチ 71 Housing 72 Lifting frame moving device 101 Substrate 200 Arm portion 202 Rail portion 300 Chuck device 309 Roller 401 Tool moving stand 468 Tire support stand 700 Guide press device 703 First movable table 720 First holding member 721 Second holding member 740 Second Movable table 800 Bead press device 802 Bead press arm 817 Bead pressing member D Tire outer diameter H1 Distance H2 Travel distance L1 Axis L2 Rotation axis L3 Axis L5 Center axis SW1 to SW23 Changeover switch

Claims (4)

  1. 　ホイールが装着されていないホイール未着タイヤおよびホイールにタイヤが装着されたホイール既着タイヤを、転動可能な起立させた状態で搬入して、前記ホイール未着タイヤをホイールに装着し、かつホイール既着タイヤをホイールから取り外すためのタイヤ着脱装置であって、
    （ａ）予め定める水平な設置面上に設置される基台と、
    （ｂ）基台上に搭載されるチャック装置であって、
    　（ｂ１）ホイールを、その中心軸線が水平となる姿勢で把持する把持部と、
    　（ｂ２）水平な回転軸線まわりに回転駆動され、先端部に前記把持部が同軸に設けられる主軸と、を有するチャック装置と、
    （ｃ）前記基台の一側部に、前記チャック装置と前記回転軸線に平行な方向に対向して配設され、前記回転軸線を含む第１仮想鉛直面上に第１軸線を有するガイドプレス装置であって、
    　（ｃ１）前記第１軸線に垂直な第２仮想鉛直面と前記第１軸線との交点を中心点とする仮想円上で、かつ前記第１軸線を含む仮想水平面よりも上方に、前記第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称に設けられる一対のガイドプレスローラと、
    　（ｃ２）前記仮想水平面よりも上方で、前記交点から半径方向外方に向かうにつれて第２仮想鉛直面から前記チャック装置側に離反する方向に傾斜し、かつ第１仮想鉛直面に関して対称な２つの傾斜軸線まわりに、ガイドプレスローラのそれぞれを回転自在に保持するローラ保持体と、
    　（ｃ３）前記ローラ保持体を、前記回転軸線に沿って前記チャック装置に近接する方向および前記チャック装置から離反する方向に移動させるガイドプレス駆動部と、を有するガイドプレス装置と、
    （ｄ）前記基台上の前記チャック装置と前記ガイドプレス装置との間に配設され、前記ホイール未着タイヤまたは前記ホイール既着タイヤを、その軸線が前記回転軸線と平行となるように起立させた姿勢で支持するタイヤ支持装置と、
    （ｅ）前記基台上に前記チャック装置および前記ガイドプレス装置に隣接して設けられ、前記回転軸線と平行に延びる一対の案内軸と、
    （ｆ）前記一対の案内軸に移動可能に上載される移動フレーム本体と、
    （ｇ）前記移動フレーム本体に設けられ、前記タイヤ支持装置を上昇および下降させるタイヤ支持装置駆動部と、
    （ｈ）前記移動フレーム本体に、前記回転軸線に平行な軸線まわりに角変位可能に設けられ、前記把持部に把持されたホイールに一部が嵌合した状態の前記ホイール未着タイヤまたは前記ホイール既着タイヤのタイヤビード部を押圧する一対のビードローラと、
    （ｉ）前記基台の一側部に設けられ、前記仮想水平面よりも上方で、前記回転軸線と平行に、前記チャック装置に近接する方向および前記チャック装置から離反する方向に移動可能であって、かつ前記回転軸線と平行な第２軸線まわりに角変位可能なビードプレス装置と、
    （ｊ）前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されたタイヤの直径を測定するタイヤ径測定装置であって、
    　（ｊ１）基端部が前記移動フレーム本体に前記回転軸線に平行な第３軸線まわりに角変位可能に設けられる傾動アームと、
    　（ｊ２）前記傾動アームの先端部に設けられ、前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されたタイヤに上方から近接する方向およびタイヤから上方に離反する方向に移動可能な接触部材と、
    　（ｊ３）前記傾動アームの前記第３軸線まわりの角度を計測する角度計測部と、を有するタイヤ径測定装置と、
    （ｋ）前記タイヤ径測定装置によって計測された角度に基づいて、前記タイヤ支持装置に支持されているタイヤの中心軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離と、前記主軸の前記回転軸線の前記基台からの高さ距離との差分を算出し、算出した差分に対応する移動量だけ前記タイヤ支持装置が移動するように、前記タイヤ支持装置駆動部を制御する制御装置と、を含むことを特徴とするタイヤ着脱装置。     Carrying in the state where the wheel has not yet been attached to the wheel and the wheel already-attached tire in which the tire is attached to the wheel in a state where the wheel can be rolled up, the tire not attached to the wheel is attached to the wheel, and the wheel A tire attaching / detaching device for removing an existing tire from a wheel,
    (A) a base installed on a predetermined horizontal installation surface;
    (B) a chuck device mounted on a base,
    (B1) a gripping part for gripping the wheel in a posture in which the center axis is horizontal;
    (B2) a chuck device having a main shaft that is driven to rotate about a horizontal rotation axis and the grip portion is provided coaxially at a tip portion;
    (C) A guide press disposed on one side of the base so as to face the chuck device in a direction parallel to the rotation axis and having a first axis on a first virtual vertical plane including the rotation axis. A device,
    (C1) On the virtual circle centered on the intersection of the second virtual vertical plane perpendicular to the first axis and the first axis, and above the virtual horizontal plane including the first axis, the first A pair of guide press rollers provided symmetrically with respect to the virtual vertical plane;
    (C2) Two of the two components that are tilted in a direction away from the second virtual vertical surface toward the chuck device as they go radially outward from the intersection above the virtual horizontal plane, and are symmetrical with respect to the first virtual vertical surface A roller holder that rotatably holds each of the guide press rollers around the tilt axis;
    (C3) a guide press device having a guide press drive unit that moves the roller holder along the rotation axis in a direction approaching the chuck device and a direction away from the chuck device;
    (D) Arranged between the chuck device on the base and the guide press device, and the wheel untired tire or the wheel already tired is erected so that its axis is parallel to the rotation axis A tire support device for supporting in a posture,
    (E) a pair of guide shafts provided adjacent to the chuck device and the guide press device on the base and extending in parallel with the rotation axis;
    (F) a moving frame main body movably mounted on the pair of guide shafts;
    (G) a tire support device driving unit that is provided on the movable frame body and raises and lowers the tire support device;
    (H) The wheel unattached tire or the wheel provided in the movable frame main body so as to be angularly displaceable about an axis parallel to the rotation axis and partially fitted to the wheel gripped by the gripping portion. A pair of bead rollers for pressing the tire bead portion of the already-attached tire;
    (I) is provided on one side of the base, and is movable above the virtual horizontal plane, in parallel with the rotation axis, in a direction approaching the chuck device and in a direction away from the chuck device. And a bead press device capable of angular displacement about a second axis parallel to the rotational axis;
    (J) A tire diameter measuring device for measuring a diameter of a tire supported by the tire supporting device,
    (J1) a tilting arm whose base end is provided on the movable frame main body so as to be angularly displaceable about a third axis parallel to the rotation axis;
    (J2) a contact member that is provided at a tip of the tilt arm and is movable in a direction approaching the tire supported by the tire support device from above and a direction separating upward from the tire;
    (J3) a tire diameter measuring device having an angle measuring unit that measures an angle of the tilting arm around the third axis;
    (K) Based on the angle measured by the tire diameter measuring device, the height distance from the base of the central axis of the tire supported by the tire supporting device, and the base of the rotation axis of the main shaft A control device that calculates a difference from a height distance from the table and controls the tire support device drive unit so that the tire support device moves by a movement amount corresponding to the calculated difference. A tire attaching / detaching device.
  2. 　前記制御装置は、
    　前記ガイドプレス装置、前記ビードプレス装置および前記ビードプレス装置による押込み位置を表す押込み位置情報が記憶された記憶部と、
    　前記複数のホイール情報の１つを選択するために入力操作される入力部と、を含み、
    　前記入力部の入力操作によって選択された１つのホイール情報に対応する前記押込み位置情報に基づいて、前記ガイドプレス装置および前記ビードプレス装置による押込み位置を制御することを特徴とする請求項１に記載のタイヤ着脱装置。     The control device includes:
    A storage unit storing indentation position information representing an indentation position by the guide press device, the bead press device, and the bead press device;
    An input unit that is input to select one of the plurality of wheel information,
    The push position by the guide press device and the bead press device is controlled based on the push position information corresponding to one wheel information selected by the input operation of the input unit. Tire attaching and detaching device.
  3. 　前記移動フレーム本体には、前記把持部によって把持された前記ホイール既着タイヤのタイヤビード部に向かって潤滑剤を噴射する噴射ノズルを有する潤滑剤噴射装置が設けられることを特徴とする請求項１または２に記載のタイヤ着脱装置。 2. The lubricant injection device having an injection nozzle for injecting lubricant toward a tire bead portion of the wheel-attached tire gripped by the grip portion is provided in the moving frame main body. Or the tire attaching / detaching device according to 2.
  4. 　前記ローラ保持体は、
    　前記ガイドプレスローラの一端部を球面軸受によって回動自在に保持する第１保持部材と、
    　前記ガイドプレスローラの他端部を保持する第２保持部材と、
    　前記ガイドプレス駆動部に固定され、前記第２保持部材が移動可能に連結される第３保持部材と、を有し、
    　前記第２保持部材は、前記第２仮想鉛直面に垂直でかつ前記傾斜軸線を含む仮想傾斜平面上で、前記傾斜軸線の前記第２仮想鉛直面に対する傾斜角度が変化する方向に延びる案内長孔を有し、
    　前記第３保持部材には、前記案内長孔を挿通する案内軸が固定されることを特徴とする請求項１～３のいずれか１つに記載のタイヤ着脱装置。     The roller holder is
    A first holding member that rotatably holds one end of the guide press roller by a spherical bearing;
    A second holding member for holding the other end of the guide press roller;
    A third holding member fixed to the guide press drive unit and movably connected to the second holding member,
    The second holding member is a guide slot extending in a direction in which an inclination angle of the tilt axis with respect to the second virtual vertical plane changes on a virtual tilt plane that is perpendicular to the second virtual vertical plane and includes the tilt axis. Have
    The tire attaching / detaching device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a guide shaft that passes through the guide elongated hole is fixed to the third holding member.
PCT/JP2017/022601 2016-09-30 2017-06-19 Tire fitting and removal device WO2018061340A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JPPCT/JP2016/079192 2016-09-30
PCT/JP2016/079192 WO2018061221A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2016-09-30 Tire fitting and removal device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018061340A1 true WO2018061340A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Family

ID=61760239

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/079192 WO2018061221A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2016-09-30 Tire fitting and removal device
PCT/JP2017/022601 WO2018061340A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2017-06-19 Tire fitting and removal device

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/079192 WO2018061221A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2016-09-30 Tire fitting and removal device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (2) WO2018061221A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110667319A (en) * 2019-10-09 2020-01-10 黄专心 Heavy truck tire dismounting device
CN115284656A (en) * 2022-09-28 2022-11-04 山东豪迈数控机床有限公司 Tire unloading device and tire vulcanizing equipment

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114103566B (en) * 2022-01-12 2023-04-21 南通钟声机器制造有限公司 Spacing shovel child machine

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0939527A (en) * 1995-08-01 1997-02-10 Onodani Kiko Kk Tire fit-in device in tire attaching/detaching device and tire turning assisting device
JP2006335210A (en) * 2005-06-02 2006-12-14 Onodani Kiko Kk Centering device for tire installing/removing machine
JP2010260500A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-18 Onodani Kiko Kk Tool mounting structure and tire attaching/detaching device
US20110042875A1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2011-02-24 John Story Wheel clamping apparatus and method
JP2012020659A (en) * 2010-07-14 2012-02-02 Onodani Kiko Kk Centering device of tire attaching/detaching device
JP5987079B1 (en) * 2015-03-20 2016-09-06 小野谷機工株式会社 Tire attachment / detachment device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0939527A (en) * 1995-08-01 1997-02-10 Onodani Kiko Kk Tire fit-in device in tire attaching/detaching device and tire turning assisting device
JP2006335210A (en) * 2005-06-02 2006-12-14 Onodani Kiko Kk Centering device for tire installing/removing machine
JP2010260500A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-18 Onodani Kiko Kk Tool mounting structure and tire attaching/detaching device
US20110042875A1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2011-02-24 John Story Wheel clamping apparatus and method
JP2012020659A (en) * 2010-07-14 2012-02-02 Onodani Kiko Kk Centering device of tire attaching/detaching device
JP5987079B1 (en) * 2015-03-20 2016-09-06 小野谷機工株式会社 Tire attachment / detachment device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110667319A (en) * 2019-10-09 2020-01-10 黄专心 Heavy truck tire dismounting device
CN110667319B (en) * 2019-10-09 2021-08-06 丁滕英 Heavy truck tire dismounting device
CN115284656A (en) * 2022-09-28 2022-11-04 山东豪迈数控机床有限公司 Tire unloading device and tire vulcanizing equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018061221A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018061340A1 (en) Tire fitting and removal device
US10493799B2 (en) Wheel nut fitting and/or removal apparatus and method
CA2836301C (en) Handling device and method
EP2746034A1 (en) Apparatus for applying sealant to inner side of tire
JP2008542121A (en) Machine for fixing wheels to the vehicle
US8869864B2 (en) Machine for fitting and removing wheel tires for vehicles
JP5987079B1 (en) Tire attachment / detachment device
CN112423996A (en) Robot apparatus for maintaining wheels of vehicle and method thereof
US20150151917A1 (en) System, Method And Apparatus For Facilitating The Repair Of A Conveyor Belt Roller Assembly
JP5478396B2 (en) Centering device for tire attaching / detaching device
US6446481B1 (en) Vehicle interchangeable repair system
JP6317013B1 (en) Tire attachment / detachment device
US6192959B1 (en) Machine for fitting and removing tires
US4555089A (en) Wheel lift device
JP6845279B2 (en) Tire gripping device
US11254174B2 (en) Machine for mounting and/or removing vehicle wheels, in particular truck wheels
JP6203770B2 (en) Tire attachment / detachment device
JP6318287B1 (en) Tire attachment / detachment device
US7942620B2 (en) Tire handling apparatus
CN109795457B (en) Continuous-flight type automatic automobile tire repairing equipment and working method thereof
JP5987078B1 (en) Tire attachment / detachment device
US7568279B2 (en) System and method of installing an instrument panel
CN112719425A (en) Automatic tool changing system of slitting machine
US9375984B2 (en) Machine for fitting and removing wheel tyres for vehicles
JP2020185881A (en) Tire changing device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17855299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17855299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP